. . .
Avesta WeldingP.O. Box 501, KoppardalenSE-774 27 Avesta, Sweden
Tel: +46 (0)226 815 00Fax: +46 (0)226 815 75
The Avesta Welding ManualPractice and products for stainless steel welding
The A
vesta Weld
ing
Man
ual
100% Stainless
Recommended selling price: EUR 10 / USD 15
1180
EN-G
B:3
ISBN
91-
631-
5713
-6
Tekn
isk
info
rmat
ion
/Stil
bild
arna
/Edi
ta V
ästr
a A
ros
2007
Omslag2007.indd 1 07-12-18 08.13.36
The Avesta Welding ManualPractice and products for stainless steel welding
Avesta Welding Manual
© Avesta Welding, 2004, 2005, 2007
All rights reserved.No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means,electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise without the prior permission of Avesta Welding.
Information given in this manual may besubject to alteration without notice. Care hasbeen taken to ensure that the contents of thispublication are accurate but Avesta Weldingand its subsidiary companies do not acceptresponsibility for errors or for informationwhich is found to be misleading. Suggestions for or descriptions of the end use or application of products or methods of working are for information only andAvesta Welding and its affiliated companiesaccept no liability in respect thereof. Beforeusing products supplied or manufactured bythe company the customer should satisfyhimself of their suitability.
Printed in Sweden by Edita Västra ArosFirst edition December 2004Second edition (minor updates only) September 2005Third edition (significant updates) December 2007
ISBN 91-631-5713-6
Avesta Welding Manual
Preface
Jan EngfeldtMD, Avesta Welding
Avesta Welding is part of a leading international specialty steel andmaterials company. We hope and believe that the Avesta WeldingManual reflects this position. The manual is designed to aid the selection of the most appropriate consumables and methods for welding stainless steels.
Stainless steel welding is a complex mix of metallurgy, chemistry,geometry and aesthetics. Knowledge and skill are essential in achieving optimum properties and surface finishes. Besides recommending filler metals for all kinds of steels, this manual also gives assistance in selecting the best welding methods and techniques.
The manual is based on almost 80 years of experience in stainlesssteel and welding. A major element in this has been the developmentof electrodes and wires for high-alloy steels and specific applications.
In writing this manual, the knowledge contributed by a wide rangeof experts has proved vital. Similarly, close collaborations with ourcustomers have provided indispensable insights and information.
We feel justified in asserting that the Avesta Welding Manual hasestablished itself as a valuable tool. It is also a living tool. This thirdedition contains significant updates. These include details of the products added to our programmes in response to new steels, standards and requirements.
Our intention was to write the world’s most useful welding manual.For this reason, certain themes have been prioritised. As always, youare warmly invited to send queries, opinions and suggestions – notjust on the manual, but also on how we can bring even further addedvalue to your business!
Avesta, December 2007
4
Avesta Welding Manual
Contents
1 Stainless steels ......................................... 7Ferritic steels 7 · Steel tables 9 · Martensitic and precipitation hardening steels 14 · Austenitic steels 15 · Austenitic-ferritic (duplex) steels 17 · The physical properties of stainless and mild steels 19 · The importance of ferrite 19
2 Definitions ............................................... 23Welding positions 23 · Heat-affected zone 24 · Heat input 24 · Interpass temperature 24 ·Penetration and dilution 25 · Metal deposition rate 25 · Post-weld heat treatment 25 · Effect of high silicon content 26 · Cast and helix 26
3 Stainless steel welding methods ............ 27Welding terminology and abbreviations 27 · MMA welding 28 · The D-concept 30 ·MIG welding 31 · TIG welding 34 · SAW 35 · FCAW 37 · PAW 39 · Laser and Laser hybridwelding 40
4 Welding techniques ................................. 41Fit-up and tack welding 41 · Planning the welding sequence 43 · Stringer beads versus weaving 45 · Vertical-up and vertical-down welding 45 · Backhand versus forehand welding 47 · Width and depth 47 · Distortion 48 · Welding stainless to mild steel 49 · Overlay welding 50 · Welding clad steel plates 54 · Repair welding 55
5 Weld imperfections .................................. 57Inspection 57 · Lack of fusion 58 · Incomplete penetration 59 · Solidification and liquation cracking 60 · Crater cracks 61 · Porosity 62 ·Slag inclusions 63 · Spatter 64 · Undercut 65 ·Stray arcing 66 · Burn-through 66 · Slag islands 67 · Excessive weld metal 67
6 Welding practice – Guidelines for welding different types of stainless steels .......... 69Welding procedure design 69 · Austenitic Cr-Ni and Cr-Ni-Mo steels 71 · High-alloyaustenitic steels 72 · Duplex steels 76 · High-temperature steels 78 · Ferritic, martensiticand precipitation hardening steels 80
7 Edge preparation .................................. 83Choice of joint type 83 · Cleaning before welding 83 · Joint types (table) 84
8 Shielding and backing gases ................ 89Shielding gas function 89 · Shielding gas components 89 · Backing gases 90 ·MIG welding 91 · TIG welding 92 · FCAW 93 ·PAW 93 · Laser and Laser hybrid welding 94
9 Post-weld cleaning of stainless steel ........................................ 95Typical defects 95 · Cleaning procedures 96 ·Mechanical methods 96 · Chemical methods 97 ·Choice of method 99 · Avesta BAT products 100
10 Storage and handling recommendationsfor covered electrodes, flux-cored wireand fluxes .............................................. 101Storage 101 · Handling of open packages 101 ·Handling of electrodes in the welding area 101 · Redrying 101
11 Quality assurance, third-party approvalsand international standards ................ 103Quality assurance 103 · Types of batch (definition) 104 · Scope of testing 104 · Third-party approvals 104 · CE marking 104 · International standards 105 · EN standards 106 · AWS standards 112
12 Recommended filler metals ................. 117Similar welding 117 · Dissimilar welding 117
13 Filler metal and flux consumption ...... 121
14 Health and safety when weldingstainless steel ........................................ 123Radiation 123 · Welding fumes 124 · Welding spatter and flying slag 124 · Fire 125 · Ergonomics 125 · Noise 125 · Electrical safety 125 · Electromagnetic fields 126 · MSDS 126
15 Product data sheets ..............................127Covered electrodes 128 · FCW 185 · MIG wire 207 · TIG wire 233 · SAW wire 263 · Welding flux 283 · Finishing chemicals 287
Packaging data ............................................. 293Conversion tables .........................................295Abbreviations ................................................297Index ..............................................................299Index, product data sheets ..........................302
5
Avesta Welding Manual
Stainless steels
Definitions
Welding methods
Welding techniques
Weld imperfections
Welding practice
Edge preparation
Shielding gases
Post-weld cleaning
Storage and handling
QA, approvals and standards
Recommended fillers
Consumption
Health and safety
Product data sheets
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
6
Avesta Welding Manual
This is Avesta Welding
Avesta Welding has its headquarters inAvesta, a Swedish town with a long historyof stainless steel production. Ever since the1920’s, welding consumables have also beendeveloped and produced here.
For the welding of standard and specialgrades of stainless steel, Avesta Weldingmanufactures and supplies a wide range ofcovered electrodes, flux cored wires and solidwires. The production units are located inAvesta (Sweden), Jakarta (Indonesia), Hamm(Germany) and Kapfenberg (Austria).
Complementing the above, the companyalso has a range of cleaning and pickling products for stainless steels. These are produced in Malmö, Sweden, by AvestaFinishing Chemicals.
Avesta Welding’s extensive research anddevelopment activities are closely attuned tothe needs and wishes expressed by customersworldwide. The pooling of expertise enables usto give the best possible advice on the selectionof stainless steels, welding consumables and
methods. All elements of welding operationsare always taken into consideration.
Thanks to its history and location, AvestaWelding has an unparalleled track record insupplying purpose-specific and innovativewelding consumables. Amongst the company’sother strong points are long practical experience, rigorous quality control and welldeveloped networks. Taken all together, thesefactors give the company a unique advantagewhen it comes to supporting customers allaround the world.
In 2005, Avesta Welding became a part ofthe Böhler Welding Group. Despite this changein ownership, our vision remains exactly thesame: “Avesta Welding shall be perceived asthe leading supplier of consumables for thewelding and post-weld treatment of stainlesssteels.”
With the production, distribution and saleschannels of a large corporation behind us, we are sure that we can satisfy the needs of stainless steel users all over the world.
7
1 Stainless steels
Stainless steels
IntroductionBy definition, a stainless steel must contain aminimum of 10.5% chromium. Alloyed withsufficient chromium, steel absorbs oxygenfrom the air (or from aerated aqueous solutions) to form and maintain a thin, transparent oxide layer. Being passive, thelayer dramatically decreases corrosion.Anything that blocks the ready access of oxygen to the stainless steel surface (dirt, grease, oil, paint, coatings, etc.) interfereswith the formation of the passive layer andresults in local reduction of corrosion resistance. The layer forms spontaneouslywhen the environment is sufficiently rich inoxidants. Defects on the metal surface (e.g.scratches) repassivate spontaneously.Chromium oxide is the main constituent ofstainless steel’s passive layer.
A steel’s corrosion resistance, weldability,mechanical properties, etc. are largely determined by its microstructure. This, inturn, is determined by the steel’s chemicalcomposition. As per EN 10088, stainless steelscan be divided into the basic, microstructure-dependent groups or families given below.
• Ferritic and ferritic-martensitic steels• Martensitic and precipitation hardening
steels• Austenitic steels• Austenitic-ferritic (duplex) steels
The rest of this chapter gives a brief introduction to some common stainless steelsand their weldability. Tables 1.1 to 1.6 givethe grades and properties of these steels aswell as the relevant global standards.
Stainless steel microstructure is very welldescribed and predicted by constitution dia-grams. Of these, the Schaeffler-DeLong diagram (normally referred to as the DeLongdiagram) is presently the most used. Anexample is given in figure 1.1.
For further details, see “The importance offerrite”.
Ferritic stainless steelsMicrostructure and chemical compositionFerritic stainless steels are, in principle, ferritic at all temperatures. They are normallyalloyed with 13 – 18% chromium (thoughchromium content can be as high as 29%) andlow levels of the austenite formers carbonand nickel. To tie up the carbon in the steel,they are also sometimes alloyed with stabilisers such as titanium or niobium.Figure 1.2 shows the microstructure of a ferritic stainless steel.
Ferritic stainless steels, and especially high-alloy ferritic stainless steels, tend to lacktoughness at low temperatures. Due to sigmaphase formation, they may also embrittle
Figure 1.1. DeLong diagram for stainless steels
with long exposure in the 475 to 950°C temperature range.
Corrosion resistanceModern ferritic stainless steels (e.g. type 430)have a low carbon content. Their resistance toatmospheric corrosion, organic acids, detergents and alkaline solutions is good(comparable to that of type 304).
Ferritic stainless steels tend to be relativelyweak at high temperatures. However, the oxidation resistance of type 430 is satisfactoryup to 850°C and high-alloy ferritic stainlesssteels such as ASTM 446 can be used at temperatures up to 1,000°C.
The resistance of ferritic stainless steels inchloride containing environments and strongacids is moderate.
Mechanical propertiesCompared to the common austenitic grades,ferritic stainless steels have higher yieldstrength but lower tensile strength. Theirelongation at fracture is only about half thatof the austenitic stainless steels.
WeldabilityThe weldability of ferritic stainless steelsdepends heavily on their chemical compositions. Due to the generally high(C+N)/Cr ratio, which led to martensite formation and embrittlement in the heat-affected zone (HAZ), the “old types” of steelhad rather poor weldability. The risk of cracking in the HAZ was a barrier to theiruse in engineering applications. Another problem was the precipitation of chromiumcarbides along the grain boundaries. Thissometimes led to intergranular corrosion.
8
Stainless steels
Today’s ferritic stainless steels normallyhave a low (C+N)/Cr ratio. This is especiallytrue of grades such as 439 and 444, whichhave added stabilisers. Modern ferritic stainless steels are entirely ferritic at all temperatures. Consequently, weldability ismuch improved. However, all ferritic stainless steels are susceptible to graingrowth in the HAZ. This decreases ductilityand, as a result, heat input must be kept to aminimum during welding. Ferritic stainlesssteels are also somewhat sensitive to hydrogen embrittlement. Thus, moist electrodes and shielding gases thatcontain hydrogen are to be avoided.
Most ferritic stainless steels can be weldedwith either ferritic or austenitic fillers.Popular fillers, especially for welding thickgauge material, are Avesta 308L and 309L (for430 and lesser grades) and Avesta 316L (formolybdenum alloyed grades such as 444).
ApplicationsVehicle exhaust systems are a typical application for 12Cr stainless steels alloyedwith titanium or niobium (e.g. 409). The 18Crferritic stainless steels are used primarily inhousehold utensils, decorative and coatedpanels and vehicle components.
High-alloy ferritic stainless steels with a chromium content of 20 – 28% have goodresistance to sulphurous gases and are widelyused in high temperature applications, e.g.flues and furnaces.
Figure 1.2. The microstructure of a ferritic stainless steel
Figure 1.3. Vehicle exhaust system – a typical application forferritic stainless steel. Courtesy of Ferrita AB.
9
Table 1.1Steel grades, chemical composition, products
HEA
TA
ND
CR
EEP
Au
sten
itic
Au
sten
itic
WET
CO
RR
OSI
ON
AN
DG
ENER
AL
SER
VIC
E
Ferr
itic
Mar
t.D
up
lex
International steel number/name Outokumpu Outokumpu chemical composition, typical % ProductsEN ASTM JIS steel name C N Cr Ni Mo Others
1.4003 S40977 – 4003 0.02 – 11.4 0.5 – – P H C1.4016 430 SUS 430 4016 0.04 – 16.5 – – – H C N B R
1.4021 420 SUS 420J1 4021 0.20 – 13 – – – H N B R1.4028 420 SUS 420J2 4028 0.30 – 12.5 – – – N R1.4418 – – 248 SV 0.03 – 16 5 1 – (P) B
1.4162 S32101 – LDX 2101® 0.03 0.22 21.5 1.5 0.3 5Mn P H C R T F1.4362 S32304 – 2304 0.02 0.10 23 4.8 0.3 – P H C R T F1.4462 S32205 – 2205 0.02 0.17 22 5.7 3.1 – P H C N B R T F1.4410 S32750 – SAF 2507® 0.02 0.27 25 7 4 – P C H T
1.4310 301 SUS 301 4310 0.10 0.03 17 7 – – H C N B R1.4318 301LN SUS 301L 4318 0.02 0.14 17.7 6.5 – – H C1.4372 201 SUS 201 4372 0.05 0.20 17 4 – 7Mn H C N R
1.4307 304L SUS 304L 4307 0.02 0.06 18.1 8.1 – – P H C N B R T F1.4301 304 SUS 304 4301 0.04 0.05 18.1 8.1 – – P H C N B R T F1.4311 304LN SUS 304LN 4311 0.02 0.14 18.5 10.5 – – P H C N B R1.4541 321 SUS 321 4541 0.04 0.01 17.3 9.1 – Ti P H C N B R T F1.4305 303 SUS 303 4305 0.05 0.06 17.3 8.2 – S P B R
1.4306 304L SUS 304L 4306 0.02 0.04 18.2 10.1 – – P H C N B R T F1.4303 305 SUS 305J1 4303 0.02 0.02 17.7 12.5 – – P H C N B R1.4567 S30430 SUS XM7 4567 0.01 0.02 17.7 9.7 – 3Cu B R
1.4404 316L SUS 316L 4404 0.02 0.04 17.2 10.1 2.1 – P H C N B R T F1.4401 316 SUS 316 4401 0.04 0.04 17.2 10.1 2.1 – P H C N B R T F1.4406 316LN SUS 316LN 4406 0.02 0.14 17.2 10.3 2.1 – P H C N B R1.4571 316Ti SUS 316Ti 4571 0.04 0.01 16.8 10.9 2.1 Ti P H C N B R T F
1.4432 316L SUS 316L 4432 0.02 0.05 16.9 10.7 2.6 – P H C N B R T F1.4436 316 SUS 316 4436 0.04 0.05 16.9 10.7 2.6 – P H C N B R T F1.4435 316L SUS 316L 4435 0.02 0.06 17.3 12.6 2.6 – P H C N B R T F1.4429 S31653 SUS 316LN 4429 0.02 0.14 17.3 12.5 2.6 – P R
1.4438 317L SUS 317L 4438 0.02 0.07 18.2 13.7 3.1 – P N B R1.4439 S31726 – 4439 0.02 0.14 17.8 12.7 4.1 – P
1.4466 S31050 – 725LN 0.01 0.12 25 22.3 2.1 – P1.4539 904L – 904L 0.01 0.06 20 25 4.3 1.5Cu P H C N B R T F1.4547 S31254 – 254 SMO® 0.01 0.20 20 18 6.1 Cu P H C N B R T F1.4565 S34565 – 4565 0.02 0.45 24 17 4.5 5.5Mn P1.4529 N08926 – 4529 0.01 0.20 20.5 24.8 6.5 Cu P
1.4948 304H SUS 304 4948 0.05 – 18.1 8.3 – – P H C B R1.4878 321H SUS 321 4878 0.05 – 17.3 9.1 – Ti P H C N B R1.4818 S30415 – 153 MATM 0.05 0.15 18.5 9.5 – 1.3Si, Ce P C N B R T
1.4833 309S SUS 309 4833 0.06 – 22.3 12.6 – – P H C N B R1.4828 S30900 SUH 309 4828 0.04 – 20 12 – 2Si P H C N B R1.4835 S30815 – 253 MA® 0.09 0.17 21 11 – 1.6Si, Ce P H C N B R T
1.4845 310S SUS 310S 4845 0.05 – 25 20 – – P H C N B R1.4854 S35315 – 353 MA® 0.05 0.17 25 35 – 1.3Si, Ce P
The grades listed in Tables 1.1–1.6 represent the OutokumpuStainless steel programme. Other grades are also available.Detailed information can be found in the data sheet “SteelGrades, Properties and Global Standards”.
The Outokumpu steel names are generic and covercorresponding steel numbers/names, which may not have thesame chemical composition limits. LDX 2101, 254 SMO, 153MA, 253 MA and 353 MA are trademarks owned byOutokumpu. SAF 2507 is a trademark owned by SANDVIK AB.
Product codesP = Hot rolled plate (Quarto)H = Hot rolled strip/sheet (CPP)C = Cold rolled strip/sheetN = Cold rolled narrow stripB = BarR = RodT = Tube/pipeF = Fittings
Stainless steels
10
Table 1.2Mechanical properties, room temperaturePr
od
uctOutokumpu Outokumpu, typical values EN, min. values ASTM, min. values
steel name Rp0.2 Rp1.0 Rm A5 No. Rp0.2 Rp1.0 Rm A5 KV No. Rp0.2 Rm A2''MPa MPa MPa % MPa MPa MPa % J MPa MPa %
4003 C 1.4003 280 450 20 S40977 280 450 184016 C 380 520 25 1.4016 260 450 20 S43000 205 450 22
4021 P 500 580 650 20 1.4021 450 650 12 S420104028 P 800 10 1.4028 600 800 10 S42000 690 15248 SV P 750 810 915 18 1.4418 660 840 14 55 –
LDX 2101® P 480 700 38 1.4162 450 490 650 30 60 S32101 450 650 302304 P 450 670 40 1.4362 400 630 25 60 S32304 400 600 252205 P 510 750 35 1.4462 460 640 25 60 S32205 450 655 25SAF 2507® P 560 830 35 1.4410 530 730 20 60 S32750 550 795 15
4310 C 300 330 800 50 1.4310 250 280 600 40 S30100 205 515 404318 C 360 395 765 47 1.4318 350 380 650 40 60 S30153 240 550 454372 C 390 420 720 45 1.4372 350 380 750 45 S20100 310 655 40
4307 P 280 320 580 55 1.4307 200 240 500 45 60 S30403 170 485 404301 P 290 330 600 55 1.4301 210 250 520 45 60 S30400 205 515 404311 P 320 360 640 55 1.4311 270 310 550 40 60 S30453 205 515 404541 P 250 290 570 55 1.4541 200 240 500 40 60 S32100 170 485 40
4306 P 280 320 580 55 1.4306 200 240 500 45 60 S30403 170 485 404303 C 250 280 570 50 1.4303 220 250 500 45 S30500 170 485 40
4404 P 280 320 570 55 1.4404 220 260 520 45 60 S31603 170 485 404401 P 280 320 570 55 1.4401 220 260 520 45 60 S31600 205 515 404406 P 320 360 620 50 1.4406 280 320 580 40 60 S31653 205 515 404571 P 270 310 570 50 1.4571 220 260 520 40 60 S31603 205 515 40
4432 P 280 320 570 50 1.4432 220 260 520 45 60 S31603 170 485 404436 P 300 340 590 50 1.4436 220 260 530 40 60 S31600 205 515 404435 P 270 310 570 55 1.4435 220 260 520 45 60 S31603 170 485 404429 P 350 390 670 45 1.4429 280 320 580 40 60 S31653 205 515 40
4438 P 300 340 610 50 1.4438 220 260 520 40 60 S31703 205 515 404439 P 310 350 640 50 1.4439 270 310 580 40 60 S31726 240 550 40
725LN P 290 320 630 55 1.4466 250 290 540 40 60 S31050 270 580 25904L P 260 300 600 50 1.4539 220 260 520 35 60 N08904 215 490 35254 SMO® P 340 380 680 50 1.4547 300 340 650 40 60 S31254 310 655 354565 P 440 480 825 55 1.4565 420 460 800 30 90 S34565 415 795 354529 P 360 430 750 55 1.4529 300 340 650 40 60 N08926 295 650 35
4948 P 290 330 600 55 1.4948 190 230 510 45 60 S30409 205 515 404878 P 250 290 570 55 1.4878 190 230 500 40 S32109 205 515 40153 MATM P 340 380 660 55 1.4818 290 330 600 40 S30415 290 600 40
4833 P 300 340 620 50 1.4833 210 250 500 35 S30908 205 515 404828 P 270 310 610 55 1.4828 230 270 550 30 S30900 205 515 40253 MA® P 370 410 700 50 1.4835 310 350 650 40 S30815 310 600 40
4845 P 270 310 600 50 1.4845 210 250 500 35 S31008 205 515 40353 MA® H 360 400 720 50 1.4854 300 340 650 40 S35315 270 650 40
Mechanical properties, low temperatures Table 1.3
No. Rp0.2 Rp1.0 Rm A5 Rp0.2 Rp1.0 Rm A5 Rp0.2 Rp1.0 Rm A5
4307 1.4307 300 400 1200 30 220 290 830 35 200 240 500 454301 1.4301 300 400 1250 30 270 350 860 35 210 250 520 454311 1.4311 550 650 1250 35 350 420 850 40 270 310 550 404541 1.4541 200 240 1200 30 200 240 855 35 200 240 500 40
Outokumpusteel name
EN min. values, MPa and %
RT–80°C–196°C
From EN 10028-7 Annex F
Stainless steels
11
Mechanical properties, high temperatures
Outokumpu EN – min. Rp0.2 MPaMax. design stress for pressure equipment σ, MPa
steel name EN ASME VIII-1
No. RT 100 200 400°C RT 100 200 400°C No. RT 100 200 400°C
4003 1.4003 280 240 230 S409774016 1.4016 260 220 210 190 S43000 128 126 120 108
4021 1.4021 450 420 400 305 S420104028 1.4028 600 S42000248 SV 1.4418 660 660 620
LDX 2101® 1.4162 450 380 330 253 S32101 1982304 1.4362 400 330 280 263 220 187 S32304 172 164 1502205 1.4462 460 360 315 267 240 210 S31803 207 207 192SAF 2507® 1.4410 530 450 400 304 300 267 S32750 228 226 208
4310 1.4310 250 210 190 S301004318 1.4318 350 265 185 217 177 153 S301534372 1.4372 350 295 230 S20100
4307 1.4307 200 147 118 89 167 137 120 S30403 115 115 109 924301 1.4301 210 157 127 98 173 150 131 104 S30400 138 137 127 1074311 1.4311 270 205 157 125 183 163 143 S30453 138 137 127 1074541 1.4541 200 176 157 125 167 147 130 125 S32100 138 137 129 119
4306 1.4306 200 147 118 89 167 137 120 S30403 115 115 109 924303 1.4303 220 155 127 98 S30500 138 137 127 107
4404 1.4404 220 166 137 108 173 143 130 113 S31603 115 115 109 914401 1.4401 220 177 147 115 173 150 133 S31600 138 138 133 1114406 1.4406 280 211 167 135 193 173 153 S31653 138 138 131 1054571 1.4571 220 185 167 135 173 147 131 125 S31635 138 138 131 105
4432 1.4432 220 166 137 108 173 143 130 113 S31603 115 115 109 914436 1.4436 220 177 147 115 177 153 140 S31600 138 138 133 1114435 1.4435 220 165 137 108 173 140 127 S31603 115 115 109 914429 1.4429 280 211 167 135 193 173 153 S31653 138 138 131 104
4438 1.4438 220 172 147 115 173 143 130 S31703 138 138 131 1094439 1.4439 270 225 185 150 193 173 153 S31726 157 157 155
725LN 1.4466 250 195 160 S31050904L 1.4539 220 205 175 125 173 157 137 N08904 140 114 95254 SMO® 1.4547 300 230 190 160 217 205 187 158 S31254 185 184 168 1564565 1.4565 420 350 270 210 S345654529 1.4529 300 230 190 160 217 183 173 N08926
Steel name EN – Rp1.0 /100 000h, MPa EN – Rm /100 000h, MPa ASME – max. design stress σ, MPaNo. 600 700 800 900°C 600 700 800 900°C No. 600 700 800 900°C
4948 1.4948* 89 28 S30409* 64 27 114878 1.4878 85 30 10 65 22 10 S32109* 59 23 9153 MATM 1.4818 126 42 15 5 88 35 14 5 S30415
4833 1.4833 70 25 10 5 65 16 7.5 3 S30909* 49 16 64828 1.4828 80 25 10 4 65 16 7.5 3 S30900253 MA® 1.4835 126 45 19 10 88 35 15 8 S30815* 59 22 10 5
4845 1.4845 90 30 10 4 80 18 7 3 S31009* 49 16 6353 MA® 1.4854 52 21 10 5 80 36 18 9 S35315
Table 1.4
* Creep resisting grades for pressure purposes listed in EN 10028-7 and ASME IID.
Stainless steels
12
Table 1.5Physical propertiesOutokumpu EN Density, ρ Modulus of Thermal Thermal Thermal Electrical Magnet-steel name elasticity, E expansion,α conductivity, λ capacity, c resistivity, ρ izable
kg/dm3 GPa x 10–6/°C, (RT T) W/m°C J/kg°C µΩmRT RT 400°C 100°C 400°C RT 400°C RT RT RT
Non alloy steel 1.0345 7.8 210 175 12.0 14.0 55 44 460 0.18 Y
4003 1.4003 7.7 220 195 10.4 11.6 25 430 0.60 Y4016 1.4016 7.7 220 195 10.0 10.5 25 25 460 0.60 Y
4021 1.4021 7.7 215 190 10.5 12.0 30 25 460 0.60 Y4028 1.4028 7.7 215 190 10.5 12.0 30 25 460 0.65 Y248 SV 1.4418 7.7 200 170 10.3 11.6 15 430 0.80 Y
LDX 2101® 1.4162 7.8 200 172 13.0 14.5 15 20 500 0.80 Y2304 1.4362 7.8 200 172 13.0 14.5 15 20 500 0.80 Y2205 1.4462 7.8 200 172 13.0 14.5 15 20 500 0.80 YSAF 2507® 1.4410 7.8 200 172 13.0 14.5 15 20 500 0.80 Y
4310 1.4310 7.9 200 172 16.0 18.0 15 20 500 0.73 N4318 1.4318 7.9 200 172 16.0 17.5 15 20 500 0.73 N4372 1.4372 7.8 200 172 15 20 0.70 N
4307 1.4307 7.9 200 172 16.0 18.0 15 20 500 0.73 N4301 1.4301 7.9 200 172 16.0 17.5 15 20 500 0.73 N4311 1.4311 7.9 200 172 16.0 17.5 15 20 500 0.73 N*4541 1.4541 7.9 200 172 16.0 17.5 15 20 500 0.73 N
4306 1.4306 7.9 200 172 16.0 17.5 15 20 500 0.73 N4303 1.4303 7.9 200 172 16.0 17.5 15 20 500 0.73 N*
4404 1.4404 8.0 200 172 16.0 17.5 15 20 500 0.75 N4401 1.4401 8.0 200 172 16.0 17.5 15 20 500 0.75 N4406 1.4406 8.0 200 172 16.0 17.5 15 20 500 0.75 N*4571 1.4571 8.0 200 172 16.5 18.5 15 20 500 0.75 N
4432 1.4432 8.0 200 172 16.0 17.5 15 20 500 0.75 N4436 1.4436 8.0 200 172 16.0 17.5 15 20 500 0.75 N4435 1.4435 8.0 200 172 16.0 17.5 15 20 500 0.75 N4429 1.4429 8.0 200 172 16.0 17.5 15 20 500 0.75 N
4438 1.4438 8.0 200 172 16.0 17.5 14 20 500 0.85 N4439 1.4439 8.0 200 172 16.0 17.5 14 20 500 0.85 N
725LN 1.4466 8.0 195 166 15.7 14 17 500 0.80 N904L 1.4539 8.0 195 166 15.8 16.9 12 18 450 1.00 N254 SMO® 1.4547 8.0 195 166 16.5 18.0 14 18 500 0.85 N4565 1.4565 8.0 190 165 14.5 16.8 12 18 450 0.92 N4529 1.4529 8.1 195 166 15.8 16.9 12 18 450 1.00 N
Ni alloy 625 2.4856 8.4 200 180 12.0 13.5 10 16 410 1.3
500°C 1000°C 500°C 1000°C 500°C 1000°C 500°C
4948 1.4948 7.9 158 120 18.4 20.0 21.9 28.8 582 0.71 N4878 1.4878 7.9 158 18.4 20.5 21.6 582 0.74 N153 MATM 1.4818 7.8 163 120 18.2 19.5 21.2 29.0 585 0.84 N
4833 1.4833 7.8 158 120 18.4 20.0 20.5 27.5 582 0.87 N4828 1.4828 7.8 158 120 18.4 20.0 20.5 27.5 582 0.87 N253 MA® 1.4835 7.8 163 120 18.2 19.5 21.2 29.0 585 0.84 N
4845 1.4845 7.8 158 120 18.4 20.0 19.8 27.1 582 0.96 N353 MA® 1.4854 7.9 160 130 16.6 18.2 18.5 26.0 580 1.00 N
Magnetizable: Y = Magnetizable ferritic, martensitic,duplex grades;N = Non-magnetizable austenitic grades witha typical magnetic permeability µ = 1.05 – 1.2.
* Grades suitable for low permeabilityrequirements, i.e. µ max. 1.005.
Stainless steels
13
Fabrication and use characteristicsEN Fabrication Use
Heat treatment Welding Forming3) Machining Pressure IGC CPT7)
temperature1) °C consumables2) n/Ahom index4) purpose5) resistance6) °C
Non alloy steel 1.0345 N 920 ± 30 P5 0.2/20 EN ASME
4003 1.4003 A 730 ± 30 308L/MVR or 309L EN A N/- < 54016 1.4016 A 800 ± 30 308L/MVR or 309L 0.2/20 ASME A Y/- < 5
4021 1.4021 T 740 ± 40 248 SV < 54028 1.4028 T 690 ± 40 248 SV < 5248 SV 1.4418 T 610 ± 40 248 SV EN
LDX 2101® 1.4162 A 1050 ± 30 LDX 2101 130/140 ASME A Y/Y 172304 1.4362 A 1000 ± 50 2304 0.4/20 75/110 EN ASME A Y/Y 252205 1.4462 A 1060 ± 40 2205 0.4/20 55/85 EN ASME C Y/Y 57SAF 2507TM 1.4410 A 1080 ± 40 2507/P100 0.4/20 45/80 EN ASME C Y/Y > 85
4310 1.4310 A 1050 ± 40 308L/MVR 0.8/35 A N/- < 54318 1.4318 A 1060 ± 40 308L/MVR 0.8/35 EN A Y/Y < 54372 1.4372 A 1050 ± 50 307 or 309L 0.8/35 A Y/- < 5
4307 1.4307 A 1050 ± 50 308L/MVR 0.6/40 105/105 EN ASME A Y/Y < 104301 1.4301 A 1050 ± 50 308L/MVR 0.6/40 105/105 EN ASME A Y/-* < 54311 1.4311 A 1050 ± 50 308L/MVR 0.6/40 80/70 EN ASME A Y/Y < 54541 1.4541 A 1050 ± 50 347/MVNb 0.6/40 100/105 EN ASME A Y/Y < 5
4306 1.4306 A 1050 ± 50 308L/MVR 0.6/40 105/105 EN ASME A Y/Y < 54303 1.4303 A 1050 ± 50 308L/MVR 0.6/40 105/105 ASME A Y/-* < 5
4404 1.4404 A 1070 ± 40 316L/SKR 0.6/35 100/100 EN ASME A Y/Y 184401 1.4401 A 1070 ± 40 316L/SKR 0.6/35 100/100 EN ASME A Y/-* 154406 1.4406 A 1070 ± 40 316L/SKR 0.6/35 75/70 EN ASME A Y/Y 204571 1.4571 A 1070 ± 40 318/SKNb 0.6/35 95/105 EN ASME A Y/Y 10
4432 1.4432 A 1070 ± 40 316L/SKR 0.6/35 100/100 EN ASME A Y/Y 254436 1.4436 A 1070 ± 40 316L/SKR 0.6/35 100/100 EN ASME A Y/-* 254435 1.4435 A 1070 ± 40 316L/SKR 0.6/35 100/100 EN ASME A Y/Y 254429 1.4429 A 1070 ± 40 316L/SKR 0.6/35 100/100 EN ASME A Y/Y 25
4438 1.4438 A 1110 ± 40 317L/SNR 0.6/35 90/100 EN ASME C Y/Y 354439 1.4439 A 1100 ± 40 SLR-NF 0.6/35 70/70 EN ASME C Y/Y 47
725LN 1.4466 A 1110 ± 40 254 SFER EN C Y/Y904L 1.4539 A 1100 ± 40 904L or P12 0.6/30 75/95 EN ASME C Y/Y 61254 SMO® 1.4547 A 1175 ± 25 P12 or P16 0.6/30 45/70 EN ASME C Y/Y > 854565 1.4565 A 1145 ± 25 P16 or P54 0.6/30 C Y/Y > 854529 1.4529 A 1150 ± 30 P12 or P16 0.6/30 EN C Y/Y 90
Ni alloy 625 2.4856 A 980 ± 30 P12 ASME > 95
Scalingtemp.8) °C
4948 1.4948 A 1080 ± 30 308/308H 0.6/40 105/105 EN ASME A Y/- 8504878 1.4878 A 1070 ± 50 347/MVNb 0.6/40 100/105 ASME A Y/Y 850153 MATM 1.4818 A 1070 ± 50 253 MA or 253 MA-NF 0.6/40 70/70 A Y/- 1050
4833 1.4833 A 1100 ± 50 309 or 253 MA-NF 0.6/35 95/105 ASME A Y/- 10004828 1.4828 A 1100 ± 50 253 MA or 253 MA-NF 0.6/35 95/105 A Y/- 1000253 MA® 1.4835 A 1070 ± 50 253 MA or 253 MA-NF 0.6/35 70/70 ASME A Y/- 1150
4845 1.4845 A 1100 ± 50 310 0.6/35 95/105 ASME A Y/- 1050353 MA® 1.4854 A 1125 ± 25 353 MA 0.6/35 65/65 A Y/- 1170
Outokumpusteel name
Table 1.6
1) A = Annealing, T = Tempering,N = Normalising. See data sheet for details.
2) Welding consumables:Avesta Welding designations.
3) See data sheet for details.4) See data sheet for details.5) See data sheet for details.
6) Y = Yes, N = No for delivery/sensitised conditions. See data sheet for details.
7) See data sheet for details.8) Scaling temperature in air (°C).
See data sheet for details.
* May be multi-certified as Y/Y.
Stainless steels
14
Stainless steels
Martensitic and precipitation hardeningstainless steelsMicrostructure and chemical compositionSufficient carbon is the key to obtaining amartensitic microstructure (see figure 1.4).With the addition of certain other alloyingelements, the strength of martensitic stainlesssteels can be enhanced through the precipitation of intermetallic phases. In producing these precipitation hardeningstainless steels, heat treatment must be carefully controlled.
To give a semi-martensitic structure (martensitic stainless steels are not as easy toalloy as austenitic stainless steels), martensiticstainless steels can also be alloyed with anyone or more of the elements nickel, molyb-denum and nitrogen. Outokumpu 248 SV is asemi-martensitic stainless steel with, typically,80% martensite, 15% austenite and 5% ferrite.Combining high strength with good weldability, such steels demonstrate superiortoughness after welding.
For use in, amongst other things, oil andgas applications, super martensitic stainlesssteels have now been introduced. Their combination of high strength, better corrosionresistance and improved weldability givethem an advantage over other martensiticstainless steels.
Corrosion resistanceThe corrosion resistance of martensitic stainless steels is generally modest, but canbe increased by the addition of molybdenum,nickel or nitrogen. Being resistant to carbondioxide corrosion, 12Cr stainless steels can be
used in petroleum refining applications. Insuch environments, corrosion engendered bycarbon dioxide contamination prevents theuse of carbon steels.
Mechanical propertiesThe higher carbon martensitic stainless steelscan be produced with very high yield andtensile strengths as well as superior hardness.However, elongation and impact strengthsuffer.
WeldabilityThe high hardness and low ductility of fullymartensitic, air-hardening, stainless steelsmake them very susceptible to hydrogencracking. Weldability can thus be consideredpoor. Careful preparation (preheating at 75 – 150°C followed by cooling, tempering at550 – 590°C and, finally, slow cooling in air)is normally necessary.
Figure 1.4. The microstructure of a martensitic stainless steel
Figure 1.5. Hydro electric power turbine in 248 SV
15
Stainless steels
Austenitic stainless steelsMicrostructure and chemical compositionAustenitic stainless steels are the most common stainless steels. Figure 1.6 shows afully austenitic structure. The austeniticgroup covers a wide range of steels withgreat variations in properties. Corrosion resistance is normally the most important ofthese. The steels can be divided into the following sub-groups:
• Austenitic without molybdenum (304 and 304L)
• Austenitic with molybdenum (316, 316L, 317L and 904L)
• Stabilised austenitic (321, 321H and 316Ti)• Fully austenitic with high molybdenum
(and often with high nitrogen, e.g. Outokumpu 254 SMO)
• Heat and creep resistant (321H, 253 MA and 310S)
Austenitic stainless steels with and withoutmolybdenum have an austenitic (α)microstructure with, possibly, a low contentof delta-ferrite (δ). The main alloying elementsare chromium (17 – 20%) and nickel (8 – 13%).The addition of molybdenum (2 – 3%) increases resistance to pitting corrosion.
Stabilised austenitic stainless steels have anaddition of titanium or niobium in proportion to the amount of carbon andnitrogen (typically min. 10 x C). This stabilisation prevents the precipitation ofchromium carbides when exposed to temperatures exceeding 400°C. Furthermore,the stabilised steels display good strengthand creep resistance up to about 600°C.
Fully austenitic stainless steels are typicallyhighly alloyed with chromium (20 – 25%),nickel (18 – 35%) and nitrogen (up to 0.4%).The austenitic structure is stabilised by theaddition of austenite forming elements suchas carbon, nickel, manganese, nitrogen andcopper.
Corrosion resistanceAustenitic stainless steels are characterised byexcellent corrosion resistance. Many austeniticstainless steels have a low carbon content (< 0.030%). This makes them resistant to sensitisation (i.e. predisposition to intergranular corrosion) engendered by thebrief thermal exposures associated with cooling after annealing, stress relieving orwelding. The effect of carbon content on thetimes permitted at certain temperatures isshown in figure 1.7.
Figure 1.6. The microstructure of an austenitic stainless steel
The weldability of martensitic-ferritic-austenitic stainless steels (e.g. Outokumpu248 SV) is much better. The tempered structure, with low carbon martensite andfinely dispersed austenite, gives good ductility. Thus, except where thick materialand/or restraint conditions are involved, preheating prior to welding and heat treatment after welding are not generallynecessary.
To ensure optimal mechanical properties,welding should be performed using matching fillers. Austenitic or duplex fillerscan be used in some cases, but the somewhatlower tensile strength of the resulting weldmust be borne in mind.
Super martensitic stainless steels are oftenwelded using duplex fillers such as Avesta2205 and 2507/P100.
ApplicationsMartensitic stainless steels are used in process vessels in the petroleum industry andin water turbines, propellers, shafts and othercomponents for hydropower applications.
16
Stainless steels
Temperature
°C900
800
700
600
0.2 0.5 1.0 5 10 50 100 500 1000
1h 10h
C=0.06
Time, minutes
C=0.08
C=0.05
C=0.02
C=0.03
Figure 1.7. Effect of carbon content on sensitisation times
Figure 1.8. Critical pitting temperatures of some austeniticand duplex stainless steels
100
80
60
40
20
CPT, °C
0 4436 4439 2205 904L SAF 2507 254 SMO
Chromium and nickel alloyed steelsdemonstrate good general corrosion resistance in wet environments. Resistanceincreases generally with increased chromium,nickel, molybdenum and nitrogen content. To obtain good resistance to pitting and crevice corrosion in chloride containing environments, a Cr-Ni-Mo type steel (e.g.316, or one with an even higher molybdenumcontent) is necessary. Figure 1.8 shows thepitting corrosion resistance (measured as theCPT value) of some austenitic and duplexstainless steels.
For improved hot cracking resistance andbetter weldability, austenitic stainless steels(e.g. 316) are normally produced with someferrite. In certain environments, these steelsmay demonstrate reduced resistance to selective corrosion. Thus, in applications suchas urea production or acetic acid, ferrite freeplates and welds are often required.
Steel types 304 and 316 are highly susceptible to stress corrosion cracking.However, resistance to stress corrosion cracking increases with increased nickel andmolybdenum content. Highly alloyed austenitic stainless steels such as Outokumpu 254 SMO have very good resistance.
Mechanical propertiesAustenitic stainless steels are primarily characterised by their excellent ductility, evenat low temperatures. Ferrite-free, fully austenitic stainless steels with a high nitrogen content have very good impact strength andare therefore very suitable for cryogenicapplications. Especially for nitrogen alloyedsteels, yield and tensile strengths are generally high.
As austenitic stainless steels cannot be hardened by heat treatment, they are normallysupplied in quench annealed condition.
WeldabilityAustenitic stainless steels are generally easyto weld and do not normally require any preheating or post-weld heat treatment.
With respect to weldability, the filler metalsused for welding these steels can be dividedinto two groups:• Fillers with min. 3% ferrite (types 308L,
316L and 347)• Fillers with zero ferrite (type 904L and
nickel base fillers such as P12).
Austenitic-ferritic (duplex) stainless steelsMicrostructure and chemical compositionDuplex stainless steels have a two-phasemicrostructure with approximately 50%austenite and 50% ferrite (see figure 1.10).Chemical composition is typically 22 – 25%chromium, 5 – 7% nickel, 0.10 – 0.25% nitrogen and, if used, 3 – 4 % molybdenum.The most common duplex steel is 2205(S32205).
Corrosion resistanceDue to the high content of chromium (and, ifused, molybdenum and nitrogen), duplexstainless steels are characterised by their high
17
Stainless steels
The presence of ferrite gives a ferritic solidification mode. In this type of solidification, impurities such as sulphur andphosphorus dissolve into the ferrite. Withoutferrite, impurities tend to segregate out to theaustenitic grain boundaries. This results inlate solidification phases and great susceptibility to hot cracking. A filler metalwith a ferrite content of 3 to 10% gives highresistance to cracking.
Fully austenitic stainless steels and weldsare somewhat sensitive to hot cracking. Thus,heat input when welding must be carefullycontrolled and dilution of the parent metalshould be kept to a minimum. The interpasstemperature must not exceed 100°C.
Fully austenitic stainless steels (e.g.Outokumpu 254 SMO) with high molybdenum and nitrogen contents shouldbe welded using nickel base fillers over-alloyed with molybdenum, e.g. Avesta P12.
Fully austenitic stainless steels may alsoexhibit grain boundary precipitation in theheat-affected zone. Moderate amounts of precipitation do not usually affect corrosionresistance. However, it is advisable to weldwith moderate heat input and the lowest possible dilution of the parent metal.
To offset the segregation that typicallyoccurs during solidification, filler metals are,in most cases, over-alloyed with chromium,nickel and molybdenum.
For niobium or titanium alloyed steels suchas 321H, niobium stabilised fillers such as 347should be used. This is because titanium doesnot transfer readily across the arc to the weld.
ApplicationsAustenitic stainless steels are used in a widerange of applications. They are economicwhere the demands placed on them aremoderate, e.g. processing, storing and transporting foodstuffs and beverages. They are also reliably effective in highly corrosive environments, e.g. offshore installations, high-temperature equipment,components in the pulp, paper and chemicalindustries.
Figure 1.9. High-alloy steels such as 2205 and 254 SMO arewidely used in pulp and paper applications
18
Stainless steels
resistance to pitting and crevice corrosion.For example, the pitting resistance of 2205 issignificantly higher than that of 316.
Because of their duplex structure, allduplex steels demonstrate superior resistanceto stress corrosion cracking.
All modern types of duplex stainless steelsare produced with a low carbon content. Thismakes them resistant to sensitisation to intergranular corrosion.
Mechanical propertiesDuplex stainless steels combine many of theproperties of ferritic and austenitic steels.Mechanical strength is generally very highand ductility, especially at room temperature,is good.
WeldabilityAlthough somewhat different to ordinaryaustenitic stainless steels such as 304 and 316,the weldability of duplex stainless steels isgenerally good. However, the slightly lowerpenetration into the parent metal and themildly inferior fluidity of the melt (e.g.compared to 308L or 316L fillers used withaustenitic stainless steels) must be borne inmind.
Duplex stainless steels solidify with a fullyferritic structure; there is austenite precipitation and growth during cooling. Tostabilise the austenite at higher temperatures,modern duplex stainless steels have a highnitrogen content.
If the cooling rate when welding is veryhigh (e.g. low heat input with thick gauges)there is a risk that post-weld ferrite contentwill be on the high side (above 65%). This
Figure 1.11. Chemical tanker – tanks in 2205 stainless steel
Figure 1.10. The microstructure of a duplex stainless steel
high level of ferrite decreases corrosion resistance and ductility. A too high ferritecontent may also result if welding without filler wire or if welding with, for example,pieces cut from the plate.
At the same time, owing to the rapid formation of intermetallic phases, heating inthe range 700 – 980°C must be avoided whenwelding. Even at less than 1%, the presenceof these phases has a severely negativeimpact on corrosion resistance and toughness. Thus, it is important to adopt aprocedure that minimises the total time inthis critical temperature range. Heat input atwelding must be carefully controlled (typically 0.5 to 3.0 kJ/mm).
Matching or over-alloyed filler metals mustbe used when welding duplex stainless steels.To stabilise and increase the austenitic structureduring the rapid cooling following welding,the nickel content of all matching duplex fillers is higher than that of the parent metal.
ApplicationsThe excellent combination of high mechanicalstrength and good corrosion resistance makesduplex stainless steels highly suitable for:heat exchangers; pressure vessels; pulp digesters; chemical industry equipment;rotors, fans and shafts exposed to corrosionfatigue; and, the huge tanks used for transporting chemicals.
19
The importance of ferriteFerrite is known to be very effective in reducing the tendency to hot cracking shownby welds in austenitic stainless steels.Compared to austenite, ferrite is better at dissolving impurities such as sulphur, phosphorous, lead and tin. These elementscan segregate out to the grain boundaries ofthe structure and form low melting secondary phases. The latter can give rise tohot cracking in the weld during cooling (seechapter 5, “Weld imperfections”).
Ferrite values can be expressed in severaldifferent ways. For example, as per ASTME562, they can be given as volume fractions(expressed as percentages). Although this isthe most accurate method, determination isvery time consuming and expensive. Forthese reasons, a metal’s ferrite value is normally given as measured by instrumentssuch as Magne-Gage or Ferritscope, or as calculated from the weld metal composition.In this second case, ferrite content is expressed either as a percentage or as a ferrite number (FN). This latter approach isoften preferred. Ferrite numbers are normallycalculated using either DeLong (figure 1.12)or WRC-92 diagrams (figure 1.13).
The DeLong constitutional diagram is anexcellent tool for predicting the phase balance(e.g. the ferrite content) in a weld.
It should be noted that these diagrams relate to alloys that have been cooled at thehigh cooling rates associated with weldingand not at the relatively low cooling ratesthat are associated with parent material production.
Stainless steels
The physical properties of stainless andmild steelsAmongst the physical differences betweenstainless and mild steels are:
• Thermal expansion• Thermal conductivity• Electrical resistivity
Designers and welders must be aware of howthese differences affect welding character-istics.
Table 1.5 summarises various physical properties of a number of steel grades.
The linear thermal expansion of ferriticand martensitic stainless steels is similar tothat of mild steels. It is approximately 50%higher for austenitic stainless steels. As aresult, shrinkage stresses are greater and boththick and thin plates of austenitic stainlesssteel deform relatively easily. Consequently, austenitic stainless steels require more tackwelds than ferritic and martensitic stainlesssteels or carbon-manganese steels. Greaterdetail is given in chapter 4, “Welding techniques”.
The thermal expansion of duplex stainlesssteels is only slightly higher than that of carbon-manganese steels.
The thermal conductivity of ferritic, martensitic and duplex stainless steels isabout half that of mild steels. The thermalconductivity of austenitic stainless steels isonly one third that of mild steels. Thus, stainless steels conduct heat away from theweld zone more slowly than do carbon-manganese steels. This must be taken intoconsideration so that distortion control andmicrostructural stability can be maximised.
The electrical resistivity of stainless steelsis approximately 4 to 7 times higher than thatof mild steels. One of the consequences ofthis is that stainless steel electrodes reach redheat relatively easily. They are thus usuallymade shorter to avoid excessive heat build-up. Furthermore, special care is required in dissimilar welds between stainless and mild steels. This is because the
arc tends to move towards the latter andcompensation has to be made by, for example,directing the arc slightly towards the stainlesssteel. This is especially important in automaticwelding.
20
Stainless steels
10
15
20
25
30
Nickel equivalent =% Ni + 0.5 x % Mn + 30 x % C + 30 x % N
Chromium equivalent =% Cr + % Mo + 1.5 x % Si + 0.5 x % Nb
5 10 15 20 25 30
5
M + A
F+M
40%F
A=AUSTENITE
M=MARTENSITE
M + F
M + A + F
F=FERRITE
A + F
100% F
P10 P16
353 MAP12
254 SFER
904L
310
OFN
2FN
6FN
12FN
253 MA
SLR P5
SKNb2205
308L/MVR2304
347/MVNb
248 SV
2507/P100
P7
316L/SKR
1
2
3
5
4
P690
Figure 1.12 DeLong diagram for welding consumables
A mild steel plate À is welded to a stainless steel plate Á in Outokumpu4404 (EN 1.4404/ASTM 316L) using P5electrodes Ä.
First, a line is drawn between the twometals À and Á. Assuming that themetals melt equally into the weld, the halfway point  is marked on this line.Another line is then drawn between thispoint and the electrodes Ä. Knowing that
Example
the composition of the weld metal will beapproximately 30% parent metals and 70%filler metal, a further point à is markedas shown (i.e. the distance between Âand à is 70% of the line’s length).
The DeLong diagram predicts a ferrite content of approximately 6 FN for thisweld metal. The WRC-92 constitutionaldiagram can be used in the same way.
21
Stainless steels
Low ferrite content (0 – 3 FN DeLong)gives a weld that may be slightly sensitive tohot cracking. To avoid this, a filler wire witha relatively high ferrite content must be used.In some demanding environments, e.g. ureaplants and certain cryogenic applications, ferrite-free parent metals and welds are stipulated. Welding must then use low ferriteor fully austenitic fillers such as 308L-LF,316L/SKR Cryo and P12. Heat input must below and controlled. Dilution of the parentmetal must be kept to a minimum.
A ferrite content of 3 – 12 FN DeLong givesgood resistance to hot cracking. All standardaustenitic fillers such as 308L/MVR,316L/SKR, P5 and 347/MVNb give weldswith a ferrite content in this range. Hence,these fillers provide good resistance to hotcracking.
At ferrite contents above 12 FN DeLong, acontinuous network of ferrite may be present.In some environments, this may result inselective corrosion. When subjected to heattreatment, the ferrite may, depending on time
10
12
14
16
18
18 20 22 24 26 28 30
Nickel equivalent =Ni + 35C + 20N + 0.25Cu
Chromium equivalent =Cr + Mo + 0.7Nb
WRC-1992
10
12
14
16
1818 20 22 24 26 28 30
2507/P100
2205
2304
A
AF
F
FA
0
46
8
2FN
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
3035
4045
50
60
70
80
90
100 FN
Figure 1.13. WRC-92 diagram for welding consumables
and temperature, transform totally or partly into sigma phase. This reduces corrosionresistance and toughness.
A duplex stainless steel weld typically hasa ferrite content of 25 – 65 FN WRC-92. Theincreased yield and tensile strengths thisgives are highly beneficial.
Figures 1.14 to 1.16 show stainless steelmicrostructures with, respectively, low, medium and high ferrite contents.
Figure 1.14. Ferrite 3 FN DeLong
22
Stainless steels
Figure 1.16. Ferrite 50 FN WRC-92
Figure 1.15. Ferrite 12 FN DeLong
23
Definitions
Welding positionsIn principle, four different welding positionsare recognised for all types of welded joints.These are: flat, horizontal-vertical, overhead and
vertical-downwards/vertical-upwards. Figure 2.1shows the EN and AWS codes for weldingpositions.
2 Definitions
Figure 2.1a. Welding positions for butt welds – EN 287-1 (AWS designations are given in brackets)
Figure 2.1b. Welding positions for fillet welds – EN 287-1 (AWS designations are given in brackets)
PA (1G) Flat
PG (3G) Vertical-downwards
PC (2G) Horizontal-vertical
PF (3G) Vertical-upwards
PE (4G) Overhead
PG (3F) Vertical-downwards PF (3F) Vertical-upwards
PA (1F) Flat
PD (4F) Horizontal overhead
PB (2F) Horizontal-vertical
24
Definitions
Heat-affected zoneThe heat-affected zone (HAZ) is the areaaround the weld bead that is unavoidablyheated during welding (see figure 2.2 for anexample). As toughness, corrosion resistance,etc. can all be affected by the welding thermalcycle, HAZ properties may differ from thoseof the weld and the parent metal. The extentof any difference is determined by the thermal cycle and the stainless steel grades inquestion.
In general, the thermal cycle is toleratedslightly less well by high-alloy stainless steelsthan it is by standard grades. Consequently,the welding of high-alloy grades requirescloser control. A slightly lower heat input isalso probably advisable.
Both ferritic and martensitic steels aremildly prone to grain growth in the HAZ.This can reduce toughness. Hence, low heatinput is important when welding these typesof steel.
Heat inputWhen welding any metal (stainless steelsincluded therein), heat (energy) input is controlled for a number of reasons. For example, heat input influences distortion, lateral shrinkage and any tendency to formdeleterious phases. All of these can affect theserviceability of the welded structure.
The formula below is used to calculate heatinput.
Recommended heat inputs are determined bymany factors. One of the most important ofthese is the thickness of the metal beingwelded. Below, there are some typical heatinput ranges* for a variety of stainless steels.
Austenitic steels max. 2.0 kJ/mmStabilised austenitic steels max. 1.5 kJ/mmFully austenitic steels max. 1.2 kJ/mmDuplex steels 0.5 – 2.5 kJ/mmSuper duplex steels 0.2 – 1.5 kJ/mm
* These ranges may have to be adapted to take metal thickness, production factors, etc. into account.
Interpass temperatureInterpass temperature is one of the factorsdetermining the thermal cycle experienced bythe weld zone. Amongst the other factors forany given steel are heat (energy) input, thickness and welding process (arc efficiency).The thermal cycle’s effect on dilution andmicrostructure strongly influences the serviceability of the welded joint. Thus, it isadvisable to control the interpass temperaturein the same way as heat input.
The interpass temperature (TI) is the temperature at the welding point immediately before the welding arc isrestruck in multipass welding.
The interpass temperatures** below are representative for production welding.
Austenitic steels max. 150°CStabilised austenitic steels max. 150°CFully austenitic steels max. 100°CDuplex steels max. 150°CSuper duplex steels max. 100°C
** These values may have to be adapted to take metal thickness and heat input into account.
Figure 2.2. Width of the heat-affected zone in 304 steel
Heat input [kJ/mm] = Current x Voltage A x V
Travel speed mm/s x 1,000
25
Definitions
Penetration and dilutionGenerally, full penetration is essential for themaximum corrosion performance and structural integrity of the weld zone. Single-sided welds can be made with unsupportedroot beads or by welding onto temporarybacking bars (see also chapter 4 ”Weldingtechniques”). The second side of double-sidedwelds should be cold cut to bright, soundmetal before welding is restarted. The secondside cut for a sealing run might typically be 1 – 2 mm deep by 2 – 4 mm wide.
Weld metal dilution is the proportion (by volume) of fused parent metal in the weld. A dilution of 30% means that 30% of the weldcomes from the parent metal and 70% fromthe filler metal. Table 2.1 gives some typicaldilution values. Dilution increases with:
• Increased heat input• The arc directed towards the parent metal
rather than the middle of the joint• Decreased joint angle.
Increased dilution can increase the propensityto hot cracking. This may be a factor for consideration when welding, for example,stainless steel to mild steel, or when weldingfully austenitic steels.
Metal deposition rateThe metal deposition rate, often measured askilogram per hour, is the amount of fillermetal that can be deposited during a fixedperiod of time. As shown in table 2.1. (whichalso includes typical dilution values), the ratevaries between welding methods.
Post-weld heat treatmentPost-weld heat treatment (PWHT) is normally not required for austenitic andduplex stainless steels. In some applications,quench annealing or stress relieving may be
Figure 2.3. Fusion penetration – the depth of fusion is indicated by “a”
a
a
a
Comparison of deposition rates and dilutions Table 2.1
Welding method Consumable’s Deposition rate, Typical dilution,diameter, mm kg/h %
MMA 3.25 1.5 30MMA 5.00 3 35MIG (spray arc) 1.20 2 – 5 30MIG (spray arc) 1.60 3 – 7 30TIG 2.40 1 – 2 20SAW (wire) 3.20 4 – 8 35SAW (strip) 0.5 x 60 15 – 17 15Electroslag (strip) 0.5 x 60 20 – 22 10FCAW 1.20 3 – 6 25
26
Definitions
necessary. The best results are obtained byquench annealing at 1,050 – 1,150°C (1,150 – 1,200°C for fully austenitic steels).Cooling must be rapid and in water or air.The absolute temperatures and ranges aregrade specific.
In some special cases (e.g. cladding mildsteel with stainless steel), stress relieving heattreatment at 600 – 700°C is specified.However, stainless steels are prone to the precipitation of deleterious phases whenexposed to temperatures between ~600 and1,000°C. Notch toughness and corrosion performance can suffer.
To improve toughness and reduce thehardness of the weld, the tempering ofmartensitic and semi-martensitic stainlesssteels may be advisable. Semi-martensiticstainless steels (e.g. Outokumpu 248 SV)should be annealed at 500 – 600°C, the exacttemperature being determined by the properties that are required.
All heat treatment should be carried out byexperienced personnel using qualified procedures and appropriate equipment.
Effect of high silicon contentMIG/TIG wires from Avesta Welding areavailable with either a low or a high siliconcontent (typically 0.4% and 0.9% respectively).A high silicon content improves arc stabilityand gives better fluidity. This enables higherMIG welding speeds to be used. Porosity andspatter also benefit, the resultant weld surfacesbeing more attractive.
The above advantages are particularly pronounced when dip transfer MIG welding.Avesta Welding’s high-silicon type wires areintended for use with metals that are knownto have good resistance to hot cracking.
As most granular fluxes promote siliconalloying, Avesta Welding’s SAW wire is produced only in a low-silicon format.
Cast and helixWire feeding in MIG welding is influencedby, amongst other things, cast and helix.
Cast is the diameter of a single loop of wirecut from the spool and laid free on a flat surface. Too high or too low a cast can lead tofeeding problems in the feeder and/or at thecontact tip. Both these have a negative effecton arc stability.
Helix is the vertical distance between theends of a single loop of wire cut from thespool and laid free on a flat surface. Too largea helix will result in the wire rotating in thefeeder and/or at the contact tip.Consequently, the arc will rotate across theplate surface.
In order to maximise MIG feedability andensure optimum welding characteristics,Avesta Welding controls cast and helix veryclosely.
Figure 2.4. 253 MA radiant tubes in a heat treatment furnace. Courtesy of Rolled Alloys. Figure 2.5a Figure 2.5b
CAST
H
CAST
HELIX
27
IntroductionAll common arc welding methods can beused with stainless steels. The following aresome of the factors affecting the choice ofmethod:
• Type of parent metal• Thickness• Welding position• Equipment availability• Skill and experience of welders• Welding site (indoors/outdoors)• Productivity (deposition rate)
This chapter briefly describes the basic characteristics of the most common weldingmethods.
Welding terminology and abbreviationsEuropean terminology and abbreviations are used throughout this manual. Whereappropriate, American equivalents are alsogiven.
This manual follows the common practice ofusing MIG to refer to both metal inert gas(MIG) welding and metal active gas (MAG)welding.
When deciding which welding method touse, special attention should be paid to themetal deposition rate. Figure 3.1 comparesthe deposition rates of several welding methods.
Welding methods
Figure 3.1. A comparison of deposition rates
FCW-2D (1.20 mm)FCW-3D (1.20 mm)MIG (1.20 mm)SAW (3.20 mm)
MMA (3.25 mm)MMA (4.00 mm)MMA (5.00 mm)
3 Stainless steel welding methods
European American
Manual metal arc MMA Shielded metal arc SMAWMetal inert gas MIG Gas metal arc GMAWTungsten inert gas TIG Gas tungsten arc GTAWDC electrode positive DCEP Reverse polarity DCRPDC electrode negative DCEN Straight polarity DCSP
Submerged arc welding SAWFlux cored arc welding FCAWPlasma arc welding PAW
Dep
osi
tio
nra
te,k
g/h
Current, A
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
28
Welding methods
Figure 3.2. MMA welding
A = Core wire (stainless steel)B = Coating (minerals and metals)C = Plasma (formed from the coating)D = Solidified slagE = Weld metalF = Weld poolG = Arc with metal droplets (each droplet is
covered by slag)H = Parent metal
CoatingsBased on usability designations (as given inAWS A5.4 and EN 1600), the coatings ofAvesta Welding’s electrodes fall into threegroups: rutile-acid electrodes, basic electrodes and rutile electrodes.
• Rutile-acid electrodes(-17 in AWS A5.4 and R in EN 1600)
The coatings of rutile-acid electrodes are amodification of rutile electrode coatings.Rutile-acid electrodes are characterised byeasy arc ignition and high current capacity.Slag removal is excellent and the electrodesgive a smooth, slightly concave weld bead. In order to ensure sufficient penetration, theroot gap must be slightly larger than whenwelding with basic electrodes. DCEP and AC can both be used, however arc stabilityand weld pool control are normally betterwith DCEP.
• Basic electrodes(-15 in AWS A5.4 and B in EN 1600, all Ni base alloys)
The coatings of basic electrodes have a highCaF2 content. Compared to rutile and rutile-acid electrodes, they thus have a lowermelting point. This gives a weld with a lowoxide content and few inclusions. As a result,notch toughness is improved and the risk ofhot cracking is reduced. For this reason,many fully austenitic and nickel base electrodes have basic coatings.
In the vertical-up position, weldability isgenerally very good. Compared with rutile orrutile-acid electrodes, basic electrodes givebetter penetration into the parent metal. Theweld bead is normally slightly convex andnot quite as smooth as that obtained withrutile and rutile-acid electrodes. DCEP mustbe used when welding with basic electrodes.
• Rutile electrodes (-16 in AWS A5.4 and R in EN 1600)
The coatings of rutile electrodes have a highTiO2 (rutile) content. This gives easy arc ignition, very smooth surfaces and simple
MMA – flexible all-position weldingCharacteristicsCovered (stick) electrodes are used in thiscommon and flexible welding method. It issuitable for all weldable stainless steels and abroad range of applications. Characterised bygreat flexibility in all welding positions,MMA is widely employed for primary fabrication, on-site work and repair welding.MMA is manual and is used for materialthicknesses of 1 mm and upwards. In principle, there is no upper thickness limit.Figure 3.2 shows the basics of MMA welding.
29
Welding methods
Electrode type Diameter, mm Voltage, V Current, A
Horizontal Vertical-up Overhead (PA/1G) (PF/3G) (PE/5G)
Rutile-acid 1.6 26 – 30 30 – 50 30 – 40 35 – 452.0 26 – 30 35 – 60 35 – 50 40 – 502.5 26 – 30 50 – 80 50 – 60 60 – 703.25 26 – 30 80 – 120 80 – 95 95 – 1054.0 26 – 30 100 – 160 – –5.0 26 – 30 160 – 220 – –
Basic* 2.0 24 – 27 35 – 55 35 – 40 35 – 452.5 24 – 27 50 – 75 50 – 60 55 – 65 3.25 24 – 27 70 – 100 70 – 80 90 – 1004.0 24 – 27 100 – 140 100 – 115 125 – 1355.0 24 – 27 140 – 190 – –
Rutile 2.0 22 – 24 35 – 55 35 – 40 40 – 502.5 22 – 24 50 – 75 50 – 60 60 – 703.25 22 – 24 70 – 110 70 – 80 95 – 1054.0 22 – 24 100 – 150 100 – 120 120 – 1355.0 22 – 24 140 – 190 – –
* For nickel base electrodes (e.g. Avesta P10, P12-R and P16), a slightly lower current must be used.
MMA parameters Table 3.1
slag removal. The weld’s mechanical properties (notch toughness especially) arenot quite as good as those obtained whenusing basic electrodes.
Welding parametersTypical welding parameters are given in table3.1.
30
Welding methods
Avesta 3D electrodes
the perfect ”all-round”electrodes
Avesta 3D electrodes have been specially developed for flexible welding in all common welding positions. As 3D electrodes have a very wide parameter box, they have a large working range and can be used for all types of joints. 3D electrodes have extremely good weldability and give a stable arc. The slag and weld pool are both easy to control. Suitable metal thicknesses are 3 mm upwards. For thin materials, Avesta 4D electrodes are recommended.
Avesta 4D electrodes
the optimum electrodes for extremeposition welding of sheet and pipes
The weldability of 4D electrodes is extremely good and the arc and weld pool are both stable. The thin coating gives a small weld pool. However, the slag is very compliant and easy to control. A short arc is to be used for welding. The slag is self-releasing and leaves an even, beautiful weldfinish.
The D-ConceptAvesta standard electrodes are producedwith a range of special coatings for different applications. The D-Concept focuses on optimising efficiency and weld metal qualityin each application. Maximum fabrication/assembly efficiency and great cost savings are amongst the results. Thanks to AvestaWelding’s new 2D, 3D and 4D consumables,the positive characteristics of covered electrodes can be exploited to the full.
All Avesta’s 2D, 3D and 4D electrodes areavailable in formats for welding: austeniticstainless steels (with or without molybde-num); duplex stainless steels; and, stainlesssteels to carbon steels.
Avesta 2D electrodes
high productivity in the flatwelding position
Avesta 2D high-recovery electrodes give a metal recovery of up to 150%. The deposition rate can be as much as 30% better than that of correspondingstandard products. Because weld beads are generally longerwhen using 2D electrodes, there is minimumstarting and stopping. This improves bothcost efficiency and quality. 2D electrodes canbe used for: horizontal-vertical and flat filletwelds; flat butt welds; and, various types ofoverlay welding. Suitable metal thicknessesare 5 mm upwards.
31
Current, A
Welding methods
MIG – high productivity with both manualand automatic weldingCharacteristicsMIG (i.e. both MIG and MAG) is an economical welding method well suited tocontinuous welding sequences. The weldmetal properties are good. In particular, dueto the low oxide content, notch toughness ishigher than with MMA and FCAW. The introduction of new inverter and synergicpulsed machines has dramatically improvedMIG weldability. Figure 3.3 shows the basicsof MIG welding.
Figure 3.3. MIG welding
A = Gas cup E = Weld metalB = Contact tip F = Weld pool C = Filler wire G = Arc (metal transfer)D = Shielding gas H = Parent metal
Arc types and metal transferDCEP is normally used for MIG. Determinedparticularly by the welding current/arcvoltage balance, there are several differentmetal transfer modes. Figure 3.4 gives anoverview of these. The following metal transfer modes are generally recognised:• Dip transfer/short arc• Globular arc• Spray transfer/open arc• Pulsed arc• Rapid arc• Rapid melt
Figure 3.4. Metal transfer for MIG welding; wire diameter 1.20 mm
Dip transfer (short arc)Dip transfer occurs at low current and voltage settings. The arc is short and meltsthe wire tip to form “big” droplets that dipinto the weld pool. This, in essence, short-circuits and extinguishes the arc. When thearc is extinguished, weld metal is transferredinto the weld pool. This allows the arc to re-ignite “explosively”. Current, voltage andinductance (“choke”) are tuned so that thisexplosive re-ignition does not generate excessive weld spatter. The short-circuit frequency is typically 50 – 200 Hz.
Dip transfer is a low heat input process suitable for welding thin material and positional welding. The deposition rate isfairly low (1 – 3 kg/h).
Globular metal transferA relatively small increase in arc voltage andan increase in welding current will generatelarger droplets – typically double or triple thediameter of the wire. The electromagneticpinch effect detaches the metal droplets fromthe wire tip. Short-circuiting and/or gravitation then transfer the metal throughthe arc. As the arc is often comparativelyunstable and inconsistent, the risk of spatteris rather high. In the dip transfer mode, spatter particles tend to be fairly fine – typically equal to or less than the diameter ofthe wire. They tend to be much larger (greater than the wire diameter) in globulartransfer. Globular transfer is not normally thefirst choice metal transfer mode.
Vo
ltag
e,V
100 200 300 400 500 600
50
40
30
20
10
0
Rapid MeltSpray Arc
Short Arc Globular Arc
Pulsed Arc
Rapid Arc
32
suitable for welding all standard and highperformance grades of stainless steel. Theversatility of the process is such that a singlewire size, e.g. 1.20 mm diameter, can be usedfor welding a wide range of plate thicknessesin all welding positions.
Super Pulse™ and cold metal transfer(CMT®)Super Pulse and CMT welding are characterisedby extremely stable arcs, low heat input andprecise penetration. Control is achieved bysplitting the pulse period into two parts andprogramming these to give a weld withexactly the desired properties. By setting halfthe pulse at a high current level and the otherhalf at a low current level, penetration can beclosely controlled and heat input kept relatively low. Super Pulse and CMT weldbeads look very similar to those produced byTIG welding. In stainless steel plate down to1.0 mm (and even 0.8 mm), both Super Pulseand CMT give excellent overlap joints, buttwelds and fillet welds.
Welding methods
Figure 3.5. The pulsed arc
Figure 3.6. Pulsed arc (top) and spray arc (bottom) weldingusing P12 filler metal
Spray transfer (open arc)Spray transfer occurs with another small risein arc voltage and an increase in the weldingcurrent. In melting, the wire tip forms a sharpcone. Primarily due to electromagneticeffects, the metal detaches in a fine spray andis forced axially across the arc. The arc is stable, open and smooth. Spatter is thus minimal. The deposition rate is typically 4 – 6kg/h. The higher currents generally result inhigher heat inputs, larger weld pools anddeeper penetration into the parent metal. For these reasons, the spray arc mode isextremely suitable for the horizontal weldingof thicker base material (5 mm and above).
Pulsed arcIn spray transfer, the current is held at a constant level. In pulsed or “synergic” MIG,welding current is supplied as a square wavepulse (see figure 3.5). Metal transfer is controlled by the pulse or peak current. The background current must be sufficient tomaintain the arc.
Besides great flexibility, the low mean current of the pulsed arc also gives excellentarc stability and superior control of metal transfer. As a result, the weld pool is stableand controllable. Compared to both the shortarc and spray arc modes, parameter toleranceis consequently much greater (see figure 3.4).Pulsed arc welding is suitable for manual andautomatic welding of all thicknesses in allwelding positions. With stainless steel ornickel base filler metals, the process is very
Time, ms
Cu
rren
t,A
Ipeak
Imean
IbkgFreq.
33
Welding methods
MIG parameters Table 3.2
Wire diam. Current Voltage Pulse parametersmm A V Ipeak, A Ibackground, A Frequency, Hz
Short arc 0.8 90 – 120 19 – 22 – – –1.0 110 – 140 19 - 22 – – –
Spray arc 0.8 150 – 170 24 – 27 – – –1.0 170 – 200 25 – 28 – – –1.2 200 – 270 26 – 29 – – –1.6 250 – 330 27 – 30 – – –
Pulsed arc 1.2 75 – 350 24 – 30 300 – 400 35 – 100 50 – 200
Rapid Arc™ 1.2 300 – 400 28 – 32 – – –
Rapid Melt™ 1.2 400 – 500 40 – 50 – – –
Rapid Arc™ and Rapid Melt™Higher currents and voltages are used inRapid Arc and Rapid Melt transfer. Bothmodes require high wire feed speed anda long electrode stick-out. In Rapid Arcwelding, the long stick-out causes both areduction of the current and increased resistive heating of the wire. The voltage isset relatively low and a forced arc is obtained.Rapid Arc welding gives better parent metalpenetration compared to conventional MIGand makes it possible to use a higher travelspeed (up to 150 cm/min). A conventionalpower source can be used.
The even higher current in Rapid Melt welding generates a spray arc. The powersource must be capable of running at veryhigh voltages and wire feed speeds (up to 50 m/min). Setting the voltage high causesthe arc to rotate. This aids fusion. Rapid Meltis primarily used for high productivity welding – the metal deposition rate can be ashigh as 20 kg/h. Both methods may give riseto slightly increased spatter and radiation.They are mainly used for mechanised welding.
Tandem and twinWelding productivity may be further improved by using tandem or twin-wire welding.
Tandem welding uses two wires. Each isfed by a separate unit and each is connectedto its own power source. The wires can havedifferent potentials, arc modes and parametersettings.
Twin-wire welding has two wires con-nected to the same power source. However,as this makes it difficult to obtain a stable arcthat is free from spatter, the twin wire methodis not widely used in MIG welding.
With lower total heat input, both methodsgive increased welding speed and metaldeposition rates.
Welding parametersTable 3.2 gives typical parameters for MIGwelding.
34
Tungsten electrodeTIG electrodes can be either pure tungsten or,as is more often the case, tungsten alloys (1 – 2% thorium, zirconium or cerium oxides).Electrode diameters range from 1.0 to 4.8 mm.As shown in figure 3.8, the angle of the tungsten electrode has a significant effect onpenetration. A narrow angle (15 – 30°) gives awide arc with low penetration. This is suitable for thin gauges. Wider angles (60 – 75°) give a narrower arc with deeperpenetration.
To minimise the risk of tungsten inclusionsforming in the weld, the electrode tip (thecone) should be rounded off by grinding.
Welding parametersContinuous and pulsed DCEN are both usedin the TIG welding of stainless steels. Typicalwelding parameters are given in table 3.3.Pulsed arc is particularly suitable for thin sections and positional welding.
TIG – high quality weldsCharacteristicsTungsten inert gas welding is characterisedby high quality weld metal deposits, greatprecision, superior surfaces and excellentstrength. It is widely used in tube and pipewelding (wall thicknesses from 0.3 mmupwards). Root runs for pipes and tubes areone particularly important TIG application.TIG can be either manual or automatic.
Autogenous welding (i.e. without the useof filler metals) can be carried out on certaingrades of thin material. However, corrosionresistance and ductility may suffer. Unlesssolution annealing is possible, suitable fillermetals should be used when welding somehigh-performance/high-alloy stainless steelssuch as 2205, 904L and 254 SMO. A piece ofplate, or the core wire of a covered electrode,must never be used for TIG. Figure 3.7 showsthe basics of TIG welding.
A = Gas cupB = Electrode holder (contact tip)C = Tungsten electrode (non-consumable)D = Shielding gasE = Weld metalF = Weld poolG = Arc (struck between electrode and parent metal)H = Filler wire (fed into the arc from the side)I = Parent metal
Welding methods
Figure 3.7. TIG welding
15°
60°
α
Figure 3.8. Electrode angle (TIG) and examples of effect onpenetration.
35
High frequency (HF) devices are normallyused to ignite the arc. Such ignition is generally smooth and reliable. However, thepossibility of interference with/from otherelectronic devices close to the power sourcemust be taken into account. In “lift arc” ignition, raising the electrode from the workpiece initiates electrically controlledignition. Due to the risk of damaging theelectrode and introducing tungsten inclusionsinto the weld, “scratch start” ignition is seldom used today.
High productivity welding using TIGManual TIG gives a high quality weld, but ata fairly low metal deposition rate of around 1 kg/h. In automatic TIG welding (e.g. pipeand tube welding), the deposition rate can beup to ~3 kg/h. Productivity can be increasedeven further using a hot-wire TIG system.
Narrow gap (NG) welding increases jointcompletion rate and reduces joint volume. It also has the potential to reduce weldingdistortion. The joint bevel angle is reduced toaround 5° and the weld can be V or U-joint(single or double-sided in both cases) – seechapter 7, “Edge preparation”, for furtherdetails.
As the joint is very deep and narrow in NGwelding, a special welding head is required.When welding thick sections, the NG processis a popular alternative to SAW.
Welding methods
TIG parameters Table 3.3
Tungsten Typical electrode sectiondiameter Current Voltage thicknessmm A V mm
1.6 50 – 120 10 – 12 <1.0 2.4 100 – 230 16 – 18 1.0 – 3.03.2 170 – 300 17 – 19 >2.0
SAW – high productivity welding of thicksectionsCharacteristicsSubmerged arc welding is principally usedfor thick sections (typically 10 mm andupwards) in the flat (PA/1G) welding position. It is also used for the overlay welding (surfacing or cladding) of both mildand low-alloy steels. The mechanical and corrosion properties of SA welds are of thesame high quality as those of other arc welding methods. In SAW, the arc and theweld pool are protected by a flux burden. Theflux plays an important part in determiningweldability and weld metal properties.During welding, some of the molten fluxtransfers to the weld metal and some converts into a readily removable slag. Figure 3.9 shows the basics of SAW.
Figure 3.9. SAW
A = Weld metalB = Slag protecting
the arc and weld poolC = Removal of the fluxD = Contact tip
E = Filler wireF = FluxG = Flux supplyH= Root beadI = Parent metal
36
advantage that it can be alloyed. In obtainingthe desired weld metal composition andmechanical properties, choosing the rightcombination of wire/strip electrode and fluxis of the utmost importance. Of course, theoptimum welding parameters must also beused.
To compensate for chromium losses in thearc during the welding of Cr-Ni and Cr-Ni-Mo steels, fluxes alloyed with chromium are standard. They are normallyneutral to slightly basic. Fluxes used for high-alloy stainless steels are normally morestrongly basic. This maximises weld metalcleanness and minimises the risk of microcracking.
Based on the relationship between the basicand acid oxides of which a flux is composed,the basicity index (B.I.) states the chemical/metallurgical balance of fluxes. In thisrespect, fluxes can be divided into threegroups:
• Acid B.I. < 0.9• Neutral B.I. 0.9 – 1.2• Basic B.I. > 1.2 – 3.0
Basicity has a great effect on mechanical properties, particularly notch toughness. The more basic the flux, the lower the contentof oxides and other inclusions in the weldmetal. As a result, notch toughness is higher.This is particularly important for high-alloygrades where particular attention has to bepaid to the possibility of microcracking.
Strip weldingSAW can also be used for strip cladding (strip surfacing), i.e. cladding using a stripelectrode. For both mild and low-alloy steels,this welding process is widely used to enhance corrosion and/or wear resistance.Deposition rates are considerably higher thanin wire cladding, typically 10 – 15 kg/h usinga 0.5 x 60 mm strip. Refer to ”Overlay welding” in chapter 4.
Welding methods
SAW parameters Table 3.4
Wire diameter Current Voltagemm A V
2.40 200 – 350 27 – 333.20 300 – 600 30 – 364.00 400 – 700 30 – 36
Travel speed is typically 30 – 60 cm/min.
Flux for SAWThere are two main groups of fluxes – agglomerated and fused. Agglomerated flux,the more modern of the two, has the
Welding parametersBoth DCEP and DCEN are possible withSAW. As it gives the best arc stability andweld bead appearance, DCEP is normallyused for joining. For any given current, wirespeed is higher with the electrode connectedto negative polarity (DCEN). This results inlower dilution and a higher deposition rate.Hence, DCEN is normally only used for cladding.
SAW generally requires higher currentsthan other arc welding methods. Combinedwith the higher material thicknesses and protecting slag, this may result in a slowercooling rate than with other processes. Thus,care must be taken where the formation ofdeleterious phases is a particular problem.
Care must also be taken when weldinghigh-alloy grades of stainless steel to eachother, or when welding unalloyed steels tostainless steels. Heat input and dilution withthe parent metal should both be kept reasonably low (as per the stipulated weldingprocedure specification). Joint configurationand welding parameters should be selectedso that the width/depth ratio of the weldbead is about 1.5 to 2.0.
Any risk of hot cracking can be reduced bywelding the first beads manually using covered electrodes.
37
Welding methods
FCAW – a high deposition, flexible processfor all-position weldingCharacteristicsFlux cored arc welding is characterised byhigh metal deposition rates, great flexibilityand good weldability. Weld bead appearanceis excellent – the weld is smooth and slightlyconcave. Due to a higher content of oxides inthe weld, notch toughness is lower than inMIG and TIG.
Flux cored wire (FCW) is normally produced from an 18/8 stainless steel tubefilled with a granular flux. The flux containsslag forming compounds and alloying elements. Its composition is specifically formulated to ensure the correct chemicalcomposition of the weld, good mechanicalproperties and optimum welding charac-teristics in the recommended positions.Figure 3.10 shows the cross-section of a typical flux cored wire.
FCAW is commonly used for weldingthicker sections (> 5 mm) in, for example,pressure vessels, chemical tankers, chemicalholders, etc. The high deposition rate (typically twice that of solid wire MIG)makes it suitable for the overlay welding ofmild and low-alloy steel components.
Due to its combination of a shielding gasand a protective slag, outdoor welding can becarried out far more easily with FCAW thanwith solid wire MIG and TIG. Nonetheless,steps should be taken to shield againstdraughts.
Welding parametersThe FCAW and solid wire MIG processes arebasically the same. The primary difference isthat the slag and shielding gas combinationin FCAW protects the arc and the weld.FCAW is suitable for positional welding. As it has a greater operating range, the processdoes not require the same precision as solidwire MIG.
DCEP is always used for FCAW. Table 3.5gives typical welding parameters.
To obtain a smooth and even weld, freefrom defects such as slag and porosity, it is important to maintain the proper current tovoltage relationship in FCAW. Too high a voltage creates a long arc that leads to heavy
Figure 3.10. Cross-section of an Avesta Welding flux coredwire
FCAW parameters Table 3.5
Wire Horizontal (PA/1G) Vertical-up (PF/3G) Overhead (PE/5G)
diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V Current, A Voltage, V Current, A Voltage, V
0.90 80 – 160 22 – 28 80 – 130 22 – 26 80 – 150 22 – 271.20 150 – 280 24 – 32 140 – 170 23 – 28 150 – 200 24 – 291.60 200 – 320 26 – 34 – – – –
Welding speed is typically 20 – 60 cm/min for horizontal welding and 10 – 20 cm/min for vertical-up welding.
38
Welding methods
spatter and a wide weld. There may also beundercutting and a lack of fusion. Too low avoltage, on the other hand, gives a short arc.This could result in a convex weld bead thatis prone to porosity and slag inclusions. Thus,for each current level, it is always advisableto use a voltage at the high end of the recommended range. In most applications, awire stick-out of 15 – 25 mm produces thebest results.
A 1.20 mm diameter wire can, in mostcases, be used in all positions. However, forthinner sections (2 – 4 mm), and in some welding positions, a 0.90 mm diameter wiremay be preferable. The largest diameter wire(1.60 mm) is principally used for thicker sections (>~10 mm) in the horizontal positionand the overlay welding of mild steel components.
Single-sided welding against a ceramicbacking is common, especially for on-sitewelding of panels etc. in, for example, chemical tankers (see chapter 4, “Weldingtechniques”). Figure 3.11 gives the parameterrange for FCW 308L and 316L when weldingin the horizontal position (PA/1G) using Ar + 25% CO2 shielding gas.
The 2D and 3D conceptAvesta Welding produces two different types of flux cored wires. The new FCW-2Dand FCW-3D wires fully exploit all theadvantages of FCAW. Furthermore, selectionof consumables is easy.
Avesta FCW-2D
excellent slag removal, superb finishes and high deposition rates.
FCW-2D has been specially developed forrapid, cost-efficient welding in the horizontal,horizontal vertical and vertical-down positions.FCW-2D is particularly recommended for:horizontal-vertical and flat fillet welds; flatbutt welds; and, various types of overlay welding. Suitable metal thicknesses are 2.5 mmupwards.
Vo
ltag
e,V
Current, A
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
1850 70 90 110 130 150 170 190 210 230 250 270 290 310 330 350
0.90 mm diam.
1.20 mm diam.
1.60 mm diam.
Figure 3.11. Horizontal FCAW parameter box
Avesta FCW-3D
maximum flexibility, flat and vertical welding from a single wire.
FCW-3D is an all-round wire with exceptionally good weldability in all positions (even flat). Its wide parameter boxensures smooth transitions between variouswelding positions. Suitable metal thicknessesare 5 mm upwards.
These two wires have many characteristics in common. Arc stability is very good. Boththe arc and the weld pool are very easy tocontrol. The slag is self-releasing and leavesan even, beautiful weld finish. There areFCW-2D and FCW-3D wires for weldingmost common austenitic and duplex stainlesssteels. The ranges also include special wiresfor joints between stainless and carbon steels.Avesta FCW-2D and FCW-3D are suitable formost stainless steel applications, e.g. plant inthe pulp and paper industry, storage tanks,process vessels, marine chemical tankers andbridges.
39
Figure 3.12. PAW
Welding methods
PAW – a high-energy process for automaticweldingCharacteristicsPlasma arc welding is characterised by ahigh-energy arc which, when welding in the keyhole mode, gives narrow, deep penetration and low distortion of theworkpi-ece. The quality of the weld beads is excellent– the cap and root are low and even and theheat-affected zone (HAZ) is small. Relativelyhigh welding speeds are possible. The met-hod is thus normally used as a mechanised orfully automatic process in, for example, themanufacture of a wide range of containersand the production of tubes and pipes.Material thickness is generally 0.5 – 8 mm.
Welding is usually completed with a square edge closed butt (SECB) weld.However, especially for thicker sections, itmay be better to use a bevelled joint that isfilled and capped using, for example, TIG,PAW (in “remelt” mode), SAW or MMA.
Edges are normally prepared by shearing,laser cutting or milling. Owing to the narrowarc, joint tolerances are generally tighter forPAW than for other welding methods, e.g.TIG. Figure 3.12 shows the basics of plasmaarc welding.
Filler wire for PAWPAW can be either with or without filler wire.Unless the complete workpiece can be solution annealed to maximise corrosion andmechanical performance, filler wire should beused when welding high-alloy grades such as2205, 904L and 254 SMO.
The plasmaThe parallel-sided plasma arc is formed byconstricting the arc through a copper nozzle.This gives arc temperatures in excess of20,000°C. To protect the arc and weld poolagainst oxidation, a shielding gas flowsthrough the outer nozzle.
Both the plasma gas and the shielding gasare normally argon (Ar) + 5% hydrogen (H2).
A = Insulating sheathB = Water-cooled torchC = Plasma gas forced
into the arcD = Tungsten electrode
(non-consumable)
E = Shielding gasF = Weld metalG = Plasma jetH = Parent metal
Keyhole mode weldingThe so-called keyhole mode is normally usedfor full penetration PAW. The arc burnstrough the material to form a keyhole.Flowing smoothly behind the arc, the moltenmetal forms the weld bead. Single pass keyhole mode welding is normally used formaterial thicknesses of up to 10 mm. Fillermetal may or may not be used.
Remelt mode weldingRemelt mode PAW (sometimes referred to as“plasma TIG”) is used for filling and, in particular, capping welds. The gas flows aremuch lower than in keyhole mode.
Penetration depth is generally 2 – 3 mmand filler metal is normally used.
Welding parametersDCEN is used for PAW. Plate thickness deter-mines the parameter range, i.e. current (referto table 3.6).
Microplasma arc welding is a developmentof PAW. It uses extremely low currents (0.3 – 10 A) for welding stainless steels up to around 0.8 mm thick.
40
Welding methods
Laser and laser hybrid welding – high productivity and high qualityCharacteristicsLaser welding is a high productivity weldingmethod that is most suitable for thin sections(< 4 mm). However, stainless steels up to 10 mm can also be laser welded. Welding isnormally autogenous (i.e. without fillermetal), but a solid wire can be used if desired. Unless quench annealing is possible,filler wires should be used for high-alloy andhigh performance grades of stainless steel,e.g. 2205, 904L and 254 SMO.
In laser welding, the beam of single wavelength, coherent light is focused on asmall spot. The two most common types oflasers are Nd:YAG and CO2. Being generallyof a lower power and with less beam quality,Nd:YAG lasers tend to be used on thinnermaterial. However the beam can be deliveredto the weld through fiber optic cables,Nd:YAG lasers are particularly suitable forrobotic welding. With excellent beam qualityand efficiency the new disc and fiber lasershave gained market shares the recent years.
Laser welding produces a narrow and deepweld with a small heat-affected zone.Consequently, to obtain good results, the tolerances in edge preparation are tight. Theroot gap should not exceed 0.1 mm.
Laser hybrid welding (normally laser andMAG) is a high productivity method thatcombines the advantages of laser andMIG/MAG. Where the weld can be made ina single run, it is suitable for thicknesses up
to 10 mm. The method combines a laserbeam, which penetrates the parent metal, anda MIG torch, which fills the joint. Comparedwith pure laser welding, tolerance requirements are far less severe. Additionally,because filler is added, there are no risks ofdetrimental phases and improper weld metalstructure. This is so even when welding high-ly alloyed materials such as duplex 2205. Buttwelding is normally performed as a V-jointwith a joint angle of 30° or less.
Nowadays, laser hybrid welding is mostoften performed using a CO2 laser or aNd:YAG laser. With the exception of the considerably better penetration, laser hybridwelding of thin sheets has much in commonwith ordinary MIG/MAG welding.Penetration depth is primarily determined bythe laser beam ability to create a keyhole. Thewidth is dependent on the heat transferred bythe arc.
There are two variants of laser hybrid welding, namely, “leading” and “trailing”.Whichever is chosen, it is important that thearc and the beam are sufficiently close to eachother for them to work in the same weldpool. For better process stability in “leading”laser hybrid welding, the angle of theMIG/MAG-nozzle should be as slight as possible (i.e. in upright position). Having thearc in the leading position allows materialfrom the filler wire to fill any gaps. Thismeans that the laser beam creates a keyholein a stable weld pool. The result is an evenweld with good penetration.
In the laser-MIG/MAG process, the following parameters have proved to beimportant: travel angle, nozzle angle, “offset”, stick-out, working distance and focallength. The effect of torch angle is much thesame as in conventional MIG/MAG welding.
Spray and pulsed arcs can advantageouslybe used. However, because there is no stabilising of the arc, a short arc should notbe used in laser-MIG/MAG welding.
PAW (key hole) parameters Table 3.6
Material Welding Filler wirethickness Current speed diametermm A cm/min mm
2 120 – 130 40 – 60 1.04 150 – 160 30 – 40 1.26 160 – 180 25 – 30 1.28 200 – 250 15 – 20 1.2
41
4 Welding techniques
Welding techniques
Fit-up and tack weldingWhen fitting up joints, the requirements ofthe chosen welding procedure must berespected. The size and the regularity of theroot gap are important factors here.Depending on thickness, joint configurationand the working practices that are observed,standard grades can generally be welded either with or without a root gap. Weldingwithout a root gap is not advisable outsidethe MMA, TIG or submerged arc welding ofthin plates/pipes (< 3 mm). In manual welding, a root gap generally makes it easierfor root penetration to be consistently achieved.
Unless quench annealing is possible, thereshould always be a root gap when weldinghigh performance grades of stainless steel.This is because the composition of the fillermetal generally differs from that of the parentmetal. The difference in composition is tocounteract changes in metallurgical microstructure.
Recommended root gaps are shown intable 4.1.
Great care should be taken when tack welding sheets. The gap between the sheetsmust remain uniform along the entire lengthof the weld. If it is not, there may be inadequate penetration and significant deformation of the sheets.
Tacks should be welded from each endalternately and then in the middle of eachspace until the operation is complete. If welded from one end only, the plates willtend to pull together at the opposite end (see figure 4.1).
As regards the spacing between tack welds,this should be considerably shorter for stainless steels than it is for mild steels. This is because, when heated, stainless steelsexpand more than mild steels (see also “The
Recommended root gaps Table 4.1
Plate thickness Plate thickness*< 4 mm > 4 mm
MMA, basic 0.3 x plate thickness 2.5 mm***MMA, rutile 0.5 x plate thickness 3.0 mm***MMA, AC/DC 0.7 x plate thickness 3.2 mm***MIG 0.7 x plate thickness 2.5 – 3.0 mmFCAW** 0.7 x plate thickness 2.5 – 3.0 mmSAW No root gap No root gap
*** V-joint, X-joint or K-joint welding*** The root gap when welding against a ceramic backing
should be 4 – 6 mm.*** When MMA welding, a useful rule of thumb for thicker
gauges is that the root gap should be equal to the diameter of the core wire used in the first run.
Figure 4.1. To avoid plate movement, tacks should be weldedfrom each end alternately
1 6 4 7 3 8 5 9 2
1 2 3 4 5
Grinding of stop and start
A B
42
Welding techniques
physical properties of stainless and mild steel”in chapter 1 and in this chapter “Weldingstainless to mild steel”). Recommended spacings are shown in table 4.2.
Tacks must be carefully ground off beforewelding. This should be done sequentially,i.e. weld, grind, weld, etc. (see figure 4.2).If welding from one side, the entire tack mustbe ground away.
Distance pieces, bullets or clamps (some- times referred to as bridges or horses) canalso be used for fitting up (see figure 4.3).This is especially so where plates are thickand the root side cannot be accessed.
Bullets and clamps should be made ofstainless steel. All tacking (even temporary)of bullets and clamps should use a filler metalthat is compatible with, and appropriate for,the metal being welded. Qualified weldingprocedures must always be used.
To avoid the risks of crack formation andmisalignment, the number of distance pieces
Spacing between tack welds Table 4.2
Plate Spacing, Tackthickness, mm length,mm mm
1 – 1.5 30 – 60 5 – 72 – 3 70 – 120 5 – 104 – 6 120 – 160 10 – 15> 6 150 – 200 20 – 30
Figure 4.2. Grinding, length of tack welds and recommended distances between tacks for plate thickness > 6 mm (not to scale).A = 150 – 200 mm (NB! Not to scale); B = 20 – 30 mm
Figure 4.3. Distance piece (top) and bridge to fit up the joint
Tackweld
Tackweld
Tackweld
Tackweld
or clamps should be held to a minimum fortwo runs.
When tacking and removing the fit-up support, care should be taken not to contaminate or damage the surface of thestainless steel. Any damage or contaminationshould be carefully and thoroughly removed.
43
Welding techniques
Planning the welding sequenceStarts and stops (striking and extinguishing the arc)Every weld (manual, mechanised or automated) has starts and stops. Each startand stop is locally critical as regards corrosion resistance, mechanical propertiesand structural integrity. For example, strayarcing on the plate surface can have a negative effect on local corrosion performance.Consequently, the arc should be struck at apoint in the joint itself. Stray arcing on theplate must be removed by grinding followedby proper repair welding.
When welding small components, or whereaccess is difficult, the arc should be struck/extinguished on run-on/run-off plates.
Rutile and rutile-acid (AC/DC) electrodesare easily struck. Basic electrodes, on theother hand, are slightly more difficult to ignite and re-ignite.
Arcs must always be extinguished carefully.This is done by making a few circular movements over the centre of the weld pool,moving the electrode about 10 mm backthrough the weld and lifting gently.Removing the electrode quickly from theweld pool entails a great risk of crater cracks(see also chapter 5). Many modern powersources have crater-filling facilities.
To remove end craters, and minimise therisk of inclusions, the start and stop of eachweld should be carefully ground before continuing with the next run.
Root runs (single or double sided welds)Butt welding is easiest when it is double-sided. This makes full penetration on the rootside unnecessary. Prior to welding the secondside, double-sided welds should be cut backcold to clean, sound metal. Liquid penetranttesting can be used to confirm the soundnessof the metal. Punch-through techniquesshould not be used.
In some cases (e.g. pipes), double-side welding is not possible. Single-sided, unsupported root passes are most commonly
deposited using either TIG or MMA welding.MMA may be used where it is possible (ornot important) to de-slag the penetrationbead. TIG welding is used for weld depositsof the highest quality or where de-slaggingaccess is restricted. Joint preparation for asingle-sided root pass has to be particularlyprecise. The root gap must be perfect.
The following should be borne in mind:• When welding thin plates or thin-walled
tubes (max. 4 mm), the use of an appropriately sized (e.g. 2 mm) grinding disc ensures a consistent root gap. Such a disc is also useful when the root gap has decreased after tacking.
• For best arc and melt control, use small diameter (max. 3.25 mm) covered electrodes.
• 3D and 4D type electrodes give best weldability.
• Welding should be performed with a short arc. The longer the arc, the less the penetration.
• For a nicely shaped root bead and minimum oxidation when TIG welding, a backing gas (purging gas) should be used. To ensure good corrosion properties, weldsmade without a backing gas must be subsequently pickled. See also “Backing gases” in chapter 8.
• For maximum penetration, the electrode should be inclined as little as possible in relation to the workpiece.
Figure 4.4. Root run on thin plate
44
Welding techniques
Root runs must satisfy three crucial criteria.The welds must be:
• metallurgically sound• geometrically sound• deposited cost efficiently.
The run deposited on top of the root run (i.e.run number 2) is called the “cold run”. Toavoid any possibility of deleterious phases,the cold run must not excessively reheat theroot bead. As regards stainless steels, this ismuch more of an issue with high performancegrades than it is with standard grades.
Root runs against ceramic backingThe use of ceramic backing strips can beadvantageous in single-sided welding. Suchbackings are widely used for on-site FCAW(e.g. in chemical carrier construction). Theshape of the backing is determined by jointpreparation and welding position. The twomost common shapes are flat and round bar(see figure 4.5). To achieve the best possibleroot surfaces, a backing suitable for stainlesssteel must be used. It is also very importantthat there is minimum misfit between plateand backing. The root gap when weldingagainst a ceramic backing is normally 4 – 6 mm.
Fill passesFill passes normally use the same filler as theroot run. However, other methods with higher deposition rates can, in many cases, beadvantageous. Some common choices are:
• TIG root pass – MMA or SAW fill pass• MMA root pass – SAW or FCAW fill pass• TIG root pass – MIG fill pass
Fill passes must, most importantly, ensurethat the necessary mechanical properties andstructural integrity are obtained. Corrosionperformance is only an issue on the relativelyrare occasions where end grain is exposed.
X or double U-joints (normally recommen-ded for plate thicknesses > 15 mm) can be
welded with alternating runs on each side.This minimises plate deformation.
Two requirements determine the heat inputfor fill passes. The economic production ofgeometrically sound welds demonstrating therequired properties is one of these. The other is the need to maintain both the corrosionperformance and the mechanical performance of the root region.
Cap passesIn cap passes, corrosion performance is onceagain a major consideration. For this reason,heat input must be determined in the sameway as it is for root and cold passes (i.e. theright input to achieve the desired balance ofcorrosion performance, mechanical propertiesand structural integrity). The correct appearance/shape of the cap pass/passes is critical for good corrosion resistance.Excessive metal, undercuts, unevenness andcrevices are all not normally allowed.Aesthetic factors may also have to be takeninto consideration.
Figure 4.5. Ceramic backings – flat and round
45
Welding techniques
Stringer beads versus weavingEspecially in flat (PA/1G) and horizontal-vertical (PC/2G) positions, stainless steels arenormally welded using stringer beads (seefigure 4.6).
Weaving can be used in both flat and vertical-up (PF/3G) positions. In the flat position, weave width should not exceed 4 times the diameter of the electrode. This isbecause of the risk of slag being includedeach time the electrode changes direction. In the vertical-up position, the width of theweave can be up to 20 mm. Consequently,using a weaving technique rather than stringer beads means that the number of runscan be drastically decreased. For example,with FCAW, a 15 – 18 mm plate can be welded in only three runs, as compared to 8 – 12 runs with stringer beads. This dramatically reduces welding costs.
Using a weaving technique, the travelspeed is much lower than with stringer beads.However, the heat input cannot be calculatedusing the formula given in chapter 2, “Heatinput”. Furthermore, the solidification direction changes with every weave.Compared to using stringer beads, weavingconsiderably lowers the risk of hot cracking.
Vertical-up and vertical-down weldingAll welding methods, except submerged arc,can be used in the vertical-up position.
MIG welding in the vertical-up positionmust be with a short or a pulsed arc. It is normally only used for relatively thin plates(less than 3 – 4 mm) and is usually carriedout in one run with a very small melt pool.MIG welding in the vertical-down position is also possible. This requires a pulsed arc welding machine and a low parameter set-up.
TIG welding is possible in all positions.The weld pool and weld thickness are onceagain relatively small.
The slag forming methods, MMA andFCAW, have the advantage that thick platescan be welded easily and with relatively fewpasses in all positions. The slag freezes, supports the weld pool and prevents it fromrunning. Relatively large weld pools are thuspossible. Consequently, compared with othermethods, fewer passes are necessary and totalwelding time is reduced.
A weaving technique is normally used forvertical-up MMA and FCAW. As shown infigure 4.7, the torch or electrode should beheld more or less at right angles to the workpiece.
Figure 4.6. Stringer beads in PC position
± 10°
Figure 4.7. Vertical-up welding
46
Welding techniques
An “in and out” weave, with the torch manipulated in a “side-centre-side” triangle(see figure 4.8), can be used. Care must betaken when changing direction. The slag fromthe preceding pass must always be remeltedwhen welding in the reverse direction.Failure to do this will commonly result in the formation of slag inclusions.
Compared to horizontal welding, the current in vertical-up welding is typically 40 – 60 A lower for FCAW and 10 – 30 Alower for MMA.
For vertical-down butt welding, the bestoption is MMA 4D type electrodes. The coating of these electrodes is purpose-designed for vertical-down welding. For filletor overlap welds, vertical-down FCAW is afurther possibility. The torch or electrodeshould be inclined at about 15° to the plate(see figure 4.9).
15°
Figure 4.9. Vertical-down welding
Figure 4.8. Vertical-up welding using the “in andout” technique
4
1 2
3
47
Welding techniques
Backhand versus forehand weldingHolding the torch at different angles givesdifferent welding results. Backhand (dragangle) and forehand (lead angle) welding areshown in figure 4.10. Table 4.3 summarisesthe differences between backhand and forehand welding.
The differences are most apparent whenMIG welding. Nonetheless, changes in torchangle can also have significant effects in SAW. For best results in FCAW, the torch is generally not angled. For optimum weld pool control in MMA welding, a forehand technique is normally used.
Width and depthWidth and depth are two major factors inachieving a good weld. Both are closely related to current, voltage and travel speed.However, other welding parameters such aselectrode size, stick-out, torch angle andshielding gas can also influence weld shape.
Figure 4.11 depicts the effects of voltage,current and travel speed on the shape of theweld bead.
Arc current is the parameter having thestrongest effect on parent metal penetration.A higher current enhances penetration, butalso increases the risk of burn-through andsolidification cracking. Too low a currentgives low penetration and a great risk of lackof fusion or other root defects.
Arc voltage strongly influences the shape andwidth of the weld bead. To some extent, italso affects weld depth. High voltage gives avery wide bead with the risk of undercutsand even a concave shape. Too low a currentgives a very peaky, erratic and convex weld.In both cases, any slag can be hard to remove.
Travel speed also has an effect on penetration.Increased travel speed normally reducespenetration and gives a narrower weld bead.Decreased speed often improves penetrationand results in a wider weld.
With a constant current, an increase in electrode or wire diameter reduces currentdensity. This normally reduces penetrationand metal deposition rate. Besides theseeffects, the use of, for example, excessivelylarge diameter consumables in root runs alsorestricts access, increases the size of the weldpool and makes it more difficult to achievethe desired penetration and profile characteristics.
Electrical stick-out (SAW, MIG and FCAW) isthe distance between the contact tip and theworkpiece. This distance affects the resistiveheating of the electrode tip. A short stick-out Figure 4.10. Backhand and forehand techniques
Backhand versus forehand welding Table 4.3
Backhand welding Forehand welding
+ Increased penetration + Wider and more concave+ Increased arc stability weld bead– Increased risk of + Easier and better control
undercuts of arc and melt pool– Narrow weld bead + Smoother weld surface– Decreased fluidity + Improved gas shield
– Decreased penetration
Drag angleBACKHAND
Travel direction
Lead angleFOREHAND
Travel direction
Drag angleBACKHAND
Travel direction
Lead angleFOREHAND
Travel direction
48
Welding techniques
gives low resistive heating and, consequently,deep penetration. Increasing the stick-outraises resistive heating (i.e. the electrodebecomes warmer); the metal deposition rateimproves and penetration falls. Particularlyin overlay welding, increased stick-out isused to maximise the metal deposition rate.
DistortionStainless steel is subject to greater distortionthan, for example, C-Mn steel. Below, thereare several points and recommendationsregarding distortion control.• Use double-sided welding (X-joint) rather
than single-sided (V-joint).• The transverse shrinkage in butt welds
decreases with decreased root gap.• The transverse shrinkage in butt welds also
decreases with decreased bevel angle.• Transverse shrinkage decreases with
increased degree of restraint.• Presetting the plates (see figure 4.12) can
help control angular distortion.• Distortion is reduced by using balanced
welding sequences and techniques. These may incorporate block and back-step welding sequences (see figure 4.13). Intermittent welding can help combat distortion.
• Using clamps, fixtures or a sufficient number of tack welds, combats distortion. To various extents, all these measures increase restraint.
• As excessive welding promotes distortion, it is important to optimise the size of the weld.
• Heat input control may be necessary to minimise distortion.
Decreased voltage
Increased current
Decreased travel speed
Figure 4.12. Presetting of butt and fillet welds
Figure 4.11. The influence of current, voltage and travel speed on bead shape
49
Welding techniques
It is not normally necessary to preheat themild steel before welding. However, slightpreheating (max. 100°C) is advisable:
• when welding cast steel• if there is a high degree of restraint• if there are large differences in dimensions.
As there is a significant risk of pore formation, welding to primer-coated sheetshould be avoided. The paint should beremoved from all surfaces that are likely to be exposed to temperatures above 500°C (i.e.approximately 20 – 30 mm from the weld).
Welding stainless to mild steelWhen welding stainless to mild steel, greatattention must be paid to cleanliness, dilutionand type of filler metal. As detailed in”Dissimilar welding” in chapter 12, an over-alloyed filler should be used. This is to compensate for dilution with the mild steel.
When welding stainless steel to unalloyedor low-alloy steels, it is advisable/necessaryto reduce the dilution of the weld as much aspossible. Thus, heat input should be limitedand an appropriate bevel angle should beused. The arc must not be aimed directly atthe mild steel side. In manual welding, it isadvisable to angle the torch slightly towardsthe stainless steel. In SAW, a slight offset of 1 – 2 mm towards the stainless steel is a goodidea (see figure 4.14).
Figure 4.13. Block welding sequences
Figure 4.14. Mild steel dilution is minimised by an offset of 1 – 2 mm (SMAW) and by angling the torch towards thestainless steel (MMA, FCW and MIG).
Offset1 – 2 mm
Stainless Mild steel
5 – 10°
Stainless Mild steel
Offset1 – 2 mm
Stainless Mild steel
5 – 10°
Stainless Mild steel
run 3 run 1 run 2
run 4 run 2 run 3 run 1
run 4 run 3 run 2 run 1
50
Welding techniques
Overlay weldingIn applications demanding a corrosion orwear-resistant surface, overlay welding (alsocalled cladding or surfacing) of low-alloysteel is often chosen as an alternative to usingclad steel plates or homogenous stainlesssteel. All types of welding methods can beused for overlay welding. In this case, themain differences between the methods aredeposition rate and dilution with the parentmetal.
The properties of the weld metal are generally determined by the chemical composition of the deposit. Various combinations of welding methods, consumables, fluxes and welding parameterscan be used in overlay welding. Whetheroverlaying uses one or several layersdepends on the welding method used and
the stipulated requirements. Type 309L(23 12 L) or P5 (24 12 3 L) consumables arenormally used for the first layer. A consumable with a chemical compositionsatisfying the stated requirements is used forthe final layer(s).
To reduce stress in the component, post-weld heat treatment (PWHT) is often carriedout after overlaying. Due to the transforma-tion of ferrite into sigma phase, PWHT reduces the ductility of high-ferrite overlays.Thus, a maximum ferrite content of 8 – 12% isoften stipulated. This must be borne in mindwhen choosing the electrodes, wire orwire/strip and flux combination.
Overlay welding is common in all types ofindustries where surfacing or repair is required, e.g. the chemical, nuclear, petrochemical and paper industries.
Figure 4.15. Overlay welding of a heatexchanger end cheek
51
Welding techniques
Carbon contentTo minimise the risk of intercrystalline corrosion due to chromium carbide precipitation, carbon content should be heldreasonably low (normally less than 0.05%).Using consumables with a maximum carboncontent of 0.030% (and observing the recommended welding parameters) this isnot usually a problem, even in the first layer.With a two-layer surfacing the carbon contentis never higher than 0.03%, which is the maximum allowed for extra low carbon(ELC) steel. Low carbon content also reducesthe risk of sensitisation when PWHT is carried out.
Submerged arc strip welding (SAW)Submerged arc strip welding is the same asconventional SAW except that, instead ofwire, strips of various widths are used (30, 60 or 90 mm). The width is determined by the shape of the component to be surfaced. Strip thickness is normally 0.5 mm.
Compared to wire surfacing, strip surfacingis characterised by a high deposition rate anda low and uniform dilution. The cross sectionsof overlay welds using strip and wire areshown in figure 4.16.
The overlay deposit exhibits relatively low dilution (typically 10 – 20%) from theparent metal. Thanks to the good fusion characteristics, a high alloy content is achievedin the first layer. Consequently, a minimumnumber of layers is required to achieve a particular final deposit composition. Table 4.4gives examples of some overlay deposits.
Differing only slightly with travel speed,normal penetration is about 1 mm. The sur-face appearance is superior to that obtainedusing any other welding technique.
Welding parameters have a great effect onbead thickness and dilution. Figures 4.17 and4.18 show the effect of travel speed on thickness and dilution respectively. The figures use a constant current (750 A) andvoltage (26 V). A suitable thickness for thefirst layer is 3.5 to 4.5 mm.
To obtain the desired weld metal composition, choosing the right combinationof strip electrode and flux, together with thecorrect welding parameters, is of the utmost importance.
Mainly in terms of current capacity andslag density, the fluxes used for strip surfacing
Figure 4.16. Weld bead shape – strip versus wire Figure 4.18. Travel speed and dilution
5
4
3
2
1
0100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190
Travel speed, mm/min
Thic
knes
s,m
m
302520151050100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190
Travel speed, mm/min
Dilu
tio
n,%
5
4
3
2
1
0100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190
Travel speed, mm/min
Thic
knes
s,m
m
302520151050100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190
Travel speed, mm/min
Dilu
tio
n,%
Figure 4.17. Travel speed and thickness
52
Welding techniques
usually differ slightly from wire weldingfluxes. Strip surfacing fluxes are normallyagglomerated, slightly basic and have a smalladdition of chromium.
Electroslag welding (ESW)Electroslag welding is a development of submerged arc strip cladding. The basic difference is that ESW utilises a conductiveslag (instead of an electrical arc) to transferthe melted strip. The lower penetration ofESW greatly reduces dilution with the parentmetal. For this reason, ESW is normally carried out in a single layer (see table 4.4 forexamples of overlay deposits).
The flux used in ESW differs from thatused in SAW and cannot be alloyed. The heatinput is also generally higher than in SAW.Consequently, the mild steel has to be slightlythicker. The melt pool in ESW is larger thanthat in SAW. This makes it difficult to cladcylindrical objects that have a diameter ofless than 1,000 mm.
Submerged arc wire welding (SAW)Using wire instead of strip gives a muchsmaller weld pool. This is a great advantagewhen surfacing small objects of a complexdesign. Productivity, on the other hand, ismuch lower, but can be increased by usingtwo or more wires.
As shown in figures 4.11 and 4.19, weldingparameters, torch angle and torch positioncan have a considerable effect on dilution (seetable 4.4 for examples of overlay deposits).
When surfacing cylindrical objects, weldingis best performed in a slightly downhill position. The influence of the various weldingparameters is detailed in ”Width and depth”.In addition to the measures given there, dilution can also be lowered by switching thepolarity to DC-. However, this gives a slightlyrougher weld bead surface.
Covered electrodes (MMA)Covered electrodes are widely used for surfacing small components or when positionwelding is necessary. As dilution from theparent metal is rather high, more than onelayer is normally required (see table 4.4 forexamples of overlay deposits).
The effect of torch angle and torch positionis depicted in figure 4.19. When surfacing cylindrical objects, welding is best performedin a slightly downhill position.
Compared to other overlaying methods,the use of covered electrodes has the advantage that special coatings (e.g. with acontrolled ferrite content) can be purpose-designed for the job in question.
The deposition rate, which is generally rather low, can be improved by using type 2D high recovery electrodes.
Figure 4.19. Effect of torch angle and torch position on dilution
Vertical torch and little overlap gives high dilution. Slightly angled torch (10 – 15°) and large overlapgives low dilution.
53
Welding techniques
Metal inert gas welding (MIG) and Flux cored arc welding (FCAW)Due to the development of new weldingmachines (e.g. synergic pulsed machines),MIG/FCAW is becoming more widely used for overlaying. The vertical-up overlaywelding of digesters in the pulp and paperindustry is an example of this. Welding is carried out using a spray or pulsed arc, oftenin a fully automatic welding machine that hasan oscillating torch. Oscillation amplitudeand frequency are normally 20 – 50 mm
and 40 –- 80 cycles per minute respectively.Compared to stringer beads, oscillation hasthe advantage that dilution with the parentmetal is lower and the resultant surface ismore attractive.
Welding is normally performed in two ormore layers (see table 4.4 for examples ofoverlay deposits). The effect of torch angleand torch position is depicted in figure 4.19.When surfacing cylindrical objects, weldingis best performed in a slightly downhill position.
Surfacing – examples of chemical composition of overlay deposits Table 4.4
Method Final Filler Layer Flux Composition of weld metal, weight-% Ferritelayer1 C Si Mn Cr Ni Other FN2 %3
SAW (strip) 347 309L 1 301 0.03 0.5 1.2 19.0 10.5 – 5 5347 2 301 0.02 1.0 1.0 19.7 10.5 Nb 0.30 10 7
347 309LNb 1 301 0.04 0.5 1.3 19.5 10.5 Nb 0.60 6 5347 2 301 0.02 0.5 1.2 19.0 10.5 Nb 0.35 7 5
308L 309L 1 301 0.03 0.5 1.2 19.0 10.5 – 5 5308L 2 301 0.02 1.1 0.6 18.6 10.3 – 10 7
ESW (strip) 347 309LNb 1 ESW- 0.03 0.5 1.5 19.6 10.5 Nb 0.65 8 8flux
SAW (wire) 347 309L 1 805 0.03 0.5 1.4 22.0 13.5 – 7 6347/MVNb 2 807 0.04 0.6 0.8 19.0 10.0 Nb 0.70 6 5
316L P5 1 805 0.03 0.7 1.4 20.5 14.0 Mo 2.3 5 6316L/SKR 2 807 0.02 0.6 1.2 19.5 10.0 Mo 2.5 8 7
MMA 347 309L 1 – 0.03 0.8 1.3 22.5 13.5 – 9 9347/MVNb 2 – 0.02 0.8 1.1 19.0 10.0 Nb 0.30 7 6
904L 904L 1 – 0.04 0.6 0.9 18.0 21.0 Mo 3.5 – –904L 2 – 0.02 0.7 1.2 21.0 24.5 Mo 4.3 – –904L 3 – 0.02 0.7 1.2 21.0 24.7 Mo 4.4 – –
P690 P690 1 – 0.05 0.5 1.9 26 45 Nb 1.0 – –P690 2 – 0.03 0.5 2.3 29.5 51 Nb 1.6 – –P690 3 – 0.03 0.5 2.3 30.5 53 Nb 1.6 – –
FCAW 316L P5 1 – 0.04 0.5 1.5 21.0 11.5 Mo 2.1 8 6316L 2 – 0.03 0.6 1.4 18.5 12.5 Mo 2.8 9 7
347 309L 1 – 0.04 0.5 1.5 21.5 11.0 – 8 6347 2 – 0.03 0.4 1.6 19.0 10.0 Nb 0.60 8 7
1 Composition of final layer as stipulated by AWS2 Ferrite according to Schaeffler-DeLong3 Ferrite measured in % using Fischer Feritscope® MP-3
A: 8 – 16 mm
B > 2 mm
4
2 3
1
B > 2 mm
2
B > 2 mm
A: 4 – 8 mm43
2
1
43 5
1
Bevel angle: 60 – 70°Root land: 1.5 – 2.0 mm (+ clad plate)Root gap: 0 – 3 mm
Grinding away of cladding, 4 – 8 mm on each side of the groove.Welding from mild steel side using mild steel consumables.Grinding, or gouging followed by grinding, to at least 2 mm below the cladding (B).Welding from the clad side using type P5 or 309L electrodes (minimum one layer).Welding with consumables that match the cladding (minimum one layer).
54
Welding techniques
Welding clad steel platesAll methods with shielded arcs can be usedfor welding clad steel plates. The chemicalcomposition and the thickness of the weldmetal in the top layer must correspond tothat of the cladding metal.
Edges are normally prepared for V, X or U-joints. The best methods of edge preparation are milling or plasma cutting followed by grinding smooth.
The plates used for V-joints may or maynot have pre-milled edges (figures 4.20 and4.21 respectively). In the latter case 4 – 8 mmof the cladding must be ground away on eachside of the groove prior to welding.
Plates over 20 mm thick are best weldedusing an X or U-joint. Where plates do nothave pre-milled edges, 4 – 8 mm of the
Figure 4.20. V-joint (thickness < 20 mm) – pre-milled plates
A: 8 – 16 mm
B > 2 mm
4
2 3
1
B > 2 mm
2
A: 4 – 8 mm4
43 5
1
Bevel angle: 60 – 70°Root land: 1.5 – 2.0 mm (+ clad plate)Root gap: 0 – 3 mmPre-milling (A): 8 – 16 mm (4 – 8 mm at each
plate edge)
Welding from mild steel side using mild steel consumables.Grinding, or gouging followed by grinding, to at least 2 mm below the cladding (B).Welding from the clad side using type P5 or 309L electrodes (minimum one layer).Welding with consumables that match the cladding (minimum one layer).
Figure 4.21. V-joint (thickness < 20 mm) – plates not pre-milled
1
2
3
4
5
cladding must be ground away on each sideof the groove. Figure 4.22 shows an X-joint.
To minimise welding on the clad side, it is advisable for edges to be prepared asymmetrically. Mild steel electrodes shouldnever be used when welding on the clad steelside.
As far as possible, always start from themild steel side when welding clad plates.Suitable mild steel consumables should beused. The prime concern is preventing theroot bead from penetrating the cladding.
The first bead on the clad side must bedeposited using a type 309L or P5 over-alloyed electrode. At least one layer shouldbe welded before capping with a consumablethat has a composition matching that of thecladding.
1
2
3
4
55
Welding techniques
Dilution with the mild steel should be keptas low as possible by reducing the currentand by directing the arc to the centre of thejoint.
In cases where welding can only be performed from one side (e.g. in pipes), allwelding should be carried out using stainlesssteel electrodes of a suitable composition.
All welding, grinding and cutting must becarried out with great care, so that the stainless steel surface is not damaged by spatter, contamination or grinding scars.Cardboard or chalk-paint can be used to protect the surrounding clad surface.
Repair weldingThe repair of welding imperfections must,when stipulated, be carried out in a propermanner. Small imperfections such as spatteror scars are normally only ground off using asuitable grinding disc. Note that a grindingdisc intended for stainless steels only shouldbe used. The repaired area should then bepickled and passivated in the conventionalway. Especially for fully austenitic andduplex steels, TIG remelting (TIG dressing) of imperfections is not recommended. This isbecause remelting changes the mechanicaland corrosion properties of the affected area.
Larger and more severe imperfectionsrequire heavier grinding. The ground areamust then be filled using a suitable weldingconsumable.
Where there are internal imperfections inheavy sections, a gouging operation may berequired. Air gouging should be used in suchcases. Because of the risk of carbon pick-up,gouging with a carbon arc is not recommended for stainless steels. Beforerepair welding starts, the gouged area shouldbe ground off (1 – 2 mm is normally necessary) to sound metal.
Gouging and repair can be carried outseveral times without harming the surrounding metal. However, with both gouging and repair, great care must be takenas regards spatter. Use cardboard, chalk-paintor any other suitable protection to shield allsurrounding areas.
It is always advisable to establish and follow suitable repair procedures.
B > 2 mm
A: 4 – 8 mm43
2
1
Figure 4.22. X-joint (thickness > 20 mm)
Bevel angle: 60 – 70°Root land: 1.5 – 2.0 mm (+ clad plate)Root gap: 0 – 3 mmPre-milling (A): 4 – 8 mm
NB! If plates are not pre-milled, 4 – 8 mm of thecladding must be ground away on each side of thegroove.
Welding from mild steel side using mild steel consumables.Grinding, or gouging followed by grinding, to at least 2 mm below the cladding (B).Welding from the clad side using type P5 or 309L electrodes (minimum one layer).Welding with consumables that match the cladding (minimum one layer).
1
2
3
4
56
Welding techniques
57
Weld imperfections
5 Weld imperfections
IntroductionWeld imperfections may affect a weld’s serviceability. Imperfection is a general termfor any irregularity or discontinuity in aweld. A defect is a type of imperfection thathas a negative impact on serviceability andusability. Acceptance levels for the varioustypes of imperfections are set out in, forexample, ISO 5817. This standard also has asystem of three quality levels – B, C and D.Level B is the most severe and is normallyonly required where demands are extremelyhigh, e.g. in the welding of pressure vessels.
This chapter examines some of the commonimperfections directly associated with thewelding process. It also details common causes of imperfections and typical ways ofremedying and avoiding imperfections.
The terminology of EN 1792 is used in thesection headings giving the names of imperfections. Alternative “shorthand” or“everyday” names are also used in the maintext. These would not normally be regardedas the accepted names.
InspectionTo at least the level of visual inspection by thewelder, it is good practice to inspect all welds.A range of nondestructive tests can be usedfor welds in stainless steels (see table 5.1).
Visual and PT are the most common formsof inspection. Visual inspection can be “formal” (undertaken by a qualified qualitycontroller) or “informal” (a welder inspectinghis or her own work).
Radiography and UT are used for highintegrity work and to inspect for volumetricimperfections.
Formally qualified inspectors shouldalways use qualified inspection procedures.Welders who undertake inspection should beaware of what they are looking for and whatis acceptable.
Weld quality should be judged against a setof recognised weld acceptance criteria (WAC)detailing when an indication or imperfectionbecomes a defect. Design codes, contracttechnical specifications, etc. normally establish the relevant WAC.
1) Metal thickness and grain size may limit the efficiency of inspection. A = Applicable
(A) = Applicable with care
L = Limited applicability
NA = Not applicable
Inspection Table 5.1
Generic stainless steelMethod Scope Ferritic Austenitic Duplex
Visual Surface breaking A A APenetrant (PT) Surface breaking A A ARadiography (RT) Volumetric A A AEddy current Surface breaking and near surface L L LUltrasound1) (UT) Volumetric (A) (A) (A)Magnetic Particle Inspection (MPI) Surface breaking A NA NA
58
Weld imperfections
Lack of fusion
Alternative names• Lack of sidewall fusion• Lack of inter-run fusion• Lack of root fusion
ImportanceThis is normally a serious imperfection that can only be accepted, to a limited extent, atthe lowest quality level. It has adverse effectson mechanical and corrosion properties aswell as structural integrity.
IncidenceLack of fusion can occur with all welding methods, but is more common in the MIG welding of heavy gauges and the FCAwelding of narrow joints.
DetectionLack of fusion can be surface breaking or buried. Surface breaking imperfections can bedetected visually, though PT (and even RT) isgenerally used. RT and UT are used to detectburied imperfections.
Common causesLack of fusion occurs when the melt pool is too large or when travel speed is so low thatthe weld pool runs ahead of the arc. Narrowjoint angles (less than ~60°) and unfavourablewelding positions (e.g.vertical-down) bothhave a negative impact.
If the melt pool is too cold or too small,non-molten edges may give rise to a lack of fusion.
Typical solutions• Ensure that the travel speed and the wire
speed/current are suitable for each other.• Avoid welding in narrow/tight joints. If
necessary, prior to welding, grind slightly to open the joint.
• In MIG welding, weld bead penetration is wider when CO2 or He is added to the shielding gas.
Figure 5.1. Lack of fusion – MIG
59
Incomplete penetration
Alternative name• Lack of penetration
ImportanceFull penetration is essential for structural integrity and good mechanical and corrosionproperties.
IncidenceCare must be taken with all welding methodsand with single and double-sided welds. It ismore difficult to ensure adequate, consistentpenetration with viscous weld pools.Compared to standard 300 series, high-alloygrades present slightly greater problems.
DetectionIncomplete penetration can be detected by visual inspection, PT, RT or UT.
Common causes• Root gap too narrow or the bevel angle too
small.• Diameter of the welding consumable too
large.• Incorrect welding parameters, i.e. too low
current or too high voltage.
Weld imperfections
Figure 5.2. Incomplete penetration of a 2205 MIG weld
Typical solutions• Increase the root gap (a common gap is
2 – 3 mm).• Adjust the welding parameters (e.g.
increasing the current while decreasing the travel speed improves penetration).
• The angle of the welding torch is very important. A “leading” angle (torch angled towards the travel direction) increases penetration.
• Grinding followed by a sealing run on the second side is sometimes used to ensure full penetration.
60
Solidification and liquation cracking
Alternative name• Hot cracking
ImportanceSolidification and liquation cracking bothhave a detrimental effect on corrosion performance and structure. In the worstcases, cracking can result in component failure. A small amount of microfissuring (h x l < 1 mm2) may be acceptable under certain codes.
IncidenceFully austenitic steels are generally more sensitive to hot cracking than steels containing some ferrite. Dissimilar joints between, for example, stainless and mildsteels are also more sensitive.
DetectionSolidification cracking, and possibly liquationcracking, may break the weld surface and canthus be detected by visual inspection or PT.Buried cracks can be detected by UT or, insome cases, RT. Examination of weld crosssections, e.g. during welding procedurequalification, can indicate the propensity tosolidification and liquation cracking.
Common causes• Solidification cracking – caused by a
combination of high tension, unfavourable solidification directions and segregation of contaminants during solidification of the weld bead. Cracking is generally intergranular.
• Liquation cracking in the weld or HAZ – this is associated with multipass welding (mainly SAW). Repeated welding passes may cause remelting of secondary phases. In combination with high restraint, this may lead to cracking. Crack morphology isgenerally intergranular.
Typical solutions• Avoid/reduce restraint.• Minimise residual stresses by using
balanced and double-sided welding techniques.
• Avoid excessive heat input (max. 1.5 kJ/mm for fully austenitic steels).
• Ensure the weld zone is clean.• Use basic fluxes/coatings – these give
fewer inclusions/impurities.• Use welding methods without any slag
formers (e.g. TIG and MIG) – these produce cleaner welds with fewer inclusions/impurities.
• Weld using a filler metal with a ferrite content of 3 – 10 FN.
• Control the weld bead shape to give a width/depth ratio of 1.5 to 2.0.
• Minimise the dilution of mild and low-alloy steels in dissimilar welds.
Weld imperfections
Figure 5.3. Solidification cracking in a SAW weld (t = 20 mm)
61
Weld imperfections
Crater cracks
Alternative names–
ImportanceCrater cracks can have a detrimental effect onstructural integrity and corrosion performance.They may be allowed at the lowest qualitylevel (D) only. The cracks serve to concentratestresses. This can be detrimental if the component is subjected to static and/or fatigue loads.
IncidenceAll welding methods.
DetectionCrater cracks are normally easy to detect byvisual inspection, PT (during welding) or(after welding is complete) RT or UT.
Common causeIncorrect extinction of the electrode.
Figure 5.4. Crater cracking in a MMA weld
Typical solutions• To avoid crater cracks, good stainless steel
practice should be followed. Back-step welding from the crater immediately beforethe arc is extinguished, and use of the current decay/slope out facility built into many modern power sources, are just two examples of this.
• Weld craters should be dressed off or lightly ground to remove any crater cracks.It is extremely unlikely that any subsequentwelding pass will melt out crater cracks.
62
Weld imperfections
Porosity
Alternative names–
ImportanceParticularly if it is surface breaking, porositycan be detrimental to the performance of aweld. In its turn, surface breaking porosity isparticularly detrimental to corrosion performance.
The various codes distinguish between “isolated” and “clustered/localised” porosity.Dependent on the thickness being welded,and the quality level in question, considerablelevels of porosity may be allowed.
IncidenceAlthough MMA and FCA welding are slightlymore prone, porosity can be engendered byall welding methods. Nitrogen alloyed steelssuch as 2205 are slightly more sensitive than,for example, 304 and 316 type steels.
DetectionPorosity is normally buried in the weld beadand can be detected using RT or UT. Inextreme cases, where porosity breaks the surface, visual or PT inspection is sufficient.
Common causes• Damp consumables (FCA, MMA and SAW
fluxes) and/or moisture on the plate or joint surface.
• Grease or dirt on the plate or joint surface.• Welding on top of primers or other
coatings.• Inadequate gas protection (TIG, MIG or
PAW) due to draughts, too high or too low gas flows or leaking hoses and connections.
• Moisture entrainment in the shielding gas.
Typical solutions• Store consumables correctly in a climate-
controlled room.• Take positive steps to exclude draughts.• Take particular care when welding
outdoors or in draughty locations. • Prior to welding, carefully clean all plate
and joint surfaces.• To avoid leakage and moisture entrainment,
check all hoses and connections.
Figure 5.5. Porosity in a MMA fillet weld
63
Weld imperfections
Slag inclusions
Alternative name• Inclusions
ImportanceProvided that they are small, spherical and buried, slag inclusions may be accepted at allquality levels. The length of slag inclusions isa further factor in the determination of acceptability.
IncidenceAll welding processes, particularly those withslag formers.
DetectionBuried slag inclusions can be detected by RTor UT.
Common causes• Slag remaining from previous beads – i.e.
slag that has not been remelted by subsequent passes over the bead.
• Incorrect FCAW parameters – unfused flux can remain in the weld if the arc is too short (i.e. voltage too low).
• Improper starts/stops when welding with covered electrodes.
• Tack welds that have not been ground away before welding.
Figure 5.6. Slag inclusion in a 2205 FCA weld
Typical solutions• Between passes, carefully grind tack welds
and all starts and stops.• To obtain and keep the correct arc length,
use the right welding technique and welding parameters.
• Avoid too tight/narrow joints – follow the recommendations.
• Seek to form a weld bead with a concave orflat surface.
64
Weld imperfections
Spatter
Alternative names–
ImportanceDepending on final application requirements,spatter may be acceptable at all quality levels.However, spatter that has adhered to platesurfaces is a corrosion initiation point and,for optimum corrosion performance, shouldbe removed.
IncidenceMainly MIG, FCA and MMA welding. Low levels of spatter are almost inevitable with some welding processes and metal transfer modes.
DetectionVisual inspection.
Common causes• Improper shielding gas protection or
unsuitable shielding gas.• Suboptimum welding parameters giving
an unstable arc.• Contamination by dirt, grease or moisture.• The risk of spatter is, to some extent,
connected with alloy content. A high-alloy consumable is generally a little moredifficult to weld (without spatter) than a low-alloy consumable.
Figure 5.7. Spatter – MIG 316L-Si
Typical solutions• Tune the welding parameters.• Where feasible, use another shielding gas.• Ensure the weld zone is clean.• Never use contaminated or moist
electrodes.• Spatter is more common with dip transfer
(MIG welding) or when using older types of welding machines. Spatter from MIG welding is much reduced by using spray arc or pulsed mode.
65
Weld imperfections
Undercut
Alternative names–
ImportanceAn undercut may serve as a stress concentratorand, consequently, reduce static and fatiguestrength. Potentially, it is also a corrosion initiation point.
IncidenceIf they are not executed correctly, all weldingmethods can give undercut. For example,undercutting is strongly related to excessivewelding speeds. It is more common in vertical-up (PF/3G), horizontal-vertical(PC/2G) or overhead (PE/4G) welding thanin the flat (PA/1G) position.
DetectionUndercut is normally detected by visual inspection.
Common causes• Forms at weld toes when gravity and
surface tension are insufficient for the weldpool to flow adequately into the zone melted by the arc.
• High welding speed or current.• Excessively large electrodes or wire
diameter.• Improper weaving of the arc.
Figure 5.8. Undercut
Typical solutions• Adjust welding parameters/techniques.• Undercut should be repaired, as required,
by toe grinding and/or additional welding,e.g. TIG or MMA. Autogenous (without filler metal) TIG dressing is only appropriate for 304 and 316 type steels. With high performance grades such as 2205, filler metal must be added when repairing undercut.
66
Stray arcing
Alternative names• Arc strikes• Stray flash
ImportanceStray arcing (outside the joint line) can produce scars that act as corrosion initiationpoints.
IncidenceMainly MMA, but also other welding methodsused for the welding of small components.
DetectionVisual inspection.
Common causes• Improper manipulation of the electrode or
welding torch.• Because of their reignition characteristics,
basic type electrodes are slightly more prone to stray arcing.
Typical solutions• Ignition must occur at a point in the joint
itself.• Use run-on/run-off plates for
ignition/extinction.
Burn-through
Alternative names–
ImportanceIf not properly repaired, burn-through can impair structural integrity and reduce corrosion resistance.
IncidenceBurn-through occurs primarily in thin sheet welding or when welding unsupported rootpasses. It arises when the weld pool becomestoo large and drops through the weld line.This disturbs the balance between, on the onehand, the welding parameters and, on theother, surface tension, capillary flow withinthe weld pool round the fusion line and gravitational forces.
DetectionVisual inspection.
Common causes• Voltage or current too high.• Excessively large diameter electrodes/
welding wires.• Welding speed too low or too high.• Excessive root opening.
Typical solution• Especially with thin gauges, great care
should be taken as regards welding parameters.
Weld imperfections
Figure 5.9. Stray arc scars – MMA welding Figure 5.10. Burn-through
67
Weld imperfections
Slag islands
Alternative name• Surface slag
ImportanceSlag islands on the weld bead surface may affect corrosion resistance and structural performance. They should generally be avoided.
IncidenceMIG and TIG welding.
DetectionVisual inspection.
Common cause• Associated with slag formers in parent
metals and consumables.
Typical solution• Slag islands are difficult to remove by
brushing and, unless otherwise specified, may be left on the weld surface. Where removal is specified, light grinding is sufficient.
Excessive weld metal
Alternative names• Excessive penetration• Excessive reinforcement
ImportanceWeld toe notches and the resultant stress concentrations can influence fatigue strengthand corrosion performance. Excessive penetration into the bore of a pipe can impede flow and prevent pigging and cleaning operations.
IncidenceAll welding methods.
DetectionVisual inspection.
Common causesWelding parameters (welding speed and current in particular) unsuitable for the jointconfiguration.
Typical solution• Rebalance the welding parameters.
Figure 5.11. Slag islands – MIG 316L-Si
Figure 5.12. Excessive weld metal – MIG 316L-Si
6868
Weld imperfections
Examples of things to avoid...
...and what to aim for!
Ignition scars
Tacks/“repairs” that have not been removed
Hammer marks
Undercuts
Excessive weld cap
Coarse grinding of surface
Grinding scars
Grinding burrs
Misalignment and uneven root gaps
Incomplete penetration
Spatter
Bad tacking
No root protection
No post weld cleaning
69
Welding practice
6 Welding practice – Guidelines for welding different types of stainless steel
IntroductionIf good stainless steel practice is followed, itis not normally difficult to weld stainlesssteels. This is true of all stainless steel grades.However, the importance of the different factors in good practice depends on whichgrade is being welded.
In presenting the various types of stainlesssteels, chapter 1 uses the classification in EN10088. In this chapter, the steels are groupedand discussed as follows:
• Austenitic Cr-Ni and Cr-Ni-Mo stainless steels
• High-alloy austenitic stainless steels• Duplex stainless steels• High-temperature stainless steels• Ferritic, martensitic and precipitation
hardening stainless steels
The present chapter gives an outline of goodpractice and how it applies to differentgroups of stainless steels.
In all cases, it is of prime importance thatappropriate welding procedures are drawnup and implemented. Welding proceduresdetail the welding parameters (heat input,temperatures, etc.) that have to be used.Cleanliness is also an extremely importantfactor in achieving good results.
Welding procedure designWhen devising and qualifying a welding procedure, many factors have to be considered. Several of these factors are ofparticular importance for stainless steel.
The procedure must be properly designed.In addition to satisfying the technical requirements of the material being welded,and the quality assurance system in force, agood welding procedure also helps the welder execute the weld. Thus, besides the
requirements of the material being welded,and the properties required of the weldedjoint, the procedure must also take intoaccount the way the welder has to work andthe welder’s environment.
EN 288 sets out, amongst other things, theprocess for setting up a welding procedure.There are three main stages in this process:
1. Preliminary welding procedure specification (pWPS)
2. Welding procedure approval record (WPAR)
3. Welding procedure specification (WPS)
Welding parametersThere are no rules governing which weldingparameters must be stipulated. The crucialthing is that, in each welding position, thewelder must have full control of the arc andthe weld pool. Consequently, especially whenwelding high-alloy fully austenitic steels,upper limits are often set on welding parameters. This is because the parametershave an effect on energy (i.e. heat input).
Heat inputAs regards weld serviceability, the singlemost important determiner is the heat put invia the thermal cycle. Chapter 2 sets out howto calculate heat input.
The heat put into a weld, and the control ofthis heat input, are both closely linked to steelgrade and thickness. There is an optimumheat input for the thickness, joint configura-tion and grade being welded. This optimumheat establishes a “balance” between theweld pool and metallurgical integrity.
The concept of “balanced heat input” is critical. When welding steels that have a highdegree of metallurgical stability (e.g. 304 and
70
Welding practice
316), the emphasis is on weld pool control.With steels that are relatively metallurgicallyunstable (e.g. 904L and 254 SMO), the emphasis shifts to metallurgical integrity. In other words, as far as high heat input is concerned, high performance stainless steelgrades are more sensitive than their standardcounterparts.
The most difficult pass in any weld is theroot pass. If the root pass is deposited correctly, all other passes tend to be relativelyeasy. However, if there are problems with theroot pass, it is likely that there will be problems with all the other passes.
The balance of heat inputs from one pass tothe next is very important. To maintain goodmetallurgical integrity, care must be taken toensure that the root pass is not “overheated”by the second, “cold” pass. Furthermore, thecold pass must be economically depositedand the heat input must be sufficient. Thus,the heat input for the cold pass is directlyrelated to the root pass heat input.
The following model illustrates this relationship. Assuming that the optimumheat input for the root pass of a thick joint is1.0 kJ/mm, the heat input for the cold passshould be ~0.75 – 1.1 kJ/mm (i.e. between~75% and 110% of the root pass heat input).The capping pass should be deposited at aheat input of between ~0.8 and 1.5 kJ/mm(i.e. between 80% and 150% of the root passheat input).
If the cap is to be used in a particularlydemanding application, the heat input mightbe restricted to ~80 < HIR < 125% (HIR = rootpass heat input). If the root run is backed, oris double-sided, a slightly higher HIR may beallowed. In this case, the subsequent passesfollow the model in the previous paragraph(i.e. the root pass is now regarded as if itwere single-sided). The ratios are maintainedfor all the passes in the joint. In this way, theweld is made cost-efficiently and the risk ofmetallurgical damage is minimised.
Heat input is relatively easy to control whenusing mechanised or automated welding
systems. To ensure sound welds, travel speedis synchronously adjusted to reflect changesin arc voltage and welding current.
The optimum metal deposition rate is thatwhich correctly balances cost-efficiency withgeometric and metallurgical integrity. Clearlyenough, it is important to maximise the metaldeposition and joint completion rates.However, this must not be at the expense ofheat input control.
PreheatingIt is not normally necessary to preheat austenitic and duplex stainless steels.Provided, of course, that there is no condensation on the steel, these grades areusually welded from room temperature (i.e. ~20°C). Where there is condensation, thejoint and adjacent areas should be heated uniformly and gently (i.e. not so hot that theycannot be touched). Local heating to above100°C must be avoided as it can give rise tocarbon pick-up or metallurgical instability.Both of these have a negative effect on thesteels’ properties.
Heavy gauges of martensitic grades mayrequire preheating to a minimum of ~100°C.Cooling must be controlled.
Ferritic stainless steels are rarely preheated.However, some heavier gauges may requirepreheating to ~300°C.
Interpass temperatureWhen welding stainless steels that have notbeen preheated (almost certainly austenitic,duplex and precipitation hardening grades),the interpass temperature is regarded as amaximum value. The actual interpass temperature is related primarily to the gradeand thickness of the stainless steel in question(see also chapter 2).
As noted in the section on preheating, itmay be necessary to preheat martensitic andferritic grades to certain minimum levels. Inthese cases, interpass temperatures are alsoseen as minimum values. They are often thesame as the preheating temperatures.
71
Welding practice
The natural conduction and convection ofheat away from the weld line may be sufficient to control interpass temperature.Control can be enhanced by the use of balanced welding sequences/techniques orby working on several welds simultaneously.Distortion control and productivity also benefit from these measures.
During welding, forced air cooling of platebacks and pipe bores is permissible if theweld is ~8 – 10 mm thick. At this thickness (i.e. sufficient for the backing gas to be turnedoff), there is no risk of accelerated weld poolcooling. For pipes, forced air cooling is particularly effective if the blast forms a vortex down the bore.
Because of the risk of contamination, greatcare should be taken not to direct blasts of airtowards the weld line. Interpass temperatureshould be measured in the weld zone. Ratherthan temperature indicating crayons, a contact pyrometer should be used for this.
Post-weld heat treatmentPost-weld heat treatment (PWHT) is not usually necessary for austenitic or duplexstainless steels. These are normally used “aswelded”. However, in some situations, fullsolution annealing may be stipulated for thewhole, or parts, of the welded assembly.Particularly for the dimensional stability of,for example, rotating equipment, stress reliefheat treatment is also occasionally under-taken.
PWHT is a specialist operation. Qualifiedprocedures and appropriate equipment mustbe used.
To achieve the required balance of properties (generally strength in relation totoughness and hardness), PWHT may benecessary for fabrication welds in martensiticand ferritic stainless steels.
On the rare occasions that precipitationhardening grades are welded, they generallyreceive PWHT. This ensures that they retainall their properties.
CleanlinessEdges and adjacent surfaces are normally cleaned before any welding of stainless steels.Dirt, oil, grinding burs, paint and conta-mination must be avoided throughout welding. This maximises service performanceand minimises post-fabrication cleaningcosts.
Prior to welding, the weld zone should betaken back to clean bright metal. This includes not only the bevel and root nosefaces, but also surfaces away from the weldline. The surfaces adjacent to the weld lineshould be cleaned for up to 50 mm from theweld line.
Surfaces should be degreased and thenmechanically cleaned. In multipass welding,underlying weld beads should be deslaggedand cleaned of excessive welding oxide.
Preferably using cold cutting techniques,cut-backs in double-sided welding should betaken to clean, sound metal. All liquid penetrant inspection fluids and contrastpaints must be removed.
Post-weld cleaningPost-fabrication cleaning is not normally stipulated in welding procedure specifications.This is surprising. Cleaning is clearly goodfabrication practice and essential for goodresults (see chapter 9).
Austenitic Cr-Ni and Cr-Ni-Mo stainlesssteelsGeneral characteristicsThis group includes the most widely usedaustenitic stainless chromium-nickel andchromium-nickel-molybdenum steels. Asnoted in ”Austenitic steels” in chapter 1,these grades are used in a very wide range of modest to relatively demanding applications.
The designations of the standard austeniticgrades comprising the so-called “300 series”are given in table 6.1 overleaf.
72
Welding practice
Series 300 weldability is generally very good.These grades are normally metallurgicallystable.
Filler metalsWelding normally uses a filler metal that hasa chemical composition corresponding to thatof the steel being welded (see chapter 12).Thin plates (< 3 mm) can, in some cases, bewelded without a filler metal.
When welding Cr-Ni or Cr-Ni-Mo stainlesssteels to mild steel, “over-alloyed” fillers suchas, respectively, 309L and P5 (309MoL)should be used.
Welding methods and techniquesAll arc welding methods can be used for joining these steels. Resistance welding is afurther possibility. The high energy densityand, potentially, the solid state joining processes can also be considered.
Edge preparationSee chapter 7.
Heat inputCr-Ni and Cr-Ni-Mo steels are generallymetallurgically stable. A relatively high heatinput of up to 2 kJ/mm can thus be usedwith no negative effects. However, on a caseby case basis, it must be borne in mind thatincreased heat input at welding increases distortion, weld pool size, fume generationand radiation (heat and light).
Steel grades stabilised with titanium or niobium are normally less stable and requirea somewhat lower heat input than that whichis used when welding with “standard fillers”.Low or zero ferrite fillers such as 308L-LF
From the point of view of workshop practice(i.e. the manufacturing of components andequipment), these grades are somewhat similar to standard austenitic grades such as1.4301 and 1.4401. However, welding themstill requires specialist know-how.
All four steels in this group are highly suitable for welding. The welding methodsused for conventional steels can be used.
Standard austenitic steels Table 6.1
Grade name EN UNSdesignation designation
4307 304L 1.4307 S304034404 316L 1.4404 S316034438 317L 1.4438 S31703
High performance austenitic steels Table 6.2
Grade name EN UNSOutokumpu designation designation
904L 1.4539 N08904254 SMO® 1.4547 S3125420-25-6 1.4529 N089264565 1.4565 S34565
and SNR-NF are also somewhat more sensitive to high heat input. Consequently,heat input should be slightly reduced to amaximum of 1.5 kJ/mm. A maximum heatinput of 1.5 kJ/mm should also be used whenwelding stainless steels to mild steels.
Interpass temperatureThe interpass temperature should normallybe kept fairly low, i.e. approximately 150°C.
High-alloy austenitic stainless steels (904L, 254 SMO, 20-25-6 and 4565)General characteristicsHigh-alloy austenitic stainless steels havesuch high contents of chromium, nickel,molybdenum and nitrogen that, as regardscorrosion resistance and, in some cases,mechanical properties, they differ substantially from more conventional Cr-Niand Cr-Ni-Mo grades.
73
Welding practice
Filler metalsUnless special precautions are implementedand PWHT takes place, filler metal shouldalways be used. Autogenous welding is notrecommended.
In choosing filler metals, there is a slightdifference between, on the one hand, 904Lsteel and, on the other, 254 SMO, 20-25-6 and4565 steels. A matching composition filler (i.e. 904L) is used for the former, but nickelbase filler metals are normally used for thelatter. However, when welding 904L in circumstances where it is necessary to improve the corrosion performance of theweld bead (e.g. in very aggressive, chloridecontaining environments), P12 filler metalmay be considered.
When welding 904L to mild and low-alloysteels, Avesta P5 (309MoL) can generally beused. Filler 904L should only be used wherethe parent metal is thin and dilution therewith is low.
To minimise the molybdenum segregationassociated with iron base filler metals, nickelbase fillers should be used when welding 254 SMO, 20-25-6 and 4565. The only exception is where there is a danger of transpassive corrosion. In these circumstances,iron base filler metal (P54) should be used.
Two types of fillers, Avesta P12-R(ENiCrMo-12) and P625 (ENiCrMo-3), can beused in MMA welding. The niobium contentof P12-R is lower than that of P625. This hasthe advantage of reducing interdendritic phases in the weld and, consequently, slightly lowering the risk of hot cracking. In somespecial situations (e.g. where service temperatures exceed 400°C), P625 is the preferred solution because of its superiorstructural stability at higher temperatures.
MIG, TIG and SAW can be carried out witheither P12 or P12-0Nb. The NORSOK approved P12-0Nb gives a weld metal withalmost no secondary phases and extremely
Figure 6.1. 254 SMO is widely used in offshore applications
74
Welding practice
good ductility. Furthermore, the tendencytowards hot cracking is somewhat reduced.Giving a higher yield and better tensilestrength, P12 can be considered the first choice. The corrosion resistance of the two fillers is similar.
When welding 4565, Avesta P16 should beused.
When welding 254 SMO, 20-25-6 and 4565to mild and low-alloy steels, the fillers dictated by the stainless steel should be used.However, Avesta P5 is a more economicalalternative and can be used under certain circumstances, e.g. where dilution with theparent metal is low.
Edge preparationEdge design must facilitate full penetrationwithout the risk of burn through. Bevelangles should be sufficient to ensure goodaccess. A bevel angle of 35 – 40° is generallyappropriate for manual welding. A slightlytighter angle (30 – 35°) may be suitable formechanised or automated welding. Withthicker plates (manual, mechanised or automated welding), this angle can be reduced – see joint type 22 in table 7.1, chapter 7, “Edge preparation”.
The root gap and root face for single-sidedwelds should typically be 2 – 3 mm and 1 – 2mm respectively. The root face in double-sidedwelding can be slightly increased. Throughout
the root pass, the gap is maintained by tackwelding and root grinding with slitting discs.
Chapter 7.2 contains several edge preparation examples.
Welding methods and techniquesAll arc welding methods are suitable for thisgroup of steels. However, when using SAW, it must be borne in mind that these steels areslightly more sensitive to hot cracking thanare the standard austenitic grades.
Where the reverse of the weld is accessible,MIG and MMA (diam. 3.25 mm) can be usedfor the root pass.
MIG welding is best performed using pure argon or argon with an addition of approximately 30% helium. The addition ofhelium improves fluidity and gives a somewhat wider bead. The addition of up to1 – 2% O2 or 2 – 3% CO2 helps to sharpenmetal transfer. However, weld bead oxidationis slightly heavier. For best arc stability andweld pool control, MIG welding should becarried out using a synergic pulse machine.
TIG is recommended for all single-sided,inaccessible root runs. Pure argon should beused as the shielding gas. The addition of upto 5% helium or hydrogen increases the ener-gy in the arc. Especially with fully automaticwelding, this is beneficial as travel speed canbe significantly increased. Up to 2% nitrogencan also be added. This slightly improves theweld metal’s pitting resistance.
The backing gas, which should be usedeven at the tacking stage, can be pure argonor, alternatively, nitrogen with a 10% additionof hydrogen.
To control dilution, heat input and beadshape in SAW, the diameter of the filler metalshould not exceed 2.40 mm. A basic flux (e.g. Avesta 805) must be used and the heatinput must be low and controlled. As analternative, the first run can be TIG or MMAand the filling passes SAW.
The width of the weld should be 1.5 – 2.0times the depth. This minimises the risk ofhot cracking. The wider and shallower the
Filler metals for 254 SMO,20-25-6 and 4565 Table 6.3
Welding Filler Cr Ni Mo Fe Othermethod metal
Avesta
MMA P12-R 21.5 Bal. 9.5 2.0 Nb 2.2P625 21.5 Bal. 9.5 1.5 Nb 3.5P16 25.0 Bal. 15.0 – –P54 25.5 25.5 5.0 > 35 N 0.35
MIG P12 22.0 Bal. 9.0 < 1 Nb 3.6TIG P12-0Nb 22.0 Bal. 9.0 < 1 Nb < 0.1SAW P16 25.0 Bal. 15.0 < 1 Nb < 0.1
P54 26.0 22.0 5.5 > 35 Mn 5.1
75
Welding practice
bead, the greater the susceptibility to interdendritic problems. A deeply penetratingweld bead shifts the susceptible area to theweld centre line. The criterion regulating theshape of the weld bead has obvious implications for welding current and arc voltage. To achieve the correct shape, the voltage must be adjusted to the current (see also ”Width and depth” in chapter 4).
High welding stresses may induce microfissuring. For this reason, it is importantto use welding techniques that control, balance and minimise these stresses. Goodweld planning is vital. Sequencing is anexample of this. The principle of weld sequencing is to weld from “thick to thin”and from “stiff to flimsy”. As far as practical,restraint should be minimised. Bearing inmind the considerations of weld bead accessand weld bead geometry, weld volume
should be held to a minimum. Especially atthicknesses above ~10 mm, double-sided welding is preferred to single-sided welding.Segmented welding is the preferred technique for the girth welding of pipes.
Close attention should be paid to stoppingand starting techniques – craters must beclean and sound. The preferred techniquesare stringer bead and weaving. However, theweave must not exceed 2 times the electrodediameter. The current should be set only highenough to obtain a smooth, stable arc andgood fusion of weld to parent metal.
The need for great cleanliness is commonto the welding of all high-alloy austenitic grades. Weld pool contamination is responsible for changes in surface tension,subtle alterations in bead geometry andmicrocontamination of grain boundaries. All these factors can promote microfissuring.The weld zone must be kept clean. All thesurfaces to be welded (underlying weldbeads included) must be bright metal.
Prior to welding, great care must be takento clean the weld zone of all visible or hydrated oxides and cutting or marking fluids. During welding, any welding oxide orcontamination from temperature indicationcrayons must be removed from the weldzone.
Heat inputHigh-alloy austenitic grades are generallymore sensitive to high heat input than areother stainless steels. The maximum heatinput must be adjusted to the joint and thethickness being welded. When welding thickgauges (i.e. those in the 3D cooling regime),the maximum heat input for 904L, 254 SMOand 20-25-6 is 1.5 kJ/mm. For 4565 it is 1 kJ/mm. The maximum permitted heatinputs are lower for thin gauges. This minimises the risk of microfissuring anddeleterious phase formation.
Excessive heat input during welding is likely to give excessive dilution of the nickelbase weld metal. This, in its turn, may lead to
Width (w)
Depth (d)
The width/depth ratio of a weld is important. The examples below show howthis ratio is stated.• Width the same as depth ⇒ ratio is 1.• Width is 20 mm and depth is 10 mm
⇒ ratio is 2.• Width is 15 mm and depth is 30 mm
⇒ ratio is 0.5.A width/depth ratio of between 1 and 2 (inclusive) is generally considered optimum.A ratio below 1 or above 2 gives a weldwith an unfavourable shape and increasedrisk of hot cracking.
Figure 6.2. Width/depth ratio
76
Welding practice
reduced corrosion performance and, possibly,weld cracking or microcracking. Joint configuration, heat input and bead placementare important factors in welding proceduredesign. Controlling these helps to controldilution and thus maximise the performanceof the weld.
Interpass temperatureDepending on the thickness being weldedand the joint configuration, interpass temperature is generally held in the range100 – 125°C.
Duplex stainless steels
General characteristicsDuplex stainless steels, also referred to asaustenitic-ferritic stainless steels, combinemany of the good properties of austenitic andferritic stainless steels. Due to the high content of chromium and nitrogen (and oftenalso molybdenum), these steels offer goodresistance to pitting and general corrosion.
The duplex microstructure contributes tohigh strength and high resistance to stresscorrosion cracking. The weldability of duplexsteels is good.
When welding duplex stainless steels, thetwo main concerns are achieving the correctferrite-austenite phase balance and avoidingdeleterious phases (sigma phase in particu-lar). These goals are best reached by goodedge preparation and the use of the right filler metal and welding parameters.
All five steels in this group are highly suitable for welding. The welding methodsused for conventional stainless steels can beused.
Duplex stainless steels Table 6.4
Grade name EN UNSOutokumpu designation designation
LDX 2101® 1.4161 S321012304 1.4362 S323042205 1.4462 S32205/S31803SAF 2507® 1.4410 S32750Zeron 100 1.4501 S32760
Figure 6.3. Stainlesssteel bridgein 2205
77
Welding practice
Filler metalsTo ensure the correct ferrite-austenite phasebalance (i.e. avoid high ferrite content),duplex stainless steel filler metals are over-alloyed with nickel. Excessive nickeldilution of the parent metal (e.g. when usinga “plate composition” filler or using small orno root gaps) prevents the correct phasebalance being achieved in the “as deposited”condition. Unless special precautions areimplemented and PWHT takes place, edgesmust be carefully prepared and filler metalshould always be used. Autogenous weldingis not recommended.
All duplex stainless steels shall be weldedusing matching, over-alloyed filler accordingto table 6.5. Using 2507/P100 filler metal toweld 2205 maximises the corrosion performance of the weld metal, but slightlyreduces high temperature HAZ fracturetoughness.
When welding duplex to mild and low-alloysteels, a duplex filler can be advantageouslyused. However, it is important that the edgessuit the characteristics of the duplex steel. Asan alternative, Avesta P5 (309MoL) or Avesta309L filler metals can be used.
Edge preparationEdge design must facilitate full penetrationwithout the risk of burn through. Bevelangles should be sufficient to ensure goodaccess. A bevel angle of 35 – 40° is generallyappropriate for manual welding. A slightlytighter angle (30 – 35°) may be suitable formechanised or automated welding. Withthicker plates (manual, mechanised or auto-mated welding), this angle can be broken –see joint type 17 in table 7.1, chapter 7, “Edgepreparation”.
The root gap and root face for single-sidedwelds should be typically 2 – 3 mm and 1 – 2mm respectively. The root face in double-sided welding can be slightly increased.
Provided that welding current and torchangle are optimised to ensure good penetration, the root face in SAW can be up to 8 mm.
Ceramic backing tiles can be used to support the root pass but, as they tend tomarginally reduce the cooling rate, care mustbe taken. Thus, compared to a self-supportingroot pass, a slightly lower heat input isappropriate when ceramic backing systemsare used.
Chapter 7 contains several edge prepara-tion examples.
Welding methods and techniquesAll duplex stainless steels can be weldedusing standard arc welding methods.However, FCAW should not be used forsuper duplex grades (SAF 2507 and Zeron100) because of the generally higher heatinputs and lower weld metal cleanliness (i.e. more slag inclusions).
Where the reverse of the weld is accessible,MIG and MMA (diam. 3.25 mm) can be usedfor the root pass.
MIG welding is best performed using pureargon with an addition of approximately 30%helium and 1 – 2% CO2. The addition of helium improves fluidity and gives a somewhat wider bead. Argon with an addition of either 1 – 2% O2 or 2 – 3% CO2can also be used. For best arc stability and
Filler metals for duplexstainless steels Table 6.5
Welding Filler metal Cr Ni Mo Nmethod type Avesta
MMA LDX 2101 23.5 7.0 <0.3 0.142304 24.5 9.0 <0.3 0.122205 23.0 9.5 3.0 0.152507/P100 25.5 10.0 3.6 0.23
MIG LDX 2101 23.0 7.0 <0.3 0.15TIG 2304 23.0 7.0 <0.3 0.15SAW 2205 23.0 8.5 3.1 0.17
2507/P100 25.0 9.5 4.0 0.25
FCAW 2205 22.5 9.0 3.2 0.13
78
Welding practice
weld pool control, MIG welding should becarried out using a synergic pulse machine.TIG is recommended for all single-sided,inaccessible root runs. Pure argon should beused as the shielding gas. The addition ofhelium increases the energy in the arc.Especially with fully automatic welding, this is beneficial as travel speed can be significantly increased. Up to 2% nitrogen can also be added. This slightly improves theweld metal’s pitting resistance. Due to theincreased risk of weld porosity, and the increased wear of the tungsten electrode, a nitrogen addition of more than 3% is notadvisable.
TIG welding should be performed using a backing gas of argon or, alternatively, nitrogen with a 10% addition of H2. The backing gas should be used even at the tacking stage and kept for at least 3 layers.
Duplex 2304 and 2205 are highly suited toSAW. A basic chromium compensated flux(e.g. Avesta 805) should be used. To controldilution, heat input and bead shape whenusing SAW to weld LDX 2101 and SAF 2507,the diameter of the filler metal should notexceed 2.40 mm. A basic flux (e.g. Avesta 805)must be used and the heat input must be lowand controlled. As an alternative, the first runcan be TIG or MMA and the filling passes SAW.
Heat inputDuplex 2304 and 2205 are generally metallurgically stable when subjected to ahigh heat input. Theoretically, inputs of up to3 kJ/mm can be used without any negativeeffects. However, in practice, factors such asdistortion, large weld pools, radiation (heatand light) and fume generation set the upperlimit. This is especially true for manual welding.
A too low heat input increases the coolingrate and gives little opportunity for the formation of austenite. This results in a highferrite content that may exceed 65% (normallyconsidered the maximum for duplex 2205).
Super duplex stainless steels are moremetallurgically unstable and should be
welded using a moderate heat input. A typicalmaximum is 1.5 kJ/mm. Too high a heatinput may result in a high content of deleterious phases (e.g. sigma). This lowersboth corrosion resistance and toughness.
Interpass temperaturesThe interpass temperature when weldingLDX 2101, 2304 and 2205 steels should notexceed 150°C. Super duplex grades aresomewhat more sensitive to high heat.Consequently, the interpass temperatureshould not exceed 100°C.
High-temperature (HT) stainless steelsGeneral characteristicsThese steels are designed primarily for use attemperatures above approximately 550°C. HTcorrosion occurs at these temperatures where,as a rule, creep strength is the dimensioningfactor. Although most are austenitic, there aresome ferritic HT stainless steels. These ferriticgrades should be welded in the same way asthe utility ferritic stainless steels (see ”Ferriticand martensitic stainless steels” below).
HT steels and filler metalsTo ensure that the weld metal has the sameproperties (e.g. strength and corrosion resistance) as the parent metal, it is best touse a matching filler metal.
The yield and tensile strength properties ofthe weld metal are generally equal to, or better than, those of the parent metal.However, the weld metal’s creep propertiesare usually up to 20% lower. Gas shieldedwelding (MIG and TIG) gives the best creepproperties for the welds.
A 309L filler is normally used when weldingHT stainless steels to mild and low-alloysteels. However, a nickel base alloy – type P10(ERNiCr-3) – may be advisable where creepresistance is the dimensioning factor. Thenickel acts as a barrier to the carbon, whichotherwise tends to segregate from the carbonsteel into the stainless steel. Such segregationlowers the creep resistance of the carbon steel.
79
Welding practice
Edge preparationEdge preparation is the same as for fullyaustenitic grades. Chapter 7 contains severaledge preparation examples.
Welding methods and techniquesWhen it comes to welding the high-temperature austenitic stainless steels, theyshould be regarded as being the same as thehigh performance austenitic grades. The reasons for this are the alloying elements characterising these grades and the generallylow, or essentially zero, ferrite content. All arc welding methods are suitable, but fullyaustenitic HT stainless steels 310S and 353 MA are somewhat more sensitive to hotcracking than are standard austenitic grades.This should be borne in mind, especially withSAW.
Between runs, it is particularly importantto remove welding oxide, spatter, etc.Penetration and weld pool fluidity suffer ifthis is not done. Mechanical cleaning, e.g.grinding or careful brushing, are suitable cleaning methods.
After welding, it is important that final,mechanical cleaning leaves a fine finish.Coarse, rough finishes can generate stressconcentrations. These may lead to failureunder, for example, differential or cyclic thermal loading.
Austenitic HT steels and recommended filler metals Table 6.6
Grade name EN ASTM/UNS Filler metalOuto- desig- desig- Avestakumpu nation nation
4948 1.4948 304H 308/308H4878 1.4878 321H 347/MVNb153 MA™ 1.4818 S30415 253 MA*4833 1.4833 309S 309/309-Si4828 1.4828 – 309-Si253 MA® 1.4835 S30815 253 MA*4845 1.4845 310S 310353 MA® 1.4854 S35315 353 MA
*Also available as 253 MA-NF, a non-ferrite filler suitable for cyclic temperatures not exceeding 950°C.
Figure 6.4. Bell furnaces for heat treatment in 253 MA
Heat inputA heat input similar to, or slightly below, thatfor normal Cr-Ni stainless steels is suitablefor low-alloy HT stainless steels such as1.4948, 1.4878 and 253 MA. A fairly low heatinput (max. 1.0 kJ/mm) should be used forhigh-alloy and fully austenitic HT stainlesssteels.
Interpass temperatureDepending on the thickness being weldedand the joint configuration, interpass temperature is generally held in the range100 – 125°C.
80
Welding practice
Ferritic, martensitic and precipitation hardening stainless steelsGeneral characteristics“Ferritic stainless steel” is a broad, genericexpression generally taken to encompass anystainless steel microstructure with large proportions of ferrite. Ferritic and martensiticstainless steels can generally be divided intodifferent groups based on carbon and chromium levels. As set out below, differentwelding techniques should be used for thedifferent groups.
Particularly when using matched ferriticfiller metals, thicker gauges should be cooledslowly to ~125°C after welding and held atthis temperature for around 1 hour. This is sothat martensite transformation can occur. IfPWHT is to take place, the weld is taken to600 – 700°C directly from the transformationtemperature. As it leads to severe losses inductility, low temperature stress relieving inthe range 200 – 400°C should be avoided. The effect of PWHT on filler metals should be borne in mind.
This group of steels is most frequentlywelded with austenitic stainless fillers suchas 308/308L and 309/309L. However, 308Hand 310 can also be used – especially whenthe construction will be exposed to tem-peratures above 550°C.
Low carbon martensitic stainless steelsThese steels have 13 – 17% chromium, lowcarbon (around 0.05%) and low nickel and/ormolybdenum.
Thinner gauges of these steels can be welded from room temperature. Thicker gauges, i.e. those where the cooling regimechanges from 2D to 3D, should be preheatedto approximately 100°C.
Welding is best carried out with either a lowor a high interpass temperature. Low interpassshould be below the so-called martensite finish(MF) temperature, i.e. the temperature at whichno more martensite forms (normally around125°C). High interpass should be kept abovethe martensite start (MS) temperature, i.e. thetemperature where martensite starts to form(typically 250 – 400°C). If a high interpasstemperature is used, the welded section mustbe slowly cooled to just below MF and held at that temperature whilst martensite transformation takes place.
Particularly when using compositionallymatched filler metals, PWHT should be car-ried out directly from the interpass tempera-ture. Cooling should first be to 800 – 850°C.This is followed by slow cooling to 600°C,then “rapid” cooling to room temperature.
Utility ferritic stainless steelsThese steels are essentially plain chromiumstainless steels with low carbon (max. 0.10%)and, typically, 12 – 16% chromium.
The two main concerns when welding thetrue ferritic grades are grain coarsening and,in the HAZ, high hardness. The latter is associated with both loss of ductility andnotch toughness.
When welding thinner gauges, the pre-heating temperature is approx. 200°C. Forthicker gauges, particularly if the carbon content is rather high (i.e. 0.10%), it is 300°C.Using an austenitic filler, sheets less thanaround 3 mm thick, and with low carboncontent, can be welded without preheating.
Minimum interpass temperatures are atleast as high as the preheating temperatures.
To limit grain growth in the HAZ, heatinputs should be “low to medium” relative to the thickness being welded. This is the opposite of the measures taken to avoidhydrogen cracking.
Ferritic and martensitic steels Table 6.7
EN grade name EN ASTMdesignation designation
X7Cr13 1.4000 410SX12Cr13 1.4006 410X20Cr13 1.4021 420X6Cr17 1.4016 430X17CrNi16-2 1.4057 431X2CrMoTi18-2 1.4521 443
81
Welding practice
The coarse grain HAZ problem is not assevere as with the ferritic stainless steels, butHAZ properties are still a cause for concern.Heat input should be restricted.
Austenitic stainless fillers such as type 309can also be used for welding these steels.PWHT is not necessary in these cases.
High carbon martensitic steelsThese steels have 12 – 17% chromium, carbonlevels of 0.15 to 0.2% and low nickel (< 1.5%).The microstructure comprises ferrite, tempered martensite and some carbides.They are normally considered not to be weldable. If welding is attempted, the use oflow hydrogen methods (MIG or TIG) is to bepreferred. Any electrodes used must be of thebasic type. Thinner gauges are occasionallywelded. They must be preheated to temperatures above MS (typically 250 – 400°C).The interpass temperature should be in thesame range.
Martensite start and finish temperaturesvary with steel composition and must bechecked specifically. Unless the steel containsstrong carbide formers, the MS temperaturewill be around 300°C. If such formers arepresent, the MS temperature is even higher.
Type 309 filler metal is most commonlyused for thinner gauges. This avoids thePWHT that is necessary when a composi-tionally matched filler is used. It may be possible to weld very thin gauges withoutpreheating. Much depends on the steel’scomposition, the restraints used, etc. Whenthere is no preheating, PWHT is necessary.
Super martensitic stainless steelsThese steels have approximately 13% chromium and ultra-low carbon (generally < 0.02%). The composition also includes nickel (~5 – 6%), molybdenum and nitrogen.
Because of the nitrogen content and thelow carbon, these steels have reasonable weldability. They generally require little(max. 100°C) or no preheating. The maximuminterpass temperature should be low.
To ensure good strength and corrosion performance, 2507/P100 super duplex is thepreferred filler metal. Matching fillers mayalso be used. However, the ductility of theweld metal will then probably be lower thanthat of the parent metal.
If the HAZ needs to be tempered in orderto reduce HAZ hardness, the weld line containing the super duplex filler should berapidly heated to ~650°C. It should be heldthere for 2 minutes and then quenched.
Precipitation hardening stainless steelsThese steels have a chromium content of ~13 – 17%, nickel, molybdenum and low carbon. They are further alloyed with combinations of aluminium, niobium andcopper.
The steels in this group are rarely weldedas the heat tends to over-ripen the HAZ precipitates. These provide the strengtheningmechanism. If these steels are to be welded,they should be treated as low carbon martensitic grades. The MS temperature isspecific to the grade but is generally around125°C. To limit the over-ripening of the precipitates in the HAZ, the heat input needsto be as low as possible. However, so thatprecipitation strengthening can take place, itis then normally appropriate to heat treat thefull component.
Edge preparationChapter 7 contains several edge preparationexamples.
Shielding gasesThe same shielding gases as for standardaustenitic grades may be used. However,because of the risk of hydrogen cracking,hydrogen must not be added to TIG shieldingor backing gases.
82
Welding practice
83
Edge preparation
7 Edge preparation
Choice of joint typeWelding process, welding position and material thickness must all be taken intoaccount when deciding which type of joint touse. The choice is also dependent on whetherit is homogenous stainless steel plate or cladplate that is being welded. In the latter case,the joint must be such that the stainless layeris not melted when depositing the root beadon the carbon steel side. See ”Welding cladsteel plates” in chapter 4.
Figure 7.1 gives an example of edge preparation and illustrates some key terms.
The purpose of the welding bevel is to provide good access for the deposition ofsound metal. During welding, the root landacts as a support for the arc. Not having anyroot land would result in a very wide root.
Root faces are either machined (e.g. milled)or cut (e.g. laser, plasma or waterjet). Whenthe faces are cut, it is always advisable toremove any oxidation by lightly grinding thebevel. The bevel and plate surface adjacent tothe bevel should be clean and smooth prior towelding.
Table 7.1 gives edge preparation details fora variety of welding methods and plate thicknesses.
Cleaning before weldingFor good welding results, edges must be perfectly clean. Organic contamination (e.g.grease, oil, paint, soil, grit) can give rise toporosity, spatter, lack of fusion or incompletepenetration and must be removed. Avesta cleaning agents or any other degreasingagent (e.g. acetone) can be used for this.Before welding starts, all dirt must be wipedoff with a clean cloth.
Figure 7.1. Edge preparation
α
β
DCE t
α = Joint angle E = Joint surfaceβ = Bevel angle R = RadiusC = Root land (nose) (U-joints only)D = Root gap t = Plate thickness
84
Edge preparation
Joint preparations Table 7.1
No. and joint type Sides Method Thickness
1. I-joint One side TIG < 2.5 mmNo root gap1)
2. I-joint Two sides SAW 6 – 9 mmNo root gap2)
3. I-joint One side PAW 1 – 8 mm
4. I-joint One side MMA < 2.5 mmD = 1.0 – 2.0 mm MIG
TIG
5. I-joint Two sides MMA < 4 mmD = 2.0 – 2.5 mm MIG
TIGFCW
6. V-joint One side MMA 4 – 16 mmα = 60°3) MIGC = 0.5 – 1.5 mm TIGD = 2.0 – 4.0 mm FCW
7. V-joint Two sides MMA 4 – 16 mmα = 60°3) MIGC = 2.0 – 2.5 mm TIGD = 2.5 – 3.5 mm FCW
8. V-joint One side FCW 4 – 20 mmα = 60°3) againstC = 1.5 – 2.5 mm backingD = 4.0 – 6.0 mm
9. V-joint Two sides TIG+ 3 – 16 mmα = 80 – 90° SAWC = 1.5 mmNo root gap1)
10. V-joint Two sides SAW 8 – 16 mmα = 80 – 90°C = 3.0 – 6.0 mm4)
No root gap
11. V-joint Two sides PAW+ 6 – 16 mmα = 80 – 90° SAWC = 3.0 – 4.0 mmNo root gap
1) There must be a root gap when welding special grades.2) A ground groove, 1 – 2 mm deep and wide.3) The joint angle for special grades is 60 – 70°.4) A root land of 5 mm and above may require the torch to be angled towards the direction of travel, 4) see ”Width and depth” in chapter 4.
D
α
DC
α
DC
α
C
85
Edge preparation
Joint preparations Table 7.1
No. and joint type Sides Method Thickness
12. V-joint One side MMA 4 – 16 mmβ1 = 45° FCWβ2 = 15°C = 1.0 – 2.0 mmD = 2.0 – 3.0 mm
13. V-joint Two sides MMA 4 – 16 mmβ1 = 45° FCWβ2 = 15°C = 2.0 – 2.5 mmD = 2.0 – 2.5 mm
14. V-joint One side FCW 4 – 20 mmβ1 = 45° againstβ2 = 15° backingC = 1.5 – 2.5 mmD = 4.0 – 6.0 mm
15. X-joint Two sides MMA 14 – 30 mm8)
α = 60°3) MIGC = 2.0 – 3.0 mm TIG6)
D = 2.0 – 2.5 mm FCW
16. X-joint Two sides SAW 14 – 30 mmα = 80°C = 3.0 – 8.0 mm4)
No root gap
3) The joint angle for special grades is 60 – 70°.4) A root land of 5 mm and above may require the torch to be angled towards the direction of travel, 4) see ”Width and depth” in chapter 4.6) Normally only for the first 1 – 3 runs. Followed by MIG, FCW, MMA or SAW.8) A thickness above 20 mm can be prepared as an asymmetrical X-joint.
D
C
β1
β2
D
C
β1
β2
α
D
C
α
C
86
Edge preparation
Joint preparations Table 7.1
No. and joint type Sides Method Thickness
17. X-joint Two sides MMA 14 – 30 mm8)
β1 = 45° MIGβ2 = 15° TIG6)
C = 1.5 – 2.5 mm FCWD = 2.5 – 3.0 mm
18. X-joint Two sides SAW9) 14 – 30 mmβ1 = 45°β2 = 15°C = 3.0 – 8.0 mm4)
No root gap
19. U-joint Two sides MMA < 50 mmβ = 10° MIGR = 8.0 mm TIG6)
C = 2.0 – 2.5 mm FCWD = 2.0 – 2.5 mm SAW10)
20. Double U-joint Two sides SAW9) > 20 mmβ = 15°R = 8.0 mmC = 4.0 – 8.0 mm4)
4) A root land of 5 mm and above may require the torch to be angled towards the direction of travel, 4) see ”Width and depth” in chapter 4.6) Normally only for the first 1 – 3 runs. Followed by MIG, FCW, MMA or SAW.8) A thickness above 20 mm can be prepared as an asymmetrical X-joint.
09) TIG or MMA can be used for root runs. Grinding from the back. C = 3.0 mm.10) SAW can be used for fill and cap passes.
β2
C
D
β1
β
DC
Rt
β
C
R
β2
C
β1
Joint preparations Table 7.1
No. and joint type Sides Method Thickness
21. Fillet weld One or MMA > 2 mmNo root gap two sides MIGA ≈ 0.7 x t TIG
FCW
22. Half V-joint One side MMA 4 – 16 mmα = 50° MIGC = 1.0 – 2.0 mm TIG6)
D = 2.0 – 4.0 mm FCW
23. Half V-joint Two sides MMA 4 – 16 mmα = 50° MIGC = 1.5 – 2.5 mm TIG6)
D = 2.0 – 3.0 mm FCW
24. Half X-joint One side MMA 14 – 30 mmα = 50° MIGC = 1.0 – 1.5 mm TIG6)
D = 2.0 – 4.0 mm FCW5)
25. Half X-joint Two sides MMA 14 – 30 mmα = 50° MIGC = 1.5 – 2.5 mm TIG6)
D = 2.0 – 3.0 mm FCW
26. Fillet weld Two sides MMA < 2 mmNo root gap MIG
TIGFCW
27. Fillet weld Two sides MMA 2 – 4 mmD = 2.0 – 2.5 mm MIG
TIGFCW
87
Edge preparation
α
t2
C
Dt1
5) Welding performed against ceramic backing (round type).6) Normally only for the first 1 – 3 runs. Followed by MIG, FCW, MMA or SAW.
A
t1
t2
αD
t2
t1
C
D
Joint preparations Table 7.1
No. and joint type Sides Method Thickness
28. Half V-joint One side MMA 4 – 12 mmα = 50° MIGC = 1.5 – 2.5 mm TIG6)
D = 2.0 – 4.0 mm FCW5)
29. Half V-joint Two sides MMA 4 – 16 mmα = 50° MIGC = 1.5 – 2.5 mm TIG6)
D = 1.5 – 2.5 mm FCW
30. K-joint Two sides MMA 14 – 30 mm8)
β = 50° MIGC = 2.0 – 2.5 mm TIG6)
D = 2.0 – 4.0 mm FCW
31. Half V-joint 7) One side MMA > 4 mmα = 50° MIGC = 1.0 – 2.0 mm TIG6)
D = 2.0 – 3.0 mm FCW
32. Half pipe One side MMA 4 – 16 mmα = 45° MIGC = 1.5 – 2.0 mm TIGD = 1.0 – 2.0 mm FCW
88
Edge preparation
5) Welding performed against ceramic backing (round type).6) Normally only for the first 1 – 3 runs. Followed by MIG, FCW, MMA or SAW.7) For openings such as manways, viewports and nozzles.8) A thickness above 20 mm can be prepared as an asymmetrical X-joint.
α
D
C
C
D
β
α
CD
α
CD
8989
Shielding and backing gases
8 Shielding and backing gases
Shielding gas functionShielding gas plays an extremely importantrole in most arc welding methods. It has twomain functions. One of these is to protect thearc and weld pool from the surrounding air.This protection prevents the oxygen in the air oxidising the weld pool and heated metal.Similarly, other elements in the air (e.g.hydrogen and nitrogen) are also preventedfrom having a negative impact, for example,weld embrittlement, porosity and cracking inthe weld. In the heat-affected zone, hydrogenmay even embrittle the parent metal.
The second function is the promotion ofstable metal transfer through the arc. Besidesthis, the composition of the shielding gas alsoinfluences weld geometry, weld bead appearance, welding speed, the burn-off ofalloying elements, corrosion resistance andmechanical properties. Each component ofthe shielding gas affects weld metal properties in different ways. Thus, differentcombinations of gases are chosen for differentmetals and welding methods.
Shielding gas componentsArgonBecause it is an inert gas, argon (Ar) does notreact in the welding process. Consequently, it does not promote oxidation or affect the chemical composition of the weld metal. For this reason, argon is widely used as thebase gas in most of the shielding gases usedfor stainless steel welding in Europe. The argon arc is very directional with a tendency to give finger-shaped penetrationinto the workpiece.
HeliumHelium (He) is also an inert gas. Comparedto argon, it has a higher ionisation potentialand thermal conductivity. This results in a
higher energy arc of a different shape. Arcstability is better and penetration is widerand bowl-shaped.
The higher energy arc also enables higherwelding speeds. This is particularly beneficialin automatic welding. At the same time, thehigher energy also means there is increasedheat input. This must be taken into consideration when welding thin gauges orwhen welding fully austenitic steels that aremore prone to precipitation of secondaryphases.
In Europe, the helium content in both binary and tertiary shielding gas mixtures istypically 20 – 40%. The positive effect ofusing a lower content is small. In NorthAmerica, helium (rather than argon) is widely used as the base gas.
Carbon dioxide and oxygenCarbon dioxide (CO2) and oxygen (O2), bothstrong oxidising agents, are added to the basegas to stabilise the arc and ensure smoothmetal transfer.
The oxidising effect of oxygen is two tothree times stronger than that of carbon dioxide. Consequently, it is also responsiblefor higher losses of alloying elements in thearc. Thus, the oxygen content of argon-based shielding gas mixtures is normally somewhatlower than the carbon dioxide content (i.e. 1 – 2% O2 as opposed to 2 – 3% CO2).
The addition of 2 – 3% CO2 to the argonbase gives a slightly wider weld with lesspenetration.
Strongly dependent on the welding parameters, carbon dioxide can also promotean addition or pick-up of carbon to the weldmetal. A carbon pick-up as high as 0.02% canoccur when using 3% CO2 in spray modeMIG welding (see figure 8.1). This factormust be given special consideration whenwelding extra low carbon (ELC) steels.
90
Shielding and backing gases
Pick-up when using dip transfer or pulsedarc MIG is much less and is normally not aproblem.
NitrogenBesides improving tensile strength, nitrogen(N2) also has a beneficial effect on resistanceto pitting and crevice corrosion. Nitrogen canbe advantageously added when weldingnitrogen alloyed steels such as Outokumpu 2205 (S32205), SAF 2507 (S32750) and 254 SMO (S31254).
The addition of up to 2% nitrogen in abinary or tertiary gas mixture will raise thepartial pressure of nitrogen above the weldpool. This helps to control the nitrogen content in the weld. The addition of nitrogenalso compensates for losses in the arc duringthe welding of nitrogen alloyed steels.
HydrogenWith an effect several times greater than thatof helium, hydrogen (H2) increases arc energyand gives a more constricted arc. Penetrationand weld pool fluidity are thus improvedand travel speed can, as a result, be increased. An addition of up to 5% H2 can beused in the TIG welding of austenitic steels.A higher content may cause porosity in theweld metal. When welding martensitic andferritic steels, the addition of hydrogen is not normally recommended – the combination ofdissolved hydrogen and high ferrite content
can cause hydrogen cracking. This is generallynot a problem when welding duplex steels.However, hydrogen must not be added whenwelding thick gauge duplex steels.
Hydrogen is a strong reducing agent andminimises the amount of oxidation on theweld bead surface.
Nitrogen monoxideA small addition (0.03%) of nitrogen monoxide (NO) reduces the emission of ozonefrom the weld zone. This is beneficial for thewelder’s health and the environment at large.Especially when MIG welding, nitrogenmonoxide may also improve arc stability.
Nitrogen monoxide is used in some commercial shielding gases for TIG and MIGwelding.
Backing gasesUnless pickling is possible, an inert gas backing must be used when non-fluxing processes are employed for the root runs ofsingle-sided welds. The backing providesprotection against oxidation. If no, or inadequate, protection is provided, the penetration bead and surrounding parentmetal will, at the very least, be badly oxidised.Further probable consequences are that thepenetration bead will not form correctly andthat it will be unacceptably porous. The neteffect is the serious impairment of the weldzone’s corrosion performance and structuralstability (see figure 8.2).
Figure 8.1. Carbon pick-up in austenitic weld metal
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.01
00 2 4 6 8 10
% CO2 in shielding gas
%C
inw
eld
met
al
Figure 8.2. Single-sided butt weld without backing gas
% C in weld metal% C in plate% C in consumable
91
Shielding gases for MIG welding Table 8.1
Parent metal Shielding gas
Ferritic and 1. Ar + 1 – 2% O2 ormartensitic 1. Ar + 2 – 3% CO2
Standard austenitic 1. Ar + 1 – 2% O2 or(304, 316, etc.) 1. Ar + 2 – 3% CO2
2. Ar + 30% He + 1 – 3% CO2
Fully austenitic 1. Ar + 30% He + 1 – 3% CO2(254 SMO, etc.) 2. Ar
Duplex 1. Ar + 30% He + 1 – 3% CO2(LDX 2101, 2304, 2. Ar + 1 – 2% O2 or2205, etc) 2. Ar + 2 – 3% CO2
Super duplex 1. Ar + 30% He + 1 – 3% CO2(2507, etc) 2. Ar
3. Ar + 30% He + 1 – 2% N22. + 1 – 2% CO2
Nickel base alloys and 1. Arhigh temp steels 2. Ar + 30% He + 1 – 3% CO2(625, 800 etc)
Shielding and backing gases
For reasons of simplicity and practicality, itis most common to use the same gas for bothbacking and shielding. However, the lowestlevels of oxidation are obtained using a backing gas that is a mixture of nitrogen and hydrogen (a so-called Formier gas), e.g.90% N2 + 10% H2. Without any risk of hydrogen pick-up by the weld metal, this gascan also be used as the backing gas whenwelding duplex steels.
When argon is used as the purging gas, itmust be remembered that the system willpurge from the bottom (argon is denser thanair). Thus, the purge vent pipe must be at thetop. The reverse is true where helium (less dense than air) is used for purging. The ventpipe must then be at the bottom.
Shielding gases for MIG weldingMIG welding is normally carried out usingan argon-based shielding gas. To stabilise thearc, there is an addition of 1 – 2% oxygen or 2 – 3% carbon dioxide. Higher contents ofthese gases will increase oxidation of theweld bead. The addition of carbon dioxidewill also increase carbon pick-up. The use ofcarbon dioxide has a positive effect whenposition welding with short or pulsed arctransfer.
The addition of up to 30% helium increasesarc energy. This improves fluidity and arc stability. It may also enable significantlyincreased travel speed.
Table 8.1 lists (in order of recommendation)the shielding gases generally used in the MIGwelding of most common stainless steels.
Figure 8.3. A purge insert
When welding pipes, a purge insert (seefigure 8.3) is often used to help minimise oxygen levels. Alternatively, the pipe ends aresometimes closed using cardboard or tape. To minimise oxygen content in the enclosure,it should be flushed at least seven times. A volume of purging gas equal to the volumeof the enclosure should be used in eachflushing. The aim is the minimum possibleoxygen content. In all cases, 50 ppm shouldbe seen as a maximum. Preferably, thereshould be a flow of purging gas throughoutthe welding sequence. This applies evenwhen welding multiple runs.
There has been much discussion of the acceptance criteria for welds made in theabove way. In general, welds with a straw-yellow colour can be accepted. Such a colourcan only be achieved when the oxygen contentin the purging gas is very low. It has beenshown that an oxygen content of 60 – 100 ppmcan leave a dark oxide on the weld. The weldis normally rejected in this case.
9292
Shielding and backing gases
Figure 8.4. Critical pitting temperatures for TIG welded duplex 2205
Tem
per
atu
re,°C
40
35
30
25
20
15
10 Ar
(No
fille
r)
Ar
Ar
+2%
N2
Ar
+3%
N2
General guidelines:• The gas flow for manual TIG welding is
typically 4 – 8 l/min.• The gas flow for automatic welding is
higher, up to 15 l/min.• With large diameter nozzles, gas flow
should be at the high end of the range.• Porosity may result if the gas flow is either
too low or too high.• TIG welding is sensitive to draughts.
Suitable draught exclusion must be provided when welding in susceptible locations, e.g. on-site or in large, open halls.
Shielding gases for TIG welding Table 8.2
Parent metal Shielding gas
Ferritic and 1. Ar martensitic
Standard austenitic 1. Ar(304, 316, etc.) 2. Ar + 2 – 5% H2 or
2. Ar + 1 – 5% H2 + 10 – 30% He
Fully austenitic 1. Ar(254 SMO, etc.) 2. Ar + 1 – 5% H2 + 10 – 30% He
3. Ar + 2% N2 + 10 – 30% He
Duplex 1. Ar + 2% N2 + 10 – 30% He(LDX 2101, 2304, 2. Ar2205, 2507, etc)
Nickel base alloys 1. Ar and high temp 2. Ar + 2 – 5% H2 orsteels (625, 800 etc) 2. Ar + 1 – 5% H2 + 10 – 30% He
General guidelines:• The gas flow for manual MIG welding is
typically 12 – 16 l/min.• The gas flow for automatic welding is
higher, up to 20 l/min.• With large diameter nozzles, gas flow
should be at the high end of the range.• Porosity may result if the gas flow is either
too low or too high.• MIG welding is sensitive to draughts.
When welding outdoors, suitable draught exclusion must be provided for the weld.
Shielding gases for TIG weldingTIG welding is normally performed usingpure argon (minimum 99.99%) as the shielding gas. In special applications wherean extremely low content of impurities isessential, the argon may be even purer(99.995%). The addition of helium (up to30%) or hydrogen (up to 2%) increases arcenergy and gives increased penetration as well as a smoother weld bead. Further-more, welding speed can be increased by upto 50%.
When welding nitrogen alloyed stainlesssteels such as Outokumpu 2205 orOutokumpu 254 SMO, the addition of up to2% nitrogen can be advantageous. Comparedto welding with a pure argon shielding gas,this improves corrosion resistance (see figure8.4). A nitrogen content above 2% contributespositively to pitting resistance. However, as italso increases tungsten electrode wear, it isnot to be recommended in the majority ofcases.
Table 8.2 lists the shielding gases generallyused in the TIG welding of most commonstainless steels.
9393
Shielding and backing gases
Shielding gases for FCAWThe most frequently used shielding gas forflux cored arc welding is argon with an addition of 15 – 25% CO2 (carbon dioxide).With a minimum of spatter, this gives goodarc stability and slag control.
Welding can also be performed using a100% CO2 shielding gas. This substantiallyreduces arc stability. Consequently, there isincreased spatter and reduced control of theweld pool.
Due to increased carbon pick-up in theweld, a high carbon dioxide content is notnormally suitable for welding stainless steels.However, FCAW provides an exception –each droplet in the arc is covered with slagand is thus protected from the surroundingatmosphere and shielding gas (see figure 8.5).
Table 8.3 lists (in order of recommendation)the shielding gases generally used in the fluxcored arc welding of most common stainlesssteels.
Shielding gases for PAWThe plasma and shielding gases used in plasma arc welding are normally either pureargon or argon with an addition of up to 5%hydrogen. The addition of hydrogen improves weld bead appearance and enableshigher welding speeds. An addition of 20 – 30% helium increases arc energy. Thisimproves fluidity and travel speed can thusbe increased. For high-alloy steel grades, theaddition of 1 – 2% nitrogen improves corrosion resistance.
As in TIG welding, pure argon or a Formiergas (e.g. 90% N2 + 10% H2) should be used asthe backing gas.
Table 8.4 lists (in order of recommendation)the shielding gases generally used in theplasma arc welding of most commonstainless steels.
Shielding gases for FCAW Table 8.3
Parent metal Shielding gas
Ferritic and 1. Ar + 16 – 25% CO2martensitic 2. 100% CO2
Standard austenitic 1. Ar + 16 – 25% CO2(304, 316, etc.) 2. 100% CO2
Duplex 1. Ar + 16 – 25% CO2(LDX 2101, 2304, 2. 100% CO22205, etc)
General guidelines:• The gas flow for FCA welding is typically
20 – 25 l/min.• Porosity may result if the gas flow is either
too low or too high. • The gas flow should be around, or slightly
below, 20 l/min when welding in the vertical-up and overhead positions.
• A somewhat higher voltage (+3V) should be used when welding Outokumpu 2205.
• A somewhat higher voltage (+3V) should be used when the shielding gas is 100% CO2.
General guidelines:• The plasma gas flow for PAW is typically
3 – 7 l/min.• The shielding gas flow is typically 10 – 15
l/min.
Shielding gases for PAW Table 8.4
Parent metal Plasma gas Shielding gas
Austenitic 1. Ar or Ar + 5% H2 Ar or the same2. Ar + 20 – 30% He as the plasma3. Ar + 20 – 30% He3. + 1 – 2% N2
Duplex 1. Ar Ar or the same2. Ar + 20 – 30% He as the plasma3. Ar + 20 – 30% He3. + 1 – 2% N2
94
Shielding and backing gases
Figure 8.5. Slag protection around the droplet in FCAW
Shielding gases for laser weldingLaser welding can be carried out with pureargon, nitrogen or helium or mixtures ofthese gases. If corrosion resistance is of minorimportance welding in air has given acceptableresults.
To ensure high-quality welds when using aCO2 laser or a Nd:YAG laser, a shielding gasis required. Because interaction between thebeam and the shielding gas affects heat transfer to the workpiece, the choice of shielding gas in CO2 laser welding is critical.Pure argon is the normal shielding gas.However, where high laser powers are used,the addition of helium is beneficial. As thereis little or no interaction between shieldinggases and the wavelength of the Nd:YAGlaser, argon, which is relatively cheap, is normally used.
Shielding gases for laser hybrid weldingLaser hybrid welding with a CO2 laser hasdemonstrated that the shielding gas does notneed to contain helium. It is sufficient that aminimum of 30% helium is added via theMIG/MAG nozzle. For Nd:YAG laser hybridwelding, a mixture of Ar + 30 – 35% He + 2 – 5% CO2 can advantageously be used.The mixture is added via the MIG/MAGnozzle. The addition of helium improves process stability and gives smooth welds.
9595
Post-weld cleaning
IntroductionA stainless steel surface should appear clean,smooth and faultless. This is obvious whenthe steel is used for such purposes as façadesor in applications with stringent hygienicrequirements, but a fine surface finish is alsocrucial to corrosion resistance.
Stainless steel is protected from corrosionby a thin, impervious, invisible surface layer– the passive layer – that consists mainly of chromium oxide. The oxygen content of theatmosphere or aerated aqueous solutions isnormally sufficient to create and maintainthis passive layer. Unfortunately, surfacedefects and imperfections introduced duringmanufacturing operations may drasticallydisturb this “self-healing” process and reduceresistance to several types of local corrosion.This means that a final cleaning process willoften be required to restore an acceptable surface quality with regard to hygiene andcorrosion.
The extent of and methods for post-manufacture treatment will be determined by the corrosivity of the environment, the corrosion resistance of the steel grade, hygienic requirements (e.g. in the pharma-ceutical and food industries) or by purely aesthetic considerations. Considerationmust also be paid to local environmental requirements. Both chemical and mechanicalcleaning methods are available. Good design,planning and methods of manufacture canreduce the need for finishing work and thusreduce costs. The influence of defects, andultimately their removal, must be consideredwhen manufacturing to specifications thatrelate to certain surface quality requirements.
Typical defectsHeat tint and oxide scaleHigh temperature oxidation, caused by processes such as heat treatment or welding, Figure 9.1. Surface defects
9 Post-weld cleaning of stainless steel
produces an oxide layer with inferior protective properties, compared with those ofthe original passive layer. A correspondingchromium depletion in the metal immediatelybelow the oxide also occurs. The chromium-depleted zone under normal welding heattint is very thin and can normally be removedtogether with the tint. It is, however, necessaryto remove this layer in order to completelyrestore corrosion resistance.
Weld defectsIncomplete penetration, undercut, pores, slaginclusions, weld spatter and arc strikes aretypical examples of weld defects.
These defects have negative effects onmechanical properties, resistance to local corrosion and make it difficult to maintain aclean surface. The defects must therefore beremoved, normally by grinding, althoughsometimes repair welding is also necessary.
Iron contaminationIron particles can originate from machining,cold forming and cutting tools, blastinggrits/sand or grinding discs contaminatedwith lower alloyed material, transport orhandling in mixed manufacture, or simplyfrom iron-containing dust. These particlescorrode in humid air and damage the passivelayer. Larger particles may also cause crevices. Reduced corrosion resistance willresult in both cases. This type of corrosion
Parent material
Weld metal
Residual slag UndercutTarnish
Spatter
OrganiccontaminantsIron
contamination
96
Post-weld cleaning
produces unsightly discoloration and mayalso contaminate media used in the equipment in question. Iron contaminationcan be detected using the ferroxyl test.
Rough surfaceUneven weld beads and grinding or blastingtoo heavily will result in rough surfaces. A rough surface collects deposits more easily,thereby increasing the risk of both corrosionand product contamination. Heavy grindingalso introduces high tensile stresses, whichincrease the risk of stress corrosion crackingand pitting corrosion. There is a maximumallowed surface roughness (Ra-value) formany applications, and manufacturing methods that result in rough surfaces shouldgenerally be avoided.
Organic contaminationOrganic contaminants in the form of grease,oil, paint, footprints, glue residues and dirtcan cause crevice corrosion in aggressiveenvironments, render surface pickling activities ineffective, and pollute productshandled in the equipment. Organic contaminants should be removed using a suitable pre-cleaning/degreasing agent (chlorine-free). In simple cases, a high-pressure water jet can be used.
Cleaning proceduresDifferent chemical and mechanical methods,and sometimes a combination of both, can be used to remove the defects mentioned.Generally, cleaning based on chemical methods can be expected to produce superiorresults since most effective mechanical methods tend to produce a rougher surfacewhilst chemical cleaning methods reduce the risk of surface contamination. Local regulations in respect of environmental andindustrial safety as well as waste disposalproblems may, however, limit their application.
Mechanical methodsGrindingGrinding is normally the only method thatcan be used to remove defects and deepscratches. A grinding disc is usually adequatefor treating defects of this type. The grindingmethods used should never be rougher thannecessary, and a flapper wheel is often sufficient for removing weld tint or surfacecontamination.
The following points must always be considered:• Use the correct grinding tools – self-
sharpening, iron-free discs should always be used for stainless steel – and never use discs that have previously been used for grinding low-alloy steels.
• Avoid producing a surface that is too rough. Rough grinding with a 40 – 60 grit disc should always be followed by fine grinding using, for example, a higher grit mop or belt to obtain a surface finish corresponding to grit 180 or better. Ifsurface requirements are very exacting, polishing may be necessary.
• Do not overheat the surface. Apply less pressure when grinding in order to avoid creating further heat tint.
• Always check that the entire defect has been removed.
BlastingSand and grit blasting (peening) can be usedto remove high temperature oxide as well asiron contamination. However, care must betaken to ensure that the sand (preferably ofolivine type) or grit is perfectly clean. Theblasting material must therefore not havebeen previously used for carbon steel; norshould the sand or grit be too old, since itbecomes increasingly polluted, even if it hasonly been used for blasting contaminatedstainless steel surfaces. The surface roughnessis the limiting factor for these methods. Usinglow pressure and a small angle of approach,a satisfactory result can be achieved for mostapplications. For the removal of heat tint,
97
Post-weld cleaning
Chemical methodsChemical methods can remove high temperature oxide and iron contaminationwithout damaging the surface finish.Electropolishing may improve the surfacefinish. Since they remove the surface layer by controlled corrosion, chemicals will also selectively remove the least corrosion-resistant areas such as the chromium-depleted zones.
After the removal of organic contaminants,the following procedures are commonly used.
PicklingPickling is the most common chemical procedure used to remove oxides and ironcontamination. Thorough rinsing with cleantap water must follow pickling. The waterquality requirements, including acceptablechloride content, increase with the surfacerequirements. Pickling normally involvesusing an acid mixture containing 8 – 20% (by volume) nitric acid (HNO3) and 0.5 – 5%(by volume) hydrofluoric acid (HF). Chloride-containing agents such as hydrochloric acid(HCl) should be avoided, since there is anobvious risk of pitting corrosion.
The effectiveness of pickling depends on thefollowing factors:• The surface. This must be free of organic
contamination.• The temperature. The effectiveness of the
acids increases strongly with temperature. This means, for example, that the pickling rate can be increased considerably by increasing the temperature. There are, however, upper temperature limits that must also be considered.
• The composition and concentration of the acid mixture.
•The steel grade. Highly alloyed grades need a more aggressive acid mixture and/orhigher temperature in order to avoid an excessively long pickling time. See table 9.1.The steels have been divided into three groups. The pickleability of these steel grades ranges from 1 (light) to 4 (heavy).
shot peening using smooth glass beads produces a good surface finish and introduces compressive stresses which improve stress corrosion cracking resistanceand resistance to fatigue.
BrushingFor the removal of heat tint, brushing usingstainless steel or nylon brushes usually provides a satisfactory result. These methodsdo not cause any serious roughening of thesurface, but do not guarantee complete removal of the chromium-depleted zone. As regards the other mechanical methods, the risk of contamination is high, and it is therefore important that clean tools that havenot been used for processing carbon steels areused.
SummaryA final mechanical cleaning stage following atypical manufacturing programme could beas follows: • Removal of welding defects by grinding.• Removal of material affected by high
temperatures and, if possible, removal of iron impurities. The surface must not become unacceptably rough.
• Removal of organic contaminants.• A final acid treatment – passivation/
decontamination – is strongly recommended. A thorough rinsing with fresh water, preferably using a high-pressure water jet must follow the acid treatment. In exceptional cases, however, rinsing by high-pressure water jet only may suffice as the final treatment.
Stainless steel grades and their pickleability Table 9.1
Group International Outokumpu Outokumpu Pickle-steel number/name steel name chemical composition, typical % ability*EN ASTM C Cr Ni Mo Others
1 1.4301 304 4301 0.04 18.1 8.3 – – 11.4401 316 4401 0.04 17.2 10.2 2.1 – 21.4404 316L 4404 0.02 17.2 10.1 2.1 – 21.4571 316Ti 4571 0.04 16.8 10.9 2.1 Ti 21.4436 316 4436 0.04 16.9 10.7 2.6 – 2
2 1.4162 S32101 LDX 2101® 0.03 21.5 1.5 0.3 5 Mn 31.4362 S32304 2304 0.02 23 4.8 0.3 – 31.4462 S32205 2205 0.02 22 5.7 3.1 – 31.4439 S31726 4439 0.02 17.8 12.7 4.1 – 31.4539 904L 904L 0.01 20 25 4.3 1.5 Cu 3
3 1.4410 S32750 SAF 2507® 0.02 25 7 4 – 41.4547 S31254 254 SMO® 0.01 20 18 6.1 Cu 41.4565 S34565 4565 0.02 24 17 4.5 5.5 Mn 4
98
Post-weld cleaning
• The thickness and type of the oxide layer.This depends largely on the welding procedure used. Welding using an effectiveshielding gas will produce a minimum of weld oxides. Such a gas should be as free of oxygen as possible. For further information, see chapter 8, “Shielding gases”. Mechanical pre-treatment to break or remove the oxide might be advisable, particularly when pickling highly alloyed steel grades.
• The surface finish. A rough hot rolled surface may be harder to pickle than a smooth cold rolled one.
A number of different pickling methods canbe used: • Pickling in a bath is a convenient method
if suitable equipment is available. The composition of the acid mixture and thebath temperature (20 – 65°C) are chosenwith regard to the stainless steel grade andthe type of heat oxide. Overpickling, resulting in a rough surface, may result when pickling the lowest alloyed stainless grades at excessive temperatures. The effectiveness of pickling is influenced notonly by the acid concentration and the
temperature, but also by the free metal content (mainly iron) in the bath. An increased iron content requires a higher bath temperature. A rough guideline is thatthe free iron (Fe) content measured in g/l should not exceed the bath temperature (°C). When metal contents in the bath reachexcessive levels (40 – 50 g/l), the bath solution can be partially or totally emptied out and fresh acid added.
• Pickling with pickling paste. Pickling paste for stainless steels consists of an acid mixture (normally HF/HNO3) with added binding agents. It is suitable for pickling limited areas, e.g. weld-affected zones. It is normally applied using an acid-resistant brush. The paste is not effective at low temperatures (5 – 10°C). The risk of overpickling at high temperatures is lessthan when using bath pickling. A greater risk is that of the paste drying out due toevaporation, resulting in reduced picklingeffect and rinsing difficulties. Objects should therefore not be pickled at temperatures higher than 40°C or in direct sunlight. Rinsing with water should becarried out before the paste dries. Even if, for environmental and practical reasons,
* The pickleability of the steel grades ranges from 1 (light) to 4 (heavy).
99
Post-weld cleaning
neutralisation of the pickling paste is carried out on the metal surface, a thoroughrinsing with water is vital.
• Pickling with pickling solution. Picklingsolutions (or pickling gels in spray form) are normally mixtures of nitric and hydro-fluoric acids (phosphoric acid can be used for light pickling), with binding agents and surface-active agents to obtain good thixo-tropy and the right viscosity. Solutions and gels in spray form are suitable for pickling large surfaces, e.g. when the removal of iron contamination is also desired.
SummaryA final pickling/cleaning operation followinga typical manufacturing programme could be:• Grinding for removal of defects caused by
welding. It is important that slag is removed after welding.
• Removal of organic contamination. • Pickling using a bath, paste or solution,
possibly in combination with a careful mechanical treatment to break oxides.
• A thorough rinsing with water, preferably using a high-pressure water jet.
ElectropolishingElectropolishing does not remove areas ofinferior corrosion resistance. However, bypolishing microtips from the surface, it doesgive materials a fine lustre. It also gives aneven microprofile that meets extremelystringent hygienic requirements. For thesereasons, electropolishing is normally used asa final treatment after pickling.
Passivation and decontaminationTraditional passivating solutions are based onnitric acid. From both a handling and anenvironmental point of view, this has the disadvantage of being hazardous. However,Avesta Finishing Chemicals has developed anew passivating agent that, without sacrificingefficiency, has less impact on the enviroment.Passivating solutions are applied by immersion or spraying. Treatment strengthens
Figure 9.2. Pickling offers better results than alternative surface treatments such as grinding and polishing
Grinding Polishing Pickling
the passive layer. It is particularly importantafter mechanical cleaning and operationsinvolving a risk of iron contamination. This isbecause the agent also removes iron impuritiesfrom the surface. Consequently, the methodcould also be referred to as decontamination.
Choice of methodThe choice of method and the extent of finalcleaning required will depend on the need forcorrosion resistance, hygienic considerations(pharmaceuticals, foodstuffs) or whethervisual appearance is the sole criterion. Theroutine removal of welding defects, weldingoxides, organic substances and iron contaminants is normally a basic requirementand usually allows a comparatively free choiceof final treatment. Provided that the surfaceroughness so permits, both mechanical andchemical methods can be used. However, ifan entirely mechanical cleaning method isconsidered, the manufacturing stage has to bevery well planned in order to avoid iron contamination, since decontamination, probably with nitric acid, will otherwise benecessary.
When requirements as to surface finish andcorrosion resistance are exacting, the choiceof method is more critical. A treatment sequence based on pickling will in such casesprovide the best chances of a superior result.
Avesta BAT products Application
GreenOne™ Pickling Paste 120BlueOne™ Pickling Paste 130 Post-weld treatmentRedOne™ Pickling Paste 140
GreenOne™ Pickling Spray 220BlueOne™ Pickling Spray 230 Surface treatmentBlueOne™ Pickling Spray 240
FinishOne™ Passivator 630 Passivation
100
Post-weld cleaning
Avesta BAT productsIn order to create a safer work environment,ISO 14000 and EC directive 96/61 require theuse of environmental management systemsand best available techniques (BAT).
ISO 14000 focuses primarily on environmental management, i.e. what anorganisation must do to:– Minimise any harmful effects its operationshave on the environment.– Continually improve its environmental performance.
To ensure a high level of overall environmental protection, BAT must necessarily cover both the technology usedand the way in which an installation is operated. The balance between costs andenvironmental benefits is a prime consideration in BAT.
20%
0%
Pickling time (minutes)
40%
60%
80%
Relative NOx levels
100%
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Figure 9.3. NOx reduction with Avesta BAT products
As part of its BAT initiatives, AvestaFinishing Chemicals has developed a uniquerange of pickling products. By considerablyreducing nitrous fumes during pickling andpassivating, these have positive impacts onsafety and the environment.
Standard Pickling Paste/SprayRedOneTM Pickling Paste/SprayBlueOneTM Pickling Paste/SprayGreenOneTM Pickling Paste/Spray
101
Moisture pick-up can be harmful for stainlesssteel covered electrodes, FCW and fluxes.Although consumables from Avesta Weldingare supplied in moisture resistant packages,the precautions and measures given beloware still recommended.
StorageCovered electrodes, FCW and fluxes shouldbe stored in their unopened and undamagedoriginal packaging. Failure to do this mayseriously reduce the durability of the consumables.
Storage times should be kept as short aspossible. The “first in – first out” principleshould be observed.
Covered electrodes, flux cored wire andflux should not be stored for more than 5 years. Products over 5 years old should beredried before use. Please contact AvestaWelding if unsure of the production year.Avesta Welding rarely ships any consumablesover 3 years old. Moisture is carefully checked before supplying such consumables.
Covered electrodes and flux should not bestored in direct contact with floors or outerwalls.
Storeroom temperature should be kept aseven as possible (+/–5°C variation). It shouldnot fall below 15°C. Relative humidity shouldnot exceed 50%.
Handling of opened packagesWhenever possible, welding should be carried out at room temperature and lowrelative humidity. Consumables removedfrom storage should be used as quickly aspossible (ideally, never more than one dayafter removal).
Between shifts, it is advisable to reseal unused electrodes or hold them at 60 – 70°C
in a constant temperature, well ventilatedoven. Relative humidity should not exceed50%.
Between shifts, unused welding fluxshould be removed from the welding machine and kept in an oven at 60 – 70°C.If relative humidity exceeds 55%, FCWshould never be left unprotected for morethan 24 hours.
Handling of electrodes in the welding areaElectrodes should be kept as dry as possiblewhen they are being used. If the climate sodemands, they should be kept warm in athermo-container or similar. Another solutionis to choose smaller packages, e.g. quarter orhalf size capsules.
RedryingElectrodes slightly affected by moisture maybe rebaked for approx. 3 hours at 250 – 280°C.Heating and cooling should be carried outslowly. Electrodes can be rebaked up to threetimes with no danger of damaging the coating.
Fluxes slightly affected by moisture may beredried for 2 hours at 250 – 300°C.
FCW slightly affected by moisture may beredried at 80 – 100°C for 24 hours.
10 Storage and handling recommendations forcovered electrodes, flux-cored wire and fluxes
Storage and handling recommendations
NNoottee
The consequences of moisture pick-upare not as serious for stainless steelelectrodes as they are for mild steelelectrodes. Hence, any system for handling the latter is also suitable forstainless steel electrodes.
102
Storage and handling recommendations
103
Quality assurance, approvals and standards
11 Quality assurance, third-party approvals andinternational standards
Quality assuranceAs regards filler metals, European standardEN 13479, “Welding consumables – Generalproduct standard for filler metals and fluxesfor fusion welding of metallic materials”, isthe governing regulation (see figure 11.1).
Amongst other things, EN 13479 governs:EN ISO 544, “Welding consumables – Technicaldelivery conditions for welding filler materials– Type of product, dimensions, tolerancesand markings”; product classifications suchas EN 1600; and, standards for testing. It alsohas links with the quality system standard,EN ISO 9001.
Avesta Welding’s products satisfy EN 13479and the company has ISO 9000:2001 certification. The certifying body is DNV.
All Avesta Welding’s products are suppliedwith a 3.1 certificate. This sets out the chemicalcomposition of the supplied item and the product’s typical yield strength, tensilestrength and elongation values.
Traceability of filler metals is important. It is also a requirement under standards suchas EN 729. Each spool and package fromAvesta Welding carries the product name, lotnumber, standard designation and approvals(if applicable) – see figure 11.3. Each TIG wireand each covered electrode is marked withsteel grade and lot number. In addition, eachpackage also carries a suitable warning text – see chapter 14, “Health and safetywhen welding stainless steels”.
Quality requirements for consumables
EN 1600 EN ISO 14343 EN ISO 17633 EN ISO 14172 EN ISO 18274 EN 760 EN ...
Standard for test methods and quality requirements for consumables
EN 14532-1 EN ISO 14532-2 EN ISO 14532-3
Technical deliveryconditions
EN ISO 544
Testing ofconsumables, e.g.
EN ISO 3690
Testing ofwelds, e.g.
EN 910
Product standard forconsumables
EN 13479
Quality managementsystem
EN ISO 9001
Quality requirements forconsumables
EN 12074
Figure 11.1. Standards governing welding consumables
104
Types of batch (definitions)Applying two different standards,ASME/AWS A5.01-93 and EN ISO 14344,Avesta Welding manufactures two differenttypes of batches (also referred to as lots),“standard” and “atom”.
Standard batches are manufactured as perClass C3. “A Class C3 lot of covered electrodesis the quantity (not exceeding 45,000 kg) ofany one size and classification produced in 24 hours of consecutively scheduled production.” Coating composition is checkedand controlled by chemical analysis. Corewire composition is checked and controlledby chemical analysis of the raw materialsused. For each wet mix, the final chemicalcomposition of the electrode (all-weld metal)is tested and has to fall within the acceptancelimits. Where core wires from different heats(batches) have been used in a single production run of electrodes, this is shown in the certification system.
“Atom” batches (i.e. batches for use innuclear applications) are manufactured as per Class C5. “A Class C5 lot of covered electrodes is the quantity of one size andclassification produced from one dry blend ofcovering mixture and one heat of core wire.”
Scope of testingAvesta Welding’s standard testing is equivalentto schedule F (ASME/AWS) and schedule 1(EN/ISO) testing.
Third-party approvalsMany Avesta welding consumables haveapprovals from a number of internationallyrecognised classification societies.Individually, these societies work in different
areas of application, e.g. pressure vessels,shipbuilding, pulp and paper.
The following, widely known classificationsocieties are amongst those to have grantedapprovals for Avesta Welding products: CWB (Canadian Welding Bureau), DNV (DetNorske Veritas), DB (Deutsche Bahn), GL(Germanischer Lloyd), LR (Lloyd’s Register),RINA (Registro Italiano Navale) and TÜV(Technischer Überwachungs Verein).
CE markingUnder the European Construction ProductsDirective (CPD), all welding consumablesused in the construction of bridges, beams,facades, cranes, chimneys, etc. must be CEmarked. CE marked products have to bemanufactured in accordance with EN ISO544, EN 13479 and EN 12074. They must alsobe supplied with the CE mark on their labels.CE marked products cannot, however, automatically be used in pressure vessels,nuclear power applications or railway andwharf related structures.
The approvals for each Avesta Weldingproduct are set out in chapter 15, “Productdata sheets”.
Figure 11.2. Materials testing, here in the presence of a third-party inspector, is continuous
Quality assurance, approvals and standards
Tests Class C3 Class C5
Visual inspection X XTest welds X XChemical analyses X XMoisture in coating X XCoating diameter X XCore wire diameter X XTensile test X
105
International standardsWelding consumable manufacturers normallyfollow an international standard when classifying their products. In classifying itsproducts, Avesta Welding uses both the AWS(American Welding Society) and EN (EuropeanNorm) systems. The latter supersedes thestandards systems formerly used in a numberof countries, e.g. BS (United Kingdom), NF(France), DIN (Germany) and SS (Sweden).The two standards adopted by Avesta Weldingset out the classification of welding consumables in respect of:
• chemical composition of all-weld metal• mechanical properties of all-weld metal• type of welding current and welding
position (MMA and FCAW)• standard sizes and lengths• identification and packaging.
For further details about the standards andapprovals referred to in this chapter, pleasecontact Avesta Welding.
Quality assurance, approvals and standards
Figure 11.3. Electrode label
106
Quality assurance, approvals and standards
Guide to EN standards
EN 1600Welding consumables – Covered electrodesfor manual metal arc welding of stainlessand heat resisting steels – Classification
Welding method: E = covered electrodes
Chemical composition: As per table 11.1
Type of covering: R = rutile, B = basic
Metal recovery and type of current:
Welding position:1 = all positions2 = all positions, except vertical-down3 = flat butt weld, flat fillet weld,
horizontal-vertical fillet weld4 = flat butt weld, flat fillet weld5 = vertical-down and as per 3 above
As regards mechanical properties (proofstrength, tensile strength and elongation), the all-weld metal has to satisfy the samerequirements as the parent metal.
The minimum requirements for each product are shown in the product data sheets in chapter 14.
EN ISO 17633Welding consumables – Tubular cored electrodes for metal arc welding with or without a gas shield of stainless and heatresisting steels – Classification
Welding method
Chemical composition
Type of covering
Metal recovery and type of current
Welding position
E 19 12 3 L R 3 4
Welding method
Chemical composition
Type of electrode core
Shielding gas
Welding position
T 19 12 3 L R M 4
Symbol Metal recovery,% Type of current
1 ≤ 105 AC and DC2 ≤ 105 DC3 > 105 ≤ 125 AC and DC4 > 105 ≤ 125 DC5 > 125 ≤ 160 AC and DC6 > 125 ≤ 160 DC7 > 160 AC and DC8 > 160 DC
Welding method:T = tubular cored electrode
Chemical composition:As per table 11.1
Type of electrode core:R = rutile, slow freezing slagP = rutile, fast freezing slagM = metal powderU = self shieldedZ = other types
Shielding gas:M = mixed gas (Ar + addition of CO2)C = pure CO2N = no gas shield
Welding position:1 = all positions2 = all positions, except vertical-down3 = flat butt weld, flat fillet weld,
horizontal-vertical fillet weld4 = flat butt weld, flat fillet weld5 = vertical-down and as per 3 above
As regards mechanical properties (proofstrength, tensile strength and elongation), the all-weld metal has to satisfy the same requirements as the parent metal.
The minimum requirements for each product are shown in the product data sheetsin chapter 14.
107
Quality assurance, approvals and standards
EN 1
600
and
EN
ISO
176
33 (
sele
cted
fill
ers
on
ly)
Ta
ble
11.
1
1600
1207
3C
SiM
nP
SC
rN
iM
oO
ther
Aus
teni
tic19
9x
0.08
1.2
2.0
0.03
00.
025
18.0
– 2
1.0
9.0
– 11
.0–
–19
9 L
xx
0.04
1.2
2.0
0.03
00.
025
18.0
– 2
1.0
9.0
– 11
.0–
–19
9 N
bx
x0.
081.
22.
00.
030
0.02
518
.0 –
21.
09.
0 –
11.0
–N
b 8x
C –
1.1
19 1
2 2
x0.
081.
22.
00.
030
0.02
517
.0 –
20.
010
.0 –
13.
02.
0 –
3.0
–19
12
3 L
xx
0.04
1.2
2.0
0.03
00.
025
17.0
– 2
0.0
10.0
– 1
3.0
2.5
– 3.
0–
19 1
2 3
Nb
xx
0.08
1.2
2.0
0.03
00.
025
17.0
– 2
0.0
10.0
– 1
3.0
2.5
– 3.
0N
b 8x
C –
1.1
19 1
3 4
L N
xx
0.04
1.2
1.0
– 5.
00.
030
0.02
517
.0 –
20.
012
.0 –
15.
03.
0 –
4.5
N 0
.20
Dup
lex
22 9
3 N
Lx
x0.
041.
22.
50.
030
0.02
521
.0 –
24.
07.
5 –
10.5
2.5
– 4.
0N
0.0
8 –
0.20
25 9
4 N
Lx
0.04
1.2
2.5
0.03
00.
025
24.0
– 2
7.0
8.0
– 10
.52.
5 –
4.5
N 0
.20
– 0.
30,
Cu
1.5
Fully
aus
teni
tic18
15
3 L
x0.
041.
21.
0 –
4.0
0.03
00.
025
16.5
– 1
9.5
14.0
– 1
7.0
2.5
– 3.
5 –
18 1
6 5
N L
xx
0.04
1.2
1.0
– 4.
00.
035
0.02
517
.0 –
20.
015
.5 –
19.
03.
5 –
5.0
N 0
.20
20 2
5 5
Cu
N L
x0.
041.
21.
0 –
4.0
0.03
00.
025
19.0
– 2
2.0
24.0
– 2
7.0
4.0
– 7.
0C
u 1.
0 –
2.0,
N 0
.25
25 2
2 2
N L
x0.
041.
21.
0 –
5.0
0.03
00.
025
24.0
– 2
7.0
20.0
– 2
3.0
2.0
– 3.
0N
0.2
027
31
4 C
u L
x0.
041.
22.
50.
030
0.02
526
.0 –
29.
030
.0 –
33.
03.
0 –
4.5
Cu
0.6
– 1.
5Sp
ecia
l typ
es18
8 M
nx
x0.
201.
24.
5 –
7.5
0.03
50.
025
17.0
– 2
0.0
7.0
– 10
.0–
–23
12
Lx
x0.
041.
22.
50.
030
0.02
522
.0 –
25.
011
.0 –
14.
0–
–23
12
Nb
x0.
101.
22.
50.
030
0.02
522
.0 –
25.
011
.0 –
14.
0–
Nb
8xC
– 1
.123
12
2 L
xx
0.04
1.2
2.5
0.03
00.
025
22.0
– 2
5.0
11.0
– 1
4.0
2.0
– 3.
0–
29 9
xx
0.15
1.2
2.5
0.03
50.
025
27.0
– 3
1.0
9.0
– 11
.0–
–H
eat-
resi
stin
g22
12
Hx
x0.
151.
22.
50.
030
0.02
520
.0 –
23.
010
.0 –
13.
0–
–25
20
x0.
06 –
0.2
01.
21.
0 –
5.0
0.03
00.
025
23.0
– 2
7.0
18.0
– 2
2.0
––
108
Quality assurance, approvals and standards
Welding method:G = gas metal arc welding (MIG)W = gas tungsten arc welding (TIG)P = plasma arc welding (PAW)S = submerged arc welding (SAW)
Chemical composition:As per table 11.2
As there are exterior factors such as shieldinggas and flux, the mechanical properties of theall-weld metal are not part of the standard’sclassification. However, proof strength, tensile strength and elongation are expectedto satisfy the minimum requirements applying to covered electrodes.
The minimum requirements for each product are shown in the product data sheets in chapter 14.
Welding method:S = submerged arc welding
Method of manufacture:F = fused fluxA = agglomerated fluxM = mixed flux
Chemical characteristics:MS = manganese-silicateCS = calcium-silicateZS = zirconium-silicateRS = rutile-silicateAR = aluminate-rutileAB = aluminate-basicAS = aluminate-silicateAF = aluminate-fluoride-basicFB = fluoride-basicZ = any other composition
Flux class (application):1 = joint welding and surfacing of unalloyed
and low-alloy steels2 = joint welding and surfacing of stainless
and heat-resistant steels and nickel base alloys
3 = surfacing to give a wear-resistant weld metal
Metallurgical behaviour:Pick-up and/or burn-off of alloying elements(difference between the all-weld metal andthe original composition of the filler wire).For flux class 2, the pick-up of alloying elements other than Si and Mn is indicatedby giving the chemical symbol (e.g. Cr).
Type of current:DC = direct currentAC = alternating current
Hydrogen content (H5, H10 and H15), current capacity (maximum acceptable current) and particle size (smallest and largest size of particle) are additional requirements, but do not form part of the flux designation.
EN ISO 14343Welding consumables – Wire electrodes,wires and rods for arc welding of stainlessand heat-resisting steels – Classification
Welding method
Chemical composition
G 19 12 3 L Si
Welding method
Method of manufacture
Chemical characteristics
Flux class (application)
Metallurgical behaviour
Type of current
S A AF 2 Cr DC
EN 760Welding consumables – Fluxes for submerged arc welding – Classification
109
Quality assurance, approvals and standards
EN IS
O 1
4343
(se
lect
ed f
iller
s o
nly
)
Tab
le 1
1.2
CSi
Mn
PS
Cr
Ni
Mo
Oth
er
Aus
teni
tic19
9 L
Si
0.03
1.2
1.0
– 2.
50.
030.
0219
.0 –
21.
09.
0 –
11.0
––
19 9
Nb
Si0.
081.
21.
0 –
2.5
0.03
0.02
19.0
– 2
1.0
9.0
– 11
.0–
Nb
10xC
– 1
.019
12
3 L
Si0.
031.
21.
0 –
2.5
0.03
0.02
18.0
– 2
0.0
11.0
– 1
4.0
2.5
– 3.
0–
19 1
2 3
Nb
Si0.
081.
21.
0 –
2.5
0.03
0.02
18.0
– 2
0.0
11.0
– 1
4.0
2.5
– 3.
0N
b 10
xC –
1.0
Dup
lex
22 9
3 N
L0.
031.
02.
50.
030.
0221
.0 –
24.
07.
0 –
10.0
2.5
– 4.
0N
0.1
0 –
0.20
25 9
4 N
L0.
031.
02.
50.
030.
0224
.0 –
27.
08.
0 –
10.5
2.5
– 4.
5N
0.2
0 –
0.30
, C
u 1.
5; W
1.0
Fully
aus
teni
tic18
15
3 L
0.03
1.0
1.0
– 4.
00.
030.
0217
.0 –
20.
013
.0 –
16.
02.
5 –
4.0
–18
16
5 N
L0.
031.
01.
0 –
4.0
0.03
0.02
17.0
– 2
0.0
16.0
– 1
9.0
3.5
– 5.
0N
0.1
0 –
0.20
19 1
3 4
L0.
031.
01.
0 –
5.0
0.03
0.02
17.0
– 2
0.0
12.0
– 1
5.0
3.0
– 4.
520
25
5 C
u L
0.03
1.0
1.0
– 5.
00.
030.
0219
.0 –
22.
024
.0 –
27.
04.
0 –
6.0
Cu
1.0
– 2.
025
22
2 N
L0.
031.
03.
5 –
6.5
0.03
0.02
24.0
– 2
7.0
21.0
– 2
4.0
1.5
– 3.
0N
0.1
0 –
0.20
27 3
1 4
Cu
L0.
031.
01.
0 –
3.0
0.03
0.02
26.0
– 2
9.0
30.0
– 3
3.0
3.0
– 4.
5C
u 0.
7 –
1.5
Spec
ial t
ypes
18 8
Mn
Si0.
201.
25.
0 –
8.0
0.03
0.03
17.0
– 2
0.0
7.0
– 10
.0–
–23
12
L0.
030.
651.
0 –
2.5
0.03
0.02
22.0
– 2
5.0
11.0
– 1
4.0
––
23 1
2 N
b0.
081.
01.
0 –
2.5
0.03
0.02
22.0
– 2
5.0
11.0
– 1
4.0
–N
b 10
xC –
1.0
23 1
2 2
L0.
031.
01.
0 –
2.5
0.03
0.02
21.0
– 2
5.0
11.0
– 1
5.5
2.0
– 3.
5–
29 9
0.15
1.0
1.0
– 2.
50.
030.
0228
.0 –
32.
08.
0 –
12.0
––
Hea
t-re
sist
ing
22 1
2 H
0.04
– 0
.15
2.0
1.0
– 2.
50.
030.
0221
.0 –
24.
011
.0 –
14.
0–
–25
20
0.08
– 0
.15
2.0
1.0
– 2.
50.
030.
0224
.0 –
27.
018
.0 –
22.
0–
–
110
Quality assurance, approvals and standards
EN ISO 14172 ”Welding consumables – Covered electrodes for manual metal arc welding of nickel and nickel alloys – Classification”
The classification of covered electrodes isbased on chemical composition. A numericalor a chemical format can be used. For example, an electrode with a composition of67% Ni, 22% Cr, 9% Mo and Nb can have thefollowing designations:
E Ni 6625E = covered electrode Ni 6625 = chemical composition of the
all-weld metal (table 11.3)
The chemical symbol for the principal alloying element (i.e. ”Ni” in this case) is followed by four digits. The first digit indicates the class of alloy deposited:2 = no significant alloy addition.4 = significant copper addition.6 = significant chromium addition, with
iron < 25%.8 = significant chromium addition, with
iron > 25%.10 = significant molybdenum addition
without significant chromium addition.
The remaining digits are the unified numbering system (UNS) designation for the particular alloy.
E NiCr22Mo9NbE = covered electrode NiCr22Mo9Nb = the optimal chemical
composition of the coveredelectrode (table 11.3)
The minimum requirements for each productare shown in the product data sheets in chapter 15.
EN IS
O 1
4172
(se
lect
ed f
iller
s o
nly
)
Tab
le 1
1.3
Allo
y d
esig
nat
ion
CSi
Mn
Cr
Ni
Mo
Cu
FeO
ther
Ni 6
082
NiC
r20M
n3N
b0.
100.
82.
0 –
6.0
18.0
– 2
2.0
> 6
3.0
2.0
0.5
4.0
Ti <
0.5
; N
b 1.
5 –
3.0
NI 6
059
NiC
r25M
o16
0.02
0.2
1.0
22.0
– 2
4.0
> 5
6.0
15.0
– 1
6.5
–1.
5–
Ni 6
625
NiC
r22M
o9N
b0.
100.
82.
020
.0 –
23.
0>
55.
08.
0 –
10.0
0.5
7.0
Nb
3.0
– 4.
2; A
l, Ti
< 0
.4N
I 601
2N
iCr2
2Mo9
0.03
0.7
1.0
20.0
– 2
3.0
> 5
8.0
8.5
– 10
.50.
53.
5N
b <
1.5
; A
l, Ti
< 0
.4
P <
0.0
20%
, S
< 0
.015
%
111
Quality assurance, approvals and standards
EN ISO 18274”Welding consumables – Wire and stripelectrodes, wires and rods for arc weldingof nickel and nickel alloys – Classification”
The classification of wire and strip electrodesis based on chemical composition. A numerical or a chemical format can be usedfor the alloys. For example, a wire with acomposition of 67% Ni, 22% Cr, 9% Mo andNb can have the following designations:
S Ni 6625S = round solid wireB = solid stripNi 6625 = the UNS designation for the
chemical composition of the welding consumable (table 11.4)
The chemical symbol for the principal alloyingelement (i.e. ”Ni” in this case) is followed byfour digits. The first digit indicates the classof alloy deposited:2 = no significant alloy addition.4 = significant copper addition.6 = significant chromium addition, with
iron < 25%.8 = significant chromium addition, with
iron > 25%.10 = significant molybdenum addition
without significant chromium addition.
S NiCr22Mo9NbS = round solid wireB = solid stripS NiCr22Mo9Nb = the optimal chemical
composition of the welding consumable (table 11.4).
As there are external factors such as shieldinggas and flux, the mechanical properties of theall-weld metal are not part of the standard’sclassification. However, proof strength, tensilestrength and elongation are expected to satisfythe minimum requirements applying to covered electrodes.
The minimum requirements for each productare show in the product data sheets in chapter 15. EN
ISO
182
74 (
sele
cted
fill
ers
on
ly)
Ta
ble
11.
4
Allo
y d
esig
nat
ion
CSi
Mn
Cr
Ni
Mo
Cu
FeO
ther
Ni 6
082
NiC
r20M
n3N
b0.
100.
52.
0 –
3.5
18.0
– 2
2.0
> 6
7.0
–0.
53.
0Ti
< 0
.7;
Nb
2.0
– 3.
0N
I 605
8N
iCr2
5Mo1
60.
020.
20.
522
.0 –
27.
0>
50.
013
.5 –
16.
52.
05.
0–
Ni 6
625
NiC
r22M
o9N
b0.
100.
51.
020
.0 –
23.
0>
58.
08.
0 –
10.0
0.5
5.0
Nb
3.0
– 4.
2; A
l, Ti
< 0
.4N
I 601
2N
iCr2
2Mo9
0.05
0.5
0.5
20.0
– 2
3.0
> 5
8.0
8.5
– 10
.50.
53.
0N
b <
1.5
; A
l, Ti
< 0
.4
P <
0.0
20%
, S
< 0
.015
%
112
AW
S A
5.4M
:200
6 (s
elec
ted
fill
ers
on
ly)
Ta
ble
11.
5
CC
rN
iM
oN
b +
Ta
Mn
SiP
SN
Cu
E307
-XX
0.04
– 0
.14
18.0
– 2
1.5
9.0
– 10
.70.
5 –
1.5
–3.
30 –
4.7
51.
000.
040.
03–
0.75
E308
-XX
0.08
18.0
– 2
1.0
9.0
– 11
.00.
75–
0.5
– 2.
51.
000.
040.
03–
0.75
E308
H-X
X0.
04 –
0.0
818
.0 –
21.
09.
0 –
11.0
0.75
–0.
5 –
2.5
1.00
0.04
0.03
–0.
75E3
08L-
XX
0.04
18.0
– 2
1.0
9.0
– 11
.00.
75–
0.5
– 2.
51.
000.
040.
03–
0.75
E309
-XX
0.15
22.0
– 2
5.0
12.0
– 1
4.0
0.75
–0.
5 –
2.5
1.00
0.04
0.03
–0.
75E3
09L-
XX
0.04
22.0
– 2
5.0
12.0
– 1
4.0
0.75
–0.
5 –
2.5
1.00
0.04
0.03
–0.
75E3
09N
b-X
X0.
1222
.0 –
25.
012
.0 –
14.
00.
750.
70 –
1.0
00.
5 –
2.5
1.00
0.04
0.03
–0.
75E3
09M
oL-X
X0.
0422
.0 –
25.
012
.0 –
14.
02.
0 –
3.0
–0.
5 –
2.5
1.00
0.04
0.03
–0.
75E3
10-X
X0.
08 –
0.2
025
.0 –
28.
020
.0 –
22.
50.
75–
1.0
– 2.
50.
750.
030.
03–
0.75
E310
Mo-
XX
0.12
25.0
– 2
8.0
20.0
– 2
2.0
2.0
– 3.
0–
1.0
– 2.
50.
750.
030.
03–
0.75
E312
-XX
0.15
28.0
– 3
2.0
8.0
– 10
.50.
75–
0.5
– 2.
51.
000.
040.
03–
0.75
E316
-XX
0.08
17.0
– 2
0.0
11.0
– 1
4.0
2.0
– 3.
0–
0.5
– 2.
51.
000.
040.
03–
0.75
E316
H-X
X0.
04 –
0.0
817
.0 –
20.
011
.0 –
14.
02.
0 –
3.0
–0.
5 –
2.5
1.00
0.04
0.03
–0.
75E3
16L-
XX
0.04
17.0
– 2
0.0
11.0
– 1
4.0
2.0
– 3.
0–
0.5
– 2.
51.
000.
040.
03–
0.75
E317
L-X
X0.
0418
.0 –
21.
012
.0 –
14.
03.
0 –
4.0
–0.
5 –
2.5
1.00
0.04
0.03
–0.
75E3
18-X
X0.
0817
.0 –
20.
011
.0 –
14.
02.
0 –
3.0
6xC
– 1
.00
0.5
– 2.
51.
000.
040.
03–
0.75
E347
-XX
0.08
18.0
– 2
1.0
9.0
– 11
.00.
758x
C –
1.0
00.
5 –
2.5
1.00
0.04
0.03
–0.
75E3
83-X
X0.
0326
.5 –
29.
030
.0 –
33.
03.
2 –
4.2
–0.
5 –
2.5
0.90
0.02
0.02
–0.
6 –
1.5
E385
-XX
0.03
19.5
– 2
1.5
24.0
– 2
6.0
4.2
– 5.
2–
1.0
– 2.
50.
900.
030.
02–
1.2
– 2.
0E2
209-
XX
0.04
21.5
– 2
3.5
8.5
– 10
.52.
5 –
3.5
–0.
5 –
2.0
1.00
0.04
0.03
0.08
– 0
.20
0.75
Quality assurance, approvals and standards
Guide to AWS standards
AWS A5.4M:2006 Stainless Steel Electrodes forShielded Metal Arc Welding
E 308 L - XXE = covered electrodes 308 = chemical composition L = low carbon contentXX = usability classification
Chemical composition:As per table 11.5
Usability classification:-15 = electrodes usable with
DC+ only. Electrodes ≤ 4.00 mm may be used in all positions. The coating is normally of a basic or rutile type.
-16 = electrodes have a rutile coating and are usable with both AC and DC+. Electrodes ≤ 4.00 mm maybe used in all positions.
-17 = electrodes have a rutile-acid coating and a slow freezing slag. Welding can be AC or DC+ in all positions.
-25 = slag system similar to -15 designation, but the dia-meter of the covering is greater. The core wire may be mild steel with allalloying elements in the covering. The electrodes are only suitable for the flat and horizontal positions.
-26 = slag system similar to -16 designation, but the dia-meter of the covering is greater. The core wire may be mild steel with allalloying elements in the covering. The electrodes are only suitable for the flat and horizontal positions.
113
Quality assurance, approvals and standards
AWS A5.9M:2006Bare Stainless SteelWelding Electrodesand Rods
This standard classifiesconsumables for MIG,TIG and SAW (strip andwire).
ER 308 L - SiER = solid wire EQ = strip308 = chemical
compositionL = low carbon
contentSi = high silicon
content (0.65 – 1.00%)
Chemical composition:As per table 11.6
AW
S A
5.9M
:200
6 (s
elec
ted
fill
ers
on
ly)
Ta
ble
11.
6
CC
rN
iM
oN
b +
Ta
Mn
SiP
SN
Cu
ER30
70.
04 –
0.1
419
.5 –
22.
08.
0 –
10.7
0.5
– 1.
5–
3.3
– 4.
750.
30 –
0.6
50.
030.
03–
0.75
ER30
80.
0819
.5 –
22.
09.
0 –
11.0
0.75
–1.
0 –
2.5
0.30
– 0
.65
0.03
0.03
–0.
75ER
308H
0.04
– 0
.08
19.5
– 2
2.0
9.0
– 11
.00.
75–
1.0
– 2.
50.
30 –
0.6
50.
030.
03–
0.75
ER30
8LSi
0.03
19.5
– 2
2.0
9.0
– 11
.00.
75–
1.0
– 2.
50.
65 –
1.0
00.
030.
03–
0.75
ER30
8L0.
0319
.5 –
22.
09.
0 –
11.0
0.75
–1.
0 –
2.5
0.30
– 0
.65
0.03
0.03
–0.
75ER
309
0.12
23.0
– 2
5.0
12.0
– 1
4.0
0.75
–1.
0 –
2.5
0.30
– 0
.65
0.03
0.03
–0.
75ER
309L
0.03
23.0
– 2
5.0
12.0
– 1
4.0
0.75
–1.
0 –
2.5
0.30
– 0
.65
0.03
0.03
–0.
75ER
309L
Mo
0.03
23.0
– 2
5.0
12.0
– 1
4.0
2.0
– 3.
0–
1.0
– 2.
50.
30 –
0.6
50.
030.
03–
0.75
ER30
9Si
0.12
23.0
– 2
5.0
12.0
– 1
4.0
0.75
–1.
0 –
2.5
0.65
– 1
.00
0.03
0.03
–0.
75ER
309L
Si0.
0323
.0 –
25.
012
.0 –
14.
00.
75–
1.0
– 2.
50.
65 –
1.0
00.
030.
03–
0.75
ER31
00.
08 –
0.1
525
.0 –
28.
020
.0 –
22.
50.
75–
1.0
– 2.
50.
30 –
0.6
50.
030.
03–
0.75
ER31
20.
1528
.0 –
32.
08.
0 –
10.5
0.75
–1.
0 –
2.5
0.30
– 0
.65
0.03
0.03
–0.
75ER
316
0.08
18.0
– 2
0.0
11.0
– 1
4.0
2.0
– 3.
0–
1.0
– 2.
50.
30 –
0.6
50.
030.
03–
0.75
ER31
6H0.
04 –
0.0
818
.0 –
20.
011
.0 –
14.
02.
0 –
3.0
–1.
0 –
2.5
0.30
– 0
.65
0.03
0.03
–0.
75ER
316L
0.03
18.0
– 2
0.0
11.0
– 1
4.0
2.0
– 3.
0–
1.0
– 2.
50.
30 –
0.6
50.
030.
03–
0.75
ER31
6LSi
0.03
18.0
– 2
0.0
11.0
– 1
4.0
2.0
– 3.
0–
1.0
– 2.
50.
65 –
1.0
00.
030.
03–
0.75
ER31
7L0.
0418
.5 –
20.
513
.0 –
15.
03.
0 –
4.0
–1.
0 –
2.5
0.30
– 0
.65
0.03
0.03
–0.
75ER
318
0.08
18.0
– 2
0.0
11.0
– 1
4.0
2.0
– 3.
08x
C –
1.0
01.
0 –
2.5
0.30
– 0
.65
0.03
0.03
–0.
75ER
347
0.08
19.0
– 2
1.5
9.0
– 11
.00.
7510
xC –
1.0
01.
0 –
2.5
0.30
– 0
.65
0.03
0.03
–0.
75ER
347S
i0.
0819
.0 –
21.
59.
0 –
11.0
0.75
10xC
– 1
.00
1.0
– 2.
50.
65 –
1.0
00.
030.
03–
0.75
ER38
30.
025
26.5
– 2
8.5
30.0
– 3
3.0
3.2
– 4.
2–
1.0
– 2.
50.
500.
020.
03–
0.70
– 1
.5ER
385
0.03
19.5
– 2
1.5
24.0
– 2
6.0
4.2
– 5.
2–
1.0
– 2.
50.
500.
020.
03–
1.2
– 2.
0ER
2209
0.03
21.5
– 2
3.5
7.5
– 9.
52.
5 –
3.5
–0.
5 –
2.0
0.30
– 0
.65
0.03
0.03
0.08
– 0
.20
0.75
114
Quality assurance, approvals and standards
AWS A5.11M:2005Nickel and Nickel-Alloy Welding Electrodesfor Shielded Metal Arc Welding
E NiCrMo - 12E = covered electrodes NiCrMo = chemical composition12 = index numbers separating one
composition from another withineach group
Chemical composition: As per table 11.7
AW
S A
5.11
M:2
005
(sel
ecte
d f
iller
s o
nly
)
Tab
le 1
1.7
CM
nFe
PS
SiCu
Ni
CoA
lTi
CrN
b +
TaM
oV
WO
ther
ENiC
rFe-
30.
105.
0 –
9.5
10.0
0.03
0.01
51.
00.
50>5
9.0
––
1.0
13.0
– 1
7.0
1.0
– 2.
5–
––
0.50
ENiC
rFe-
70.
055.
07.
0 –
12.0
0.03
0.01
50.
750.
50Re
m–
0.50
0.50
28.0
– 3
1.5
1.0
– 2.
50.
5–
–0.
50EN
iCrM
o-3
0.10
1.0
7.0
0.03
0.02
0.75
0.50
>55.
0–
––
20.0
– 2
3.0
3.15
– 4
.15
8.0
– 10
.0–
–0.
50EN
iCrM
o-4
0.02
1.0
4.0
– 7.
00.
040.
030.
20.
50Re
m2.
5–
–14
.5 –
16.
5–
15.0
– 1
7.0
0.35
3.0
– 4.
50.
50EN
iCrM
o-12
0.03
2.2
5.0
0.03
0.02
0.7
0.50
Rem
––
–20
.5 –
22.
51.
0 –
2.8
8.8
– 10
.0–
–0.
50EN
iCrM
o-13
0.02
1.0
1.5
0.01
50.
010.
20.
50Re
m–
––
22.0
– 2
4.0
–15
.0 –
16.
5–
–0.
50
115
Quality assurance, approvals and standards
AW
S A
5.14
M:2
005
(sel
ecte
d f
iller
s o
nly
)
Tab
le 1
1.8
CM
nFe
PS
SiCu
Ni
CoA
lTi
CrN
b +
TaM
oV
WO
ther
ERNi
Cr-3
0.10
2.5
– 3.
53.
00.
030.
015
0.50
0.50
>67.
0–
–0.
7518
.0 –
22.
02.
0 –
3.0
––
–0.
50ER
NiCr
Fe-7
0.04
1.0
7.0
– 11
.0
0.02
0.01
50.
500.
30Re
m–
1.10
1.0
28.0
– 3
1.5
0.10
0.50
––
0.50
ERNi
CrM
o-3
0.10
0.50
5.0
0.02
0.01
50.
500.
50>5
8.0
–0.
400.
4020
.0 –
23.
03.
15 –
4.1
58.
0 –
10.0
––
0.50
ERNi
CrM
o-4
0.02
1.0
4.0
– 7.
00.
040.
030.
080.
50Re
m2.
5–
–14
.5 –
16.
5–
15.0
– 1
7.0
0.35
3.0
– 4.
50.
50ER
NiCr
Mo-
130.
010
0.5
1.5
0.01
50.
005
0.10
–Re
m0.
30.
1 –
0.4
–22
.0 –
24.
0–
15.0
– 1
6.5
––
0.50AWS A5.14M:2005
Nickel and Nickel-Alloy Bare WeldingElectrodes and RodsThis standard classifies consumables for MIG,TIG and SAW (strip and wire).
ER NiCrMo - 3ER = solid wireEQ = strip NiCrMo = chemical composition3 = index numbers separating one
composition from another withineach group
Chemical composition: As per table 11.8
116
Quality assurance, approvals and standards
AW
S A
5.22
-95R
an
d A
5.34
M:2
007
(sel
ecte
d f
iller
s o
nly
)
Tab
le 1
1.9
CC
rN
iM
oN
b +
Ta
Mn
SiP
SN
Cu
E307
TX-X
0.13
18.0
– 2
0.5
9.0
– 10
.50.
5 –
1.5
–3.
30 –
4.7
51.
00.
040.
03–
0.5
E308
TX-X
0.08
18.0
– 2
1.0
9.0
– 11
.00.
5–
0.5
– 2.
51.
00.
040.
03–
0.5
E308
HTX
-X0.
04 –
0.0
818
.0 –
21.
09.
0 –
11.0
0.5
–0.
5 –
2.5
1.0
0.04
0.03
–0.
5E3
08LT
X-X
0.04
18.0
– 2
1.0
9.0
– 11
.00.
5–
0.5
– 2.
51.
00.
040.
03–
0.5
E309
TX-X
0.10
22.0
– 2
5.0
12.0
– 1
4.0
0.5
–0.
5 –
2.5
1.0
0.04
0.03
–0.
5E3
09LT
X-X
0.04
22.0
– 2
5.0
12.0
– 1
4.0
0.5
–0.
5 –
2.5
1.0
0.04
0.03
–0.
5E3
09LC
bTX
-X0.
0422
.0 –
25.
012
.0 –
14.
00.
50.
70 –
1.0
00.
5 –
2.5
1.0
0.04
0.03
–0.
5E3
09LM
oTX
-X0.
0422
.0 –
25.
012
.0 –
16.
02.
0 –
3.0
–0.
5 –
2.5
1.0
0.04
0.03
–0.
5E3
10TX
-X0.
2025
.0 –
28.
020
.0 –
22.
50.
5–
1.0
– 2.
51.
00.
030.
03–
0.5
E312
TX-X
0.15
28.0
– 3
2.0
8.0
– 10
.50.
5–
0.5
– 2.
51.
00.
040.
03–
0.5
E316
TX-X
0.08
17.0
– 2
0.0
11.0
– 1
4.0
2.0
– 3.
0–
0.5
– 2.
51.
00.
040.
03–
0.5
E316
LTX
-X0.
0417
.0 –
20.
011
.0 –
14.
02.
0 –
3.0
–0.
5 –
2.5
1.0
0.04
0.03
–0.
5E3
17LT
X-X
0.04
18.0
– 2
1.0
12.0
– 1
4.0
3.0
– 4.
0–
0.5
– 2.
51.
00.
040.
03–
0.5
E347
TX-X
0.08
18.0
– 2
1.0
9.0
– 11
.00.
58x
C –
1.0
00.
5 –
2.5
1.0
0.04
0.03
–0.
5E2
209T
X-X
0.04
21.0
– 2
4.0
7.5
– 10
.02.
5 –
4.0
–0.
5 –
2.0
1.0
0.04
0.03
0.08
– 0
.20
0.5
ENiC
rMo3
TX-X
0.10
20.0
– 2
3.0
≥58
.08.
0 –
10.0
3.15
– 4
.15
0.50
0.50
0.02
0.01
5–
0.5AWS A5.22-95R and A5.34M:2007
Stainless Steel Electrodes for Flux CoredArc Welding
E 308 L T X - 1E = welding electrode308 = chemical compositionL = low carbon contentT = flux cored wireX = welding position1 = shielding gas
Chemical composition: As per table 11.9
Welding position:0 = flat or horizontal position1 = all positions
Shielding gas:1 = CO23 = self-shielded4 = 75 – 80% argon (remainder = CO2)5 = 100% argon
117117
Similar weldingWhen welding two identical stainless steelsto each other, the choice of filler metal isgenerally determined by the parent metal. To ensure that the weld has the optimum corrosion performance and mechanical properties, the chemical composition of thefiller metal must be related to the propertiesof the steel being welded. Thus, to compensatefor losses in the arc, and for segregation ofalloying elements in the weld during cooling,the filler metal’s content of alloying elements(Cr, Ni, Mo and Mn) is normally higher thanthat of the workpiece.
There are, however, some exceptions to thislatter generalisation. For example, in nitricacid or citric acid environments, the resistanceof molybdenum free steels is better than thatof molybdenum alloyed steels. Consequently,filler metals may here have a lower alloy content than the workpiece.
Hence, whilst there are standard recommendations, every case must be considered on its merits. Using a filler metalthat is more highly alloyed than the parentmetal is not normally a problem. However, the higher the alloy content, the higher theprice.
Table 12.1 lists the recommended fillermetals for use with most common stainlesssteels. Provided the chemical composition isthe same, other consumables (those with 2D,3D, 4D designations, etc.) can also be used.
In some specific instances, for example cryogenic applications with severe demandsas regards toughness at low temperatures, alow/zero ferrite filler might be necessary.Avesta Welding produces different types oflow or non-ferritic consumables such asMMA 308L-LF and SKR-NF.
For use in very corrosive environments, e.g.urea plants, specially designed consumablescan also be requested. Avesta Welding
12 Recommended filler metals
produces a wide range of consumables forspecific applications. For details, see chapter15, “Product data sheets”.
Dissimilar weldingWhen welding two different stainless steels toeach other, the choice of filler metal is normallydetermined by the more highly alloyed of thetwo parent metals. For example, when welding1.4307/ASTM 304L to 1.4404/ASTM 316L, a316L type filler should be used. However, asshown in table 12.2, there are exceptions.
To obtain a crack-resistant weld metalwhen welding stainless steel to mild steel, anover-alloyed and high ferrite electrode, e.g.P5 (309LMo) or 309L, should be used. If theferrite content is too low (below 3%), the riskof hot cracking increases (see also chapter 1,“Stainless steels; Ferrite and its importance”).
When welding stainless steel to unalloyedor low-alloy steels, it is generally advisable toreduce weld dilution as much as possible.Thus, heat input must be limited (max 1.5kJ/mm) and an appropriate bevel angle hasto be selected for the joint. The interpass temperature must not exceed 150°C.
As always, due to the significant risk ofpore formation, welding to a C-Mn steel thathas a coating of prefabrication primer shouldbe avoided. Where it is unavoidable, thepaint must be removed from the surfaces in aradius of up to 20 – 30 mm of any part of theproposed weld.
Table 12.2 lists filler metals for the dissimilarwelding of many different combinations ofstainless, low-alloy and nickel base steels. Iftwo filler metals are suitable, the upper oneshould be considered as the first choice.Provided the chemical composition is thesame, other consumables (those with 2D, 3D,4D designations, etc.) can also be used.
Recommended filler metals
118
Recommended filler metalsFi
ller
met
als
for
sim
ilar
wel
din
gTa
ble
12.
1
Stee
l des
ign
atio
ns
Ou
toku
mp
uO
ld d
esig
nat
ion
sR
eco
mm
end
ed f
iller
met
al, A
vest
a W
eld
ing
des
ign
atio
ns
EN (
no
.)EN
(n
ame)
AST
Md
esig
nat
ion
sSS
BS
DIN
SMA
WM
IGTI
GSA
WFC
AW
1.40
16X
6Cr1
743
040
1623
2043
0S17
1.40
1630
8L/M
VR
308L
-Si/M
VR-
Si30
8L-S
i/MV
R-Si
308L
/MV
R30
8L1.
4510
X3C
rTi1
7S4
3035
4510
––
1.45
1030
8L/M
VR
308L
-Si/M
VR-
Si30
8L-S
i/MV
R-Si
308L
/MV
R30
8L
1.40
21X
20C
r13
420
4021
2303
420S
291.
4021
248
SV24
8 SV
248
SV24
8 SV
–1.
4028
X30
Cr1
342
040
2823
0442
0S45
1.40
2824
8 SV
248
SV24
8 SV
248
SV–
1.44
18X
4CrN
iMo1
6-5-
1–
248
SV23
87–
1.44
1824
8 SV
248
SV24
8 SV
248
SV–
1.41
62–
S321
01LD
X 2
101®
––
–LD
X 2
101
LDX
210
1LD
X 2
101
LDX
210
1LD
X 2
101
1.43
62X
2CrN
iN23
-4S3
2304
2304
2327
–1.
4362
2304
2304
2304
2304
2304
1.44
62X
2CrN
iMoN
22-5
-3S3
2205
2205
2377
318S
131.
4462
2205
2205
2205
2205
2205
1.44
10X
2CrN
iMoN
25-7
-4S3
2750
SAF
2507
®23
28–
–25
07/P
100
2507
/P10
025
07/P
100
2507
/P10
0–
1.43
10X
10C
rNi1
8-8
301
4310
2331
301S
211.
4310
308L
/MV
R30
8L-S
i/MV
R-Si
308L
-Si/M
VR-
Si30
8L/M
VR
308L
1.43
18X
2CrN
iN18
-730
1LN
4318
––
–30
8L/M
VR
308L
-Si/M
VR-
Si30
8L-S
i/MV
R-Si
308L
/MV
R30
8L1.
4372
X12
CrM
nNiN
17-7
-520
143
72–
––
3071
307-
Si1
307-
Si1
–30
7
1.43
07X
2CrN
i18-
930
4L43
0723
5230
4S11
–30
8L/M
VR
308L
-Si/M
VR-
Si30
8L-S
i/MV
R-Si
308L
/MV
R30
8L1.
4301
X5C
rNi1
8-10
304
4301
2333
304S
311.
4301
308L
/MV
R30
8L-S
i/MV
R-Si
308L
-Si/M
VR-
Si30
8L/M
VR
308L
1.43
11X
2CrN
iN18
-10
304L
N43
1123
7130
4S61
1.43
1130
8L/M
VR
308L
-Si/M
VR-
Si30
8L-S
i/MV
R-Si
308L
/MV
R30
8L1.
4541
X6C
rNiT
i18-
1032
145
4123
3732
1S31
1.45
4134
7/M
VN
b34
7-Si
/MV
Nb-
Si34
7-Si
/MV
Nb-
Si34
7/M
VN
b34
71.
4305
X8C
rNiS
18-9
303
4305
2346
303S
311.
4305
308L
/MV
R30
8L-S
i/MV
R-Si
308L
-Si/M
VR-
Si30
8L/M
VR
308L
1.43
06X
2CrN
i19-
1130
4L43
0623
5230
4S11
1.43
0630
8L/M
VR
308L
-Si/M
VR-
Si30
8L-S
i/MV
R-Si
308L
/MV
R30
8L1.
4303
X4C
rNi1
8-12
305
4303
–30
5S19
1.43
0330
8L/M
VR
308L
-Si/M
VR-
Si30
8L-S
i/MV
R-Si
308L
/MV
R30
8L1.
4567
X3C
rNiC
u18-
9-4
S304
3045
67–
–1.
4567
308L
/MV
R30
8L-S
i/MV
R-Si
308L
-Si/M
VR-
Si30
8L/M
VR
308L
1. 3
09L
or
309L
-Si m
ay a
lso
be
use
d.
(co
nti
nu
ed)
119
Recommended filler metalsFi
ller
met
als
for
sim
ilar
wel
din
g (c
on
t.)
Tab
le 1
2.1
Stee
l des
ign
atio
ns
Ou
toku
mp
uO
ld d
esig
nat
ion
sR
eco
mm
end
ed f
iller
met
al, A
vest
a W
eld
ing
des
ign
atio
ns
EN (
no
.)EN
(n
ame)
AST
Md
esig
nat
ion
sSS
BS
DIN
SMA
WM
IGTI
GSA
WFC
AW
1.44
04X
2CrN
iMo1
7-12
-231
6L44
0423
4831
6S11
1.44
0431
6L/S
KR
316L
-Si/S
KR-
Si31
6L-S
i/SK
R-Si
316L
/SK
R31
6L1.
4401
X5C
rNiM
o17-
12-2
316
4401
2347
316S
311.
4401
316L
/SK
R31
6L-S
i/SK
R-Si
316L
-Si/S
KR-
Si31
6L/S
KR
316L
1.44
06X
2CrN
iMoN
17-1
2-2
316L
N44
06–
316S
611.
4406
316L
/SK
R31
6L-S
i/SK
R-Si
316L
-Si/S
KR-
Si31
6L/S
KR
316L
1.45
71X
6CrN
iMoT
i17-
12-2
316T
i45
7123
5032
0S31
1.45
7131
8/SK
Nb
318-
Si/S
KN
b-Si
318-
Si/S
KN
b-Si
318/
SKN
b31
6L
1.44
32X
2CrN
iMo1
7-12
-331
6L44
3223
5331
6S13
–31
6L/S
KR
316L
-Si/S
KR-
Si31
6L-S
i/SK
R-Si
316L
/SK
R31
6L1.
4436
X3C
rNiM
o17-
13-3
316
4436
2343
316S
331.
4436
316L
/SK
R31
6L-S
i/SK
R-Si
316L
-Si/S
KR-
Si31
6L/S
KR
316L
1.44
35X
2CrN
iMo1
8-14
-331
6L44
3523
5331
6S13
1.44
3531
6L/S
KR
316L
-Si/S
KR-
Si31
6L-S
i/SK
R-Si
316L
/SK
R31
6L1.
4429
X2C
rNiM
oN17
-13-
3S3
1653
4429
2375
316S
631.
4429
316L
/SK
R31
6L-S
i/SK
R-Si
316L
-Si/S
KR-
Si31
6L/S
KR
316L
1.44
38X
2CrN
iMo1
8-15
-431
7L44
3823
6731
7S12
1.44
3831
7L/S
NR
317L
/SN
R31
7L/S
NR
317L
/SN
R31
7L1.
4439
X2C
rNiM
oN17
-13-
531
7LM
N44
39–
–1.
4439
SLR-
NF
317L
/SN
R31
7L/S
NR
317L
/SN
R31
7L
1.45
39X
1NiC
rMoC
u25-
20-5
904L
904L
2562
904S
131.
4539
904L
904L
904L
904L
–1.
4547
X1C
rNiM
oCuN
20-1
8-7
S312
5425
4 SM
O®
2378
––
P12-
R2P1
2P1
2P1
2–
1.45
65–
S345
6545
65–
––
P16
P16
P16
P16
–1.
4652
X1C
rNiM
oCuM
nN24
-22-
7S3
2654
654
SMO
®–
––
P16
P16
P16
P16
–
1.49
48X
6CrN
i18-
830
4H49
4823
3330
4S51
1.49
4830
8/30
8H30
8H30
8H30
8H30
8H1.
4878
–32
1H48
7823
3732
1S51
1.48
7834
7/M
VN
b34
7-Si
/MV
Nb-
Si34
7-Si
/MV
Nb-
Si34
7/M
VN
b34
71.
4818
–S3
0415
153
MA
™23
72–
–25
3 M
A25
3 M
A25
3 M
A25
3 M
A–
1.48
33–
309S
4833
–30
9S16
1.48
3330
930
9-Si
309-
Si–
–1.
4828
––
4828
––
1.48
2830
930
9-Si
309-
Si–
–1.
4835
–S3
0815
253
MA
®23
68–
–25
3 M
A25
3 M
A25
3 M
A25
3 M
A–
1.48
45–
310S
4845
2361
310S
161.
4845
310
310
310
310
–1.
4854
–S3
5315
353
MA
®–
––
353
MA
353
MA
353
MA
353
MA
–
2. P
625
(EN
iCrM
o-3
) m
ay a
lso
be
use
d.
248
SV24
8 SV
LDX3
2304
2205
P5P5
P5P5
P5P5
P12
P12
P16
P5P5
P5P5
P5P5
P12
309L
P5P5
LDX
210
1 LD
X3LD
X3LD
X3LD
X3P1
004
LDX3
LDX3
LDX3
LDX3
LDX3
P12
P12
P16
LDX3
LDX3
309L
309L
P10
LDX3
P10
309L
309L
2205
309L
309L
309L
309L
309L
309L
309L
P10
P10
309L
2304
2304
LDX3
2304
2205
P100
423
0423
0423
0423
0423
04P1
2P1
2P1
623
0423
0430
9LP1
0P1
023
04P1
0P5
309L
P5P5
P5P5
P5P5
P5P5
1.44
62/S
3220
522
05LD
X322
0522
05P1
004
2205
2205
2205
2205
2205
P12
P12
P16
2205
2205
309L
309L
P10
2205
P10
P522
0522
05P5
P5P5
P5P5
P5P5
P10
P10
P51.
4410
/S32
750
P5P1
004
P100
4P1
004
P100
4P1
004
P100
4P1
004
P5P1
004
P12
P12
P16
P100
4P5
P5P1
0P1
0P1
004
P10
1.45
01/S
3276
022
05P5
P5P5
P5P5
P51.
4310
/301
P5LD
X323
0422
05P1
004
308L
308L
316L
318
317L
904L
P12
P16
308L
347
309L
309L
309L
309L
P10
309L
P5P5
P5P5
P530
9L30
9L
1.43
01/3
041
P5LD
X323
0422
05P1
004
308L
308L
316L
318
317L
904L
P12
P16
308H
347
309L
309L
309L
309L
P10
309L
P5P5
P5P5
P530
8L
1.44
01/3
162
P5LD
X323
0422
05P1
004
316L
316L
316L
318
317L
904L
P12
P16
316L
316L
309L
309L
309L
P5P1
030
9LP5
P5P5
316L
P5P5
P51.
4571
/316
TiP5
LDX3
2304
2205
P531
831
831
831
831
7L90
4LP1
2P1
631
831
830
9L30
9L30
9LP5
P10
309L
P5P5
316L
P5P5
1.44
38/3
17L
P5LD
X323
0422
05P1
004
317L
317L
317L
317L
317L
P12
P12
P16
317L
P530
9L30
9L30
9LP5
P10
309L
P5P5
P5P5
P5P5
P51.
4539
/904
LP1
2P1
2P1
2P1
2P1
290
4L90
4L90
4L90
4LP1
290
4LP1
2P1
690
4L90
4P1
230
9LP1
2P5
P10
P5P5
P5P5
309L
309L
309L
309L
904L
P12
254
SMO
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P16
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P10
654
SMO
,P1
6P1
6P1
6P1
6P1
6P1
6P1
6P1
6P1
6P1
6P1
6P1
6P1
6P1
6P1
6P1
6P1
6P1
6P1
6P1
645
65P1
01.
4948
/304
HP5
LDX3
2304
2205
P100
430
8L30
8H31
6L31
831
7L90
4LP1
2P1
630
8H34
730
9L30
9L30
9L30
9LP1
030
9LP5
P5P5
309L
308L
309L
1.45
41/3
21P5
LDX3
2304
2205
P534
734
731
6L31
8P5
904L
P12
P16
347
347
309L
309L
309L
309L
P10
1.48
78/3
21H
309L
P5P5
309L
309L
153
MA
, P5
309L
309L
309L
P530
9L30
9L30
9L30
9L30
9LP1
2P1
2P1
630
9L30
9L25
3 M
AP1
0P1
030
9LP1
025
3 M
AP1
0P1
030
9L1.
4845
/310
SP5
309L
P10
309L
P10
309L
309L
309L
309L
309L
309L
P12
P16
309L
309L
P10
310
P10
309L
P10
P10
P10
353
MA
P5P1
0P1
0P1
0P1
030
9L30
9L30
9L30
9L30
9LP1
2P1
2P1
630
9L30
9LP1
0P1
035
3 M
AP1
0P1
030
9LP1
0P1
0M
ild s
teel
P5LD
X323
0422
05P1
004
309L
309L
P5P5
P5P5
P12
P16
309L
309L
309L
309L
P10
Mild
P10
309L
P5P5
P590
4Lst
eel
Nic
kel b
ase
P12
P10
P10
P10
P10
P10
P10
P10
P10
P10
P10
P12
P16
P10
P10
P10
P10
P10
P10
Nic
kel
P12
base
120
Recommended filler metalsFi
ller
met
als
for
dis
sim
ilar
wel
din
gTa
ble
12.
2
1. A
ll gr
ades
wit
h si
mila
r co
mpo
siti
on (
1.43
03, 1
.430
5, 1
.430
6, 1
.430
7, 1
.456
7, e
tc.)
2. A
ll gr
ades
wit
h si
mila
r co
mpo
siti
on (
1.44
04, 1
.440
6, 1
.443
2, 1
.443
5, 1
.443
6, 1
.442
9, e
tc.)
3. F
ull t
rade
nam
e LD
X 2
101
4. F
ull t
rade
nam
e 25
07/P
100
248 SV
LDX 2101
2304
1.4462/S32205
1.44101.4501
1.4310/301
1.4301/3041
1.4401/3162
1.4571/316Ti
1.4438/317L
1.4539/904L
254 SMO
654 SMO,4565
1.4948/304H
1.45411.4878
153 MA,253 MA
1.4845/310S
353 MA
Mild steel
Nickelbase
Stee
l des
ign
.EN
/AST
M o
rO
uto
kum
pu
121
Consumption
Filler metal and flux consumption Table 13.1
Joint type Joint Thickness Consumption, kg/m*preparation mm MMA MIG/TIG SAW Flux FCW
I-joint D = 2.0 mm 2 0.07 0.05 0.06D = 2.0 mm 3 0.09 0.07 0.08D = 2.5 mm 4 0.14 0.10 0.12
V-joint α = 60° 4 0.19 0.14 0.16C = 1.5 mm 5 0.26 0.19 0.22D = 2.5 mm 6 0.34 0.25 0.30
7 0.43 0.32 0.388 0.54 0.40 0.479 0.66 0.49 0.58
10 0.80 0.59 0.7012 1.10 0.81 0.9614 1.46 1.08 1.2816 1.87 1.38 1.64
V-joint α = 80° 8 0.11 0.09C = 4.0 mm 10 0.25 0.20No root gap 12 0.44 0.35
14 0.68 0.5416 0.97 0.77
X-joint α = 60° 14 1.44 1.06 1.26C = 1.5 mm 16 1.85 1.36 1.62D = 2.5 mm 18 2.31 1.70 2.02
20 2.82 2.08 2.4722 3.38 2.49 2.9624 3.99 2.94 3.4926 4.66 3.43 4.0728 5.37 3.96 4.7030 6.14 4.52 5.37
X-joint α = 80° 14 1.67 0.54C = 3 – 5 mm 16 0.96 0.77No root gap 18 1.31 1.05
20 1.70 1.3622 2.15 1.7224 2.65 2.1226 3.21 2.5728 3.81 3.0530 4.47 3.58
D
α
DC
13 Filler metal and flux consumption
Table 13.1 shows filler metal and flux consumption for various welding methods,joints and plate thicknesses. Consumption isstated as kg per metre of weld.
α
C
α
C
α
D
C
* Both sides included for double-sided joints.
122
Consumption
Filler metal and flux consumption Table 13.1
Joint type Joint Thickness Consumption, kg/m*preparation mm MMA MIG/TIG SAW Flux FCW
Double U-joint β = 15° 20 2.72 2.00 1.90 1.52 2.38C = 2.5 mm 22 3.11 2.29 2.18 1.74 2.73R = 8 mm 24 3.53 2.61 2.48 1.98 3.10No root gap 26 3.98 2.94 2.79 2.23 3.49
28 4.46 3.28 3.12 2.50 3.9030 4.95 3.65 3.47 2.77 4.3335 6.29 4.64 4.40 3.52 5.5140 7.78 5.73 5.45 4.36 6.8145 9.42 6.94 6.60 5.28 8.2450 11.21 8.26 7.85 6.28 9.81
Fillet weld A ≈ 0.7 x t 2 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.02No root gap 3 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.04
4 0.09 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.085 0.14 0.10 0.10 0.08 0.126 0.20 0.14 0.14 0.11 0.177 0.27 0.20 0.19 0.15 0.248 0.35 0.26 0.24 0.20 0.319 0.44 0.33 0.31 0.25 0.39
10 0.55 0.40 0.38 0.31 0.4812 0.79 0.58 0.55 0.44 0.6914 1.07 0.79 0.75 0.60 0.9516 1.40 1.04 0.99 0.79 1.2418 1.77 1.32 1.25 1.00 1.5720 2.18 1.63 1.55 1.24 1.94
* Both sides included for double-sided joints.
β
C
R
A
t1
t2
123
14 Health and safety when welding stainless steels
Welding is associated with a number of different work environment problems.However, the environment can be improvedby using a wide variety of protective equipment and implementing a number ofprotective measures.
RadiationWith the exclusion of SAW, all welding methods generate very strong and intenselight. This comes not only from the arc butalso from the weld pool. Although the intensity varies somewhat from method tomethod, it can be generally said that radiationincreases with increased welding current. Theradiation has a wide wavelength range.
The visible radiation can be blinding, but theeffect is most often only temporary.
The infrared radiation can damage both theretina and the lens of the eye. In the longterm, it can lead to cataracts.
The ultraviolet radiation (UV) can cause “arceye”, i.e. temporary damage of the cornea.This is most usually self-healing. UV radiationcan also give rise to skin burns that resemblesunburn.
Heat radiation is a further type of radiationthat can cause various degrees of distress.
Protective measures and equipment• Eyes and face are best protected by the use
of a hand shield or welding helmet, both with filtering glass. There are several types of glass with varying degrees of shading (darkening). The degree of shading should be adjusted to the welding method and current intensity. For example, the TIG welding of thin workpieces demands a lighter glass than, for example, FCW welding. Modern welding helmets often allow for the manual or automatic adjustment of the degree of shading given by the glass. Recommended filter numbers are given in standard EN 169.
• Because radiation can also affect the skin, suitable protective clothing such as gloves, overalls, etc. must be worn.
• Notwithstanding that the effects of radiationreduce with distance, people in the vicinityof the welding site have to be protected. The workplace must be sealed off so that aslittle radiation as possible escapes. Items that can reflect radiation must be kept away from the workplace.
• Heat radiation is reduced by goodventilation. One common problem is that the welder’s front has to endure powerful heat radiation while his/her back is often exposed to cold and draughts. In such cases, it is important that the entire worksiteis designed to preclude draughts and maintain an even temperature and constantventilation.
Health and safety when welding stainless steels
Figure 14.1. Fumes generated by MIG welding
124
Welding fumesTo greater or lesser extents, all welding methods generate fumes. The amount andtype of fumes depends on welding method,welding parameters and filler metals. Fluxcored wire (FCW) and covered electrodesgenerate relatively large amounts of fumes.MIG/MAG and TIG generate relatively smallamounts and, in principle, SAW does notgenerate any at all.
When welding stainless steels, the fumesinclude, amongst other things, harmful substances such as fine metal dust and fluorides. Hexavalent chromium (Cr6+) andnickel can cause cancer and asthma.Manganese and aluminium can have a localimpact on the nervous system. Iron oxide canirritate the respiratory tract and fluorides canaffect bones. Furthermore, gases such as ozone,carbon monoxide and nitrogen (i.e. nitrousfumes) are also given off.
Fumes are generated not only by weldingbut also by grinding. Hence, good ventilationis also important here.
Protective measures and equipment• Especially when welding indoors, good
ventilation is enormously important. Generally speaking, point extraction is sufficient to provide an acceptable environment. However, fumes will spread throughout the workplace and good generalventilation is also necessary. Welding in confined spaces such as tanks or pipes requires the use of compressed air line breathing apparatus.
• Primarily because of the risk of harmful gases, but also because of the large risk of pore formation in the weld, welding stainlesssteel to coated materials such as primed plate should be avoided. Thus, all coatings (primers, paints, etc.) must be ground away.
• When welding stainless steels, it is importantthat all fusion faces are properly cleaned using a suitable degreasing agent, e.g. AvestaCleanOne®. Certain degreasing agents maycontain chlorinated hydrocarbons such astrichloroethylene or tetrachloroethylene.
These can lead to the formation of phosgene,which may cause lung damage. Consequently, degreased surfaces must be dried thoroughly before welding.
• In certain cases, it may even be advantageousto opt for SAW or TIG, both of which generate fewer fumes than other methods.
• As a preventive measure, the employer should have the workplace environment investigated to establish the level of weldingfumes.
• A higher current than necessary should never be used for welding. All factors (productivity, risk of defects such as lack offusion, fume generation, etc.) must always be weighed against each other.
Limit values and standardsThere are international standards that stipulatehow fume levels are to be measured and howthe results are to be shown in “fume datasheets”. These can be used to present either thequantity of fumes per time unit or the levels ofvarious substances/contaminants. There are alsonational standards and norms that set limitsfor various substances/contaminants. Tosatisfy the requirements, point extraction isnecessary for all types of welding.
Welding spatter and flying slagIt is difficult to totally eradicate welding spatter. The amount of spatter is highlydependent on filler metal quality, the weldingmachine, the choice of shielding gas and thewelder’s skill. However, it should be possibleto keep the amount of spatter relatively low.Spatter and flying slag are a danger not onlyto the welder, they can also start fires.
Protective measures and equipment• Suitable protective clothing (apron,
wristlets/ sleeves, etc.) should be worn.• Welding in confined spaces should be
avoided.• Where possible, welding should be from a
favourable position, i.e. flat rather than overhead, etc.
• Welders should be allowed to practice finding the correct welding parameters.
Health and safety when welding stainless steels
125
FireWelding is associated with very high temperatures. The presence of combustiblematerials must thus be rigorously avoided.Welding next to highly flammable substancessuch as petrol, oil, combustible gases, packagingmaterials and wooden articles should be avoided wherever possible. The fire risk is oftengreatest during incidental work in premisesthat are not intended for welding. Weldersshould know how any fires are to be tackled.
Protective measures and equipment• All combustible materials should be
removed from the danger zone. If this is notpossible, they should be safely enclosed.
• The workplace should be kept generally neat and clean.
• Suitable firefighting equipment must be readily available and in good working order.
• Water can be used to extinguish fires.• A worksite must never be left before it is
certain that a fire cannot break out.• Personnel should be given suitable training
in firefighting.
ErgonomicsFor the welder, as for all categories of workers,good ergonomics are of great importance. If possible, overlong static loading anduncomfortable working postures in confinedspaces should be avoided. Where they cannot,periods of working in such conditions must bekept short and interspersed with appropriatephysical exercise. In workshops, a workpiecepositioner helps to ensure that the weldingposition is always optimal. In combinationwith a height adjustable bench, it also reducesthe load on the body.
Protective measures and equipment• Welding in the overhead position should be
kept to a minimum. Plan welding so that only one bead is deposited from beneath. The joint can then be filled from above.
• Single-sided welding against a ceramic backing is to be preferred to double-sided with one of the sides being welded in the overhead position.
• To avoid working in confined spaces (e.g. pipes), single-sided welding is possible using, for example, Avesta 4D electrodes ora TIG root bead. Welding with covered electrodes involves far less static loading than, for example, FCAW.
• SAW is a fully automatic method that generates minimal amounts of welding fumes, spatter, radiation, etc.
• A balancing arm for the welding torch greatly reduces the physical strain on the welder’s body.
NoiseFor exposure over more than 8 hours a day,85 dB is regarded as the general noise limit.Noise during welding seldom exceeds thislimit. However, welding is often carried outin environments where the general noiselevel is very high. In particular, grinding andhammering can generate a great deal of noise.
Protective measures and equipment• Hearing protection (ear plugs or muffs)
should always be worn when working in noisy environments.
• Hearing protection must always be worn when grinding.
• As far as possible, grinding should always be carried out in specially screened off areas (e.g. grinding halls).
• Worksite noise levels can be greatly reduced by, for example, using noise screens or sound absorbers.
• To detect any changes over time, personnelwho are exposed to noisy environments should have regular hearing checks.
Electrical safetyThe human body is very sensitive to electricalcurrents. Current intensity, duration, frequencyand the path taken through the body determinethe severity of the effects.
Although it is not harmful, an alternatingcurrent of 0.5 mA, or a direct current of 2 mA,can be sensed. Currents above these levelscan produce muscle cramps and it may be impossible for the subject to let go of the
Health and safety when welding stainless steels
126
current-carrying object. However, there isusually no permanent tissue damage. Currentsabove 20 – 40 mA can have serious effectssuch as cardiac fibrillation or arrest, respiratoryarrest or burns to tissue or internal organs.Current intensity is determined by the following formula:
voltageCurrent intensity =
electrical resistance
For currents through the body, circuit resistance is the total resistance presented byskin, organs, protective clothing, etc.Duration is a major factor determining theseverity of damage to the body. Currents cantake various paths through the body. Thenature and severity of any injury is highlydependent on how current passes throughthe body. A current passing through the heartis the most serious of all.
The risks presented by alternating currentsare roughly four times greater than thoseassociated with direct currents. Frequencies inthe 15 – 100 Hz range are the most dangerous.
Under EN 60974-1, the following rulesapply to welding power sources:Max. permitted open-circuit voltage, DC, 113 V.Max. permitted open-circuit voltage, AC, 80 V.
Protective measures and equipment• So that cooling is not impaired, and to
prevent electrical faults, welding machines must be kept free from dirt and dust.
• When welding in narrow or damp spaces,it is important to reduce the welding
machine’s open-circuit voltage. It must not exceed 48 V (AC).
• If possible, alternating current should not be used for welding.
• The welding machine must be protected from water. Machines used outdoors must be designed for this.
• The correct safety equipment must be used,e.g. leather gloves with no rivets or other metal parts, rubber-soled safety shoes, etc.
Electromagnetic fieldsElectromagnetic fields are generated betweenhigh-voltage conductors or surfaces. Magnetic
fields are generated around current-carryingconductors. Flux density is measured in tesla(T). For non-magnetic materials such as air,microtesla (µT) is often used as the unit ofmeasurement. In a typical office, the value isaround 1 µT. Near an electrical conductor fora welding machine, it can be as high as 200 µT.However, the strength of magnetic fieldsdecreases rapidly with distance. For example,with a point source, a doubling of distancereduces the strength to one eighth.
Strong magnetic fields are generated duringwelding. Even if the health risks are not entirely clear, certain precautions should stillbe taken. Welding cables are the primarysource of welder exposure to magnetic fields.Frequency has a great effect and, once again,direct current is to be preferred to alternatingcurrent.
Protective measures and equipment• Equipment must be earthed.• Welding and return cables should be run
side by side as far as practically possible. The magnetic fields then tend to cancel each other out.
• If possible, alternating current should not be used for welding.
• Place the power source some metres away from the point of welding.
Cuts (handling metal plates and filler metals)All handling of metal plates, welding wire andelectrodes presents the risk of cuts. Both platesand filler metals should always be kept in theiroriginal packagings until they are used. Whenhandling plates and filler metals, suitablesafety equipment and tools should be used.
Under certain conditions, MIG and SAWwire can “spring” from their spools. This mustalways be borne in mind when, for example,switching spools.
MSDSThere are material safety data sheets (MSDS)for all Avesta Welding’s products. The sheetscan be ordered from Avesta Welding ordownloaded from Avesta Welding’s website,www.avestawelding.com.
Health and safety when welding stainless steels
127
Product data sheets
IntroductionAll products manufactured by Avesta Weldingare presented on the following pages. Theorder within each product group is accordingto EN standard order. More detailed information can be obtained from AvestaWelding, sales offices or representatives andon the web site www.avestawelding.com
Steel grade recommendationsObsolete national standards, such as BS, NFand SS, remain in the tables covering suitablesteel grades. These standards are replaced byEN 10088.
Standard designationsEN and AWS designations are given whereapplicable; ISO standards are valid for a considerable part of the manufacturing programme.
ApprovalsAvesta Welding’s products have been approved by various classification bodies andcompanies as stated under “Approvals”. This information is subject to change withoutnotice. The following abbreviations are used:
CWB Canadian Welding BureauDB Deutsche BahnDNV Det Norske VeritasGL Germanischer LloydLR Lloyd’s RegisterRINA Registro Italiano NavaleTÜV Technischer Überwachungsverein
In addition to the above, CE is used to indicate CE marking (i.e. the product complies with all the relevant EU directives).
Detailed index page 302
Weld deposit data, covered electrodesIn the tables for weld deposit data the following designations are used:
N = kg weld metal per kg electrodeB = number of electrodes per kg weld metalH = kg weld metal per hour arc timeT = arc time per electrode, seconds
15 Product data sheets
Contents
• Covered electrodes page 128• FCW page 185• MIG wire page 207• TIG wire page 233• SAW wire page 263• Welding flux page 283• Finishing chemicals page 287
128
Covered electrodes
248 SV rutileFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
248 SV 1.4418 – – Z6 CND 16-05-01 2387
Standard designations–
CharacteristicsAVESTA 248 SV rutile produces an austenitic-ferritic-martensitic weldment. It is designedfor welding and repair of propellers, pumps, valves and shafts in 248 SV, ASTM 420 andsimilar types of steels and castings. Weldingis normally performed without pre-heatingunless considerable shrinkage stresses are tobe expected.
Weld deposit dataMetal recovery approx. 105%.
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N0.03 0.5 3.0 16.0 5.5 1.2 0.12
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 510 N/mm2 –Tensile strength Rm 760 N/mm2 –Elongation A5 30 % –Impact strength KV+20°C 115 J
Hardness approx. 260 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Annealing for 4 hours at590°C.
Structure: Approx. 90 – 95% austenite, balanced with ferrite and martensite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: The resistance to general and pitting corrosion is in level withthat of ASTM 304L.
Approvals–
Welding dataDC+ Diam. mm Current, A
3.25 70 – 1104.0 100 – 150
Ø 3.25 Ø 4.0Welding positions
129
Covered electrodes
308L/MVR-2DFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4301 1.4301 304 304S31 Z7 CN 18-09 23334307 1.4307 304L 304S11 Z3 CN 18-10 23524311 1.4311 304LN 304S61 Z3 CN 18-10 Az 23714541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 19 9 L RAWS A5.4 E308L-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 308L/MVR-2D is a Cr-Ni high recovery electrode for welding ASTM 304and 304L stainless steels. The 2D type electrode provides a metal recovery of about150% giving a high deposition rate and animproved productivity in horizontal butt andoverlay welding.
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
2.5 3503.25 350 0.61 33 2.02 53 1474.0 450 0.64 17 2.96 58 1435.0 450 0.64 11 4.03 90 141
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.03 0.7 0.9 20.0 10.5
Ferrite 10 FN DeLong
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 395 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 550 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 41 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 65 J–40°C 55 J
Hardness approx. 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good under fairlysevere conditions, e.g. in oxidising acids andcold or dilute reducing acids.
Approvals• CE • CWB • TÜV
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 60 – 903.25 80 – 1304.0 110 – 1705.0 170 – 230
Ø 2.5 Ø 3.25 Ø 4.0–5.0
Welding positions
130
Covered electrodes
308L/MVRFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4301 1.4301 304 304S31 Z7 CN 18-09 23334307 1.4307 304L 304S11 Z3 CN 18-10 23524311 1.4311 304LN 304S61 Z3 CN 18-10 Az 23714541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 19 9 L RAWS A5.4 E308L-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 308L/MVR is a Cr-Ni electrode forall position welding of ASTM 304 and 304Lstainless steels.
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
1.6 250 0.51 276 0.59 22 1092.0 300 0.58 144 0.72 35 1072.5 350 0.57 77 1.08 44 1093.25 350 0.59 46 1.46 54 1094.0 450 0.60 23 2.25 70 1085.0 450 0.66 15 3.06 77 103
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.02 0.8 0.6 19.5 10.0
Ferrite 10 FN DeLong
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 470 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 570 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 37 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 60 J–40°C 55 J
Hardness approx. 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good under fairlysevere conditions, e.g. in oxidising acids andcold or dilute reducing acids.
Approvals• CE • DB • DNV • TÜV
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
1.6 25 – 452.0 30 – 552.5 45 – 703.25 60 – 1104.0 90 – 1505.0 150 – 200
Ø 1.6–3.25 Ø 4.0 Ø 5.0
Welding positions
131
Covered electrodes
308L/MVR-4DFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4301 1.4301 304 304S31 Z7 CN 18-09 23334307 1.4307 304L 304S11 Z3 CN 18-10 23524311 1.4311 304LN 304S61 Z3 CN 18-10 Az 23714541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 19 9 L RAWS A5.4 E308L-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 308L/MVR-4D is a thin-coated, rutile-acid type electrode specially developed for thin-walled pipe and sheetwelding. The electrode is characterised by itsgood weldability in different positions andthe good restriking properties. This electrodeis primarily intended for pipe and positionwelding, but it can also be used as a generalpurpose electrode, especially for thin material.
Pipe welding can beperformed in severaldifferent ways. Onepossibility is to startwelding in the overhead position (1), followed by vertical-down on both sides from the 12 o’clock position (2 and 3). Another possibility is to start at the 7 o’clock position and weldvertical-up to the 11 o’clock position on bothsides. This requires an inverter power sourcewith a remote control.
To bridge large root gaps DC– is often preferred.
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.02 0.8 0.6 19.5 10.5
Ferrite 5 FN DeLong
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 420 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 520 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 35 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 54 J–40°C 38 J
Hardness approx. 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good under fairlysevere conditions, e.g. in oxidising acids andcold or dilute reducing acids.
Approvals• CE • TÜV
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
1.6 15 – 402.0 25 – 552.5 30 – 853.25 45 – 110
Welding positionsØ 1.6–2.5 Ø 3.25
132
Covered electrodes
308L/MVR-PW AC/DCFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4301 1.4301 304 304S31 Z7 CN 18-09 23334307 1.4307 304L 304S11 Z3 CN 18-10 23524311 1.4311 304LN 304S61 Z3 CN 18-10 Az 23714541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 19 9 L RAWS A5.4 E308L-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 308L/MVR-PW is a Cr-Ni electrodewith a coating optimised for vertical-up andoverhead position welding of ASTM 304 and304L stainless steels.
Thanks to the sharp and concentrated arc,PW electrodes are extremely suitable formaintenance and repair welding, especiallywhen joint surfaces are not particularly clean.
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
1.6 250 0.60 286 0.51 25 1062.0 250 0.64 181 0.71 28 1052.5 300 0.65 96 0.94 40 1053.25 350 0.62 46 1.48 53 1074.0 350 0.64 23 2.07 56 1055.0 350
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.02 0.8 1.0 19.0 10.0
Ferrite 5 FN DeLong
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 430 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 580 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 39 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 60 J–40°C 50 J
Hardness approx. 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good under fairlysevere conditions, e.g. in oxidising acids andcold or dilute reducing acids.
Approvals• CWB
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
1.6 20 – 452.0 25 – 602.5 35 – 803.25 60 – 1204.0 100 – 1605.0 160 – 220
Ø 1.6–3.25
Welding positionsØ 4.0–5.0
133
Covered electrodes
308L/MVR-VDX AC/DCFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4301 1.4301 304 304S31 Z7 CN 18-09 23334307 1.4307 304L 304S11 Z3 CN 18-10 23524311 1.4311 304LN 304S61 Z3 CN 18-10 Az 23714541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 19 9 L RAWS A5.4 E308L-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 308L/MVR-VDX is a Cr-Ni electrode specially developed for optimalwelding properties when welding thin ASTM 304 and 304L stainless plates in thevertical-down position.
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
2.0 250 0.66 184 0.71 28 1042.5 300 0.72 96 0.94 40 1033.25 350 0.73 48 1.45 52 104
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.02 0.7 0.8 19.0 10.0
Ferrite 5 FN DeLong
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 450 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 600 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 35 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 55 J–40°C 40 J
Hardness approx. 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good under fairlysevere conditions, e.g. in oxidising acids andcold or dilute reducing acids.
Approvals• CWB
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.0 35 – 552.5 50 – 703.25 95 – 105
Welding positionsØ 2.0–3.25
134
Covered electrodes
308L/MVR basicFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4301 1.4301 304 304S31 Z7 CN 18-09 23334307 1.4307 304L 304S11 Z3 CN 18-10 23524311 1.4311 304LN 304S61 Z3 CN 18-10 Az 23714541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 19 9 L BAWS A5.4 E308L-15
CharacteristicsAVESTA 308L/MVR basic is a Cr-Ni electrode providing somewhat better ductilitythan 3D type electrodes, especially at lowertemperatures. The electrode is intended forwelding ASTM 304 and 304L stainless steels.
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
2.5 300 0.61 100 0.77 47 983.25 350 0.67 48 1.23 61 1034.0 350 0.67 32 1.66 68 102
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.03 0.4 1.5 20.0 10.0
Ferrite 5 FN DeLong
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 420 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 560 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 38 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 70 J–40°C 55 J
Hardness approx. 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good under fairlysevere conditions, e.g. in oxidising acids andcold or dilute reducing acids.
Approvals• CE • TÜV
Welding dataDC+ Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 50 – 753.25 70 – 1004.0 100 – 140
Ø 2.5–3.25 Ø 4.0
Welding positions
135
Covered electrodes
308/308H AC/DCFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4301 1.4301 304 304S31 Z7 CN 18-09 23334541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337– 1.4550 347 347S31 Z6 CNNb 18-10 2338
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 19 9 RAWS A5.4 E308H-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 308/308H AC/DC is a high carbonCr-Ni electrode primarily intended for welding ASTM 304 and 304H type stainlesssteel exposed to temperatures above 400°C.
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
2.5 300 0.57 87 0.98 42 1133.25 350 0.59 45 1.52 53 1094.0 350 0.61 30 2.06 58 1075.0 350 0.64 20 2.79 64 102
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.06 0.7 1.1 20.0 10.0
Ferrite 5 FN DeLong
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 450 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 605 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 37 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 55 J–40°C 50 J
Hardness approx. 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Corresponding toASTM 304, i.e. good resistance to general corrosion. The enhanced carbon content,compared to 308L, makes it slightly moresensitive to intercrystalline corrosion.
Approvals• CE • CWB • TÜV
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 50 – 803.25 80 – 1204.0 100 – 1605.0 160 – 220
Ø 2.5–3.25 Ø 4.0 Ø 5.0
Welding positions
136
Covered electrodes
Welding dataDC+ Diam. mm Current, A
3.25 70 – 1104.0 100 – 150
308L-LF rutileFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4301 1.4301 304 304S31 Z7 CN 18-09 23334307 1.4307 304L 304S11 Z3 CN 18-10 23524311 1.4311 304LN 304S61 Z3 CN 18-10 Az 23714541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 19 9 L RAWS A5.4 E308L-15
CharacteristicsAVESTA 308L-LF rutile produces a low ferriteweldment (max. 3 FN DeLong) offering particularly good resistance to selective corrosion as well as somewhat better impactstrength than 308L type electrodes, especiallyat low temperatures or after annealing. Theelectrode is intended for welding ASTM 304and 304L stainless steels.
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
3.25 350 0.64 50 1.25 61 1044.0 350 0.65 32 1.70 68 100
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.03 0.3 1.8 18.5 10.5
Ferrite 2 FN DeLong
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 420 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 570 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 39 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 85 J–196°C 35 J
Hardness approx. 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good under fairlysevere conditions, e.g. in oxidising acids andcold or dilute reducing acids.
Approvals–
Ø 3.25 Ø 4.0
Welding positions
137
Covered electrodes
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.0 35 – 602.5 45 – 703.25 60 – 1104.0 90 – 1505.0 150 – 200
347/MVNbFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337– 1.4550 347 347S31 Z6 CNNb 18-10 2338
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 19 9 Nb RAWS A5.4 E347-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 347/MVNb is a Nb-stabilised Cr-Nielectrode for welding Ti-stabilised steels suchas ASTM 321 and 347 exposed to service temperatures exceeding 400°C. Also used forthe second layer (first layer 309 type) whencladding mild steel.
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Nb0.02 0.8 0.8 19.5 10.0 ≥10xC
Ferrite 8 FN DeLong
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 470 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 620 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 35 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 55 J–40°C 45 J
Hardness approx. 225 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. 347/MVNbcan be used for cladding, which normallyrequires stress relieving at around 590°C. Sucha heat treatment will lower the ductility atroom temperature. Always consult expertisebefore performing post-weld heat treatment.
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: 347/MVNb is primarily intended for high temperature service or applications that should be heattreated. However, the corrossion resistancecorresponds to that of 308H, i.e. good resistance to general corrosion.
Approvals• CE • DB • TÜV• CWB • DNV
Ø 2.0–3.25 Ø 4.0 Ø 5.0
Welding positions
138
Covered electrodes
347/MVNb basicFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337– 1.4550 347 347S31 Z6 CNNb 18-10 2338
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 19 9 Nb BAWS A5.4 E347-15
CharacteristicsAVESTA 347/MVNb basic is a Nb-stabilisedCr-Ni electrode for welding Ti-stabilisedsteels such as ASTM 321 and 347 exposed toservice temperatures exceeding 400°C.347/MVNb basic provides better impactstrength than the AC/DC type electrodes.Also used for the second layer (first layer 309type) when cladding mild steel.
Weld deposit dataMetal recovery approx. 100%.
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Nb0.06 0.2 1.7 19.5 10.0 ≥10xC
Ferrite 5 FN DeLong
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 520 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 680 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 30 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 80 J–40°C 60 J
Hardness approx. 255 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. 347/MVNbcan be used for cladding, which normallyrequires stress relieving at around 590°C. Sucha heat treatment will lower the ductility atroom temperature. Always consult expertisebefore performing post-weld heat treatment.
Structure: Approx. 90% austenite and 10%ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: 347/MVNb is primarily intended for high temperature service or applications that should be heattreated. However, the corrossion resistancecorresponds to that of 308H, i.e. good resistance to general corrosion.
Approvals• CE • TÜV
Welding dataDC+ Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 50 – 703.25 70 – 1004.0 100 – 140
Ø 2.5–3.25 Ø 4.0Welding positions
139
Covered electrodes
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 60 – 903.25 80 – 1304.0 110 – 1705.0 170 – 230
316L/SKR-2DFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4436 1.4436 316 316S33 Z7 CND 18-12-03 23434432 1.4432 316L 316S13 Z3 CND 17-12-03 23534429 1.4429 S31653 316S63 Z3 CND 17-12 Az 23754571 1.4571 316Ti 320S31 Z6 CNDT 17-12 2350
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 19 12 3 L RAWS A5.4 E316L-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 316L/SKR-2D is a Cr-Ni-Mo highrecovery electrode for welding ASTM 316and 316L stainless steels. The 2D type electrode provides a metal recovery of about150%, giving high deposition rate and animproved productivity in horizontal butt andoverlay welding.
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
2.5 350 0.60 54 1.47 45 1513.25 400 0.58 31 2.11 56 1364.0 450 0.64 17 3.10 69 1465.0 450 0.63 11 4.18 78 140
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.03 0.8 0.8 18.0 12.0 2.8
Ferrite 10 FN DeLong
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 420 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 575 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 37 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 55 J–40°C 55 J
Hardness approx. 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance togeneral, pitting and intercrystalline corrosionin chloride containing environments.Intended for severe conditions, e.g. in dilutehot acids.
Approvals• CE • CWB • DNV • TÜV
Ø 2.5 Ø 3.25 Ø 4.0–5.0
Welding positions
140
Covered electrodes
316L/SKRFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4436 1.4436 316 316S33 Z7 CND 18-12-03 23434432 1.4432 316L 316S13 Z3 CND 17-12-03 23534429 1.4429 S31653 316S63 Z3 CND 17-12 Az 23754571 1.4571 316Ti 320S31 Z6 CNDT 17-12 2350
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 19 12 3 L RAWS A5.4 E316L-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 3D 316L/SKR is an all position Cr-Ni-Mo electrode for welding ASTM 316and 316L stainless steels.
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
1.6 250 0.52 278 0.60 22 1092.0 300 0.58 143 0.77 32 1062.5 350 0.57 76 1.06 44 1083.25 350 0.58 45 1.54 51 1074.0 450 0.60 23 2.22 71 1075.0 450 0.64 15 3.28 74 104
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.02 0.8 0.7 18.5 12.0 2.7
Ferrite 10 FN DeLong
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 445 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 590 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 36 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 55 J–40°C 55 J
Hardness approx. 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance togeneral, pitting and intercrystalline corrosionin chloride containing environments.Intended for severe conditions, e.g. in dilutehot acids.
Approvals• CE • DB • DNV • TÜV
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
1.6 25 – 502.0 30 – 602.5 45 – 803.25 70 – 1204.0 90 – 1605.0 150 – 220
Ø 1.6–3.25 Ø 4.0 Ø 5.0
Welding positions
141
Covered electrodes
316L/SKR-4DFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4436 1.4436 316 316S33 Z7 CND 18-12-03 23434432 1.4432 316L 316S13 Z3 CND 17-12-03 23534429 1.4429 S31653 316S63 Z3 CND 17-12 Az 23754571 1.4571 316Ti 320S31 Z6 CNDT 17-12 2350
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 19 12 3 L RAWS A5.4 E316L-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 316L/SKR-4D is a thin-coated, rutile-acid type electrode specially developed for the welding of thin walledpipelines and sheets, mainly in the chemicalprocess and papermaking industries. It ishighly suitable for welding in restrained positions and under difficult site conditions,where it offers considerably higher productivity than manual TIG-welding. It is also recommended for root runs andmulti-pass welds in general fabrication ofASTM 316-type stainless steels in all material thicknesses.
Pipe welding can beperformed in severaldifferent ways. Onepossibility is to startwelding in the overhead position (1), followed by vertical-down on both sides from the 12 o’clock position (2 and 3). Another possibility is to start at the 7 o’clockposition and weld vertical-up to the 11 o’clockposition on both sides. This requires an inverter power source with a remote control.
To bridge large root gaps DC– is often preferred.
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.02 0.8 0.7 18.0 12.0 2.6
Ferrite 8 FN DeLong
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 480 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 590 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 34 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 60 J–20°C 55 J
Hardness approx. 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 6 – 12% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance togeneral, pitting and intercrystalline corrosionin chlorine containing environments.Intended for severe service conditions, e.g. indilute hot acids.
Approvals• CE • TÜV
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
1.6 15 – 402.0 25 – 552.5 30 – 853.25 45 – 110
Welding positionsØ 1.6–2.5 Ø 3.25
142
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.02 0.8 1.0 18.0 12.0 2.8
Ferrite 10 FN DeLong
Covered electrodes
316L/SKR-PW AC/DCFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4436 1.4436 316 316S33 Z7 CND 18-12-03 23434432 1.4432 316L 316S13 Z3 CND 17-12-03 23534429 1.4429 S31653 316S63 Z3 CND 17-12 Az 23754571 1.4571 316Ti 320S31 Z6 CNDT 17-12 2350
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 19 12 3 L RAWS A5.4 E316L-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 316L/SKR-PW is a Cr-Ni electrodewith a coating optimised for the vertical-upand overhead position welding of ASTM 316and 316L stainless steels.
Thanks to the sharp and concentrated arc,PW electrodes are extremely suitable formaintenance and repair welding, especiallywhen joint surfaces are not particularly clean.
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
1.6 250 0.62 274 0.55 24 1092.0 250 0.63 176 0.69 29 1082.5 300 0.67 92 0.99 40 1073.25 350 0.63 45 1.60 50 1074.0 350 0.64 30 2.17 55 1075.0 350
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 455 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 590 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 36 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 60 J–40°C 60 J
Hardness approx. 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance togeneral, pitting and intercrystalline corrosionin chloride containing environments.Intended for severe conditions, e.g. in dilutehot acids.
Approvals• CWB • DB •DNV • TÜV
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
1.6 20 – 452.0 25 – 602.5 35 – 803.25 60 – 1204.0 100 – 1605.0 160 – 220
Ø 1.6–3.25
Welding positionsØ 4.0–5.0
143
Covered electrodes
316L/SKR-VDX AC/DCFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4436 1.4436 316 316S33 Z7 CND 18-12-03 23434432 1.4432 316L 316S13 Z3 CND 17-12-03 23534429 1.4429 S31653 316S63 Z3 CND 17-12 Az 23754571 1.4571 316Ti 320S31 Z6 CNDT 17-12 2350
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 19 12 3 L RAWS A5.4 E316L-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 316L/SKR-VDX is a Cr-Ni-Mo electrode specially developed for optimalwelding properties when welding thin ASTM 316 and 316L stainless steel plates inthe vertical-down position.
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.02 0.7 0.7 18.5 12.5 2.8
Ferrite 5 FN DeLong
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 480 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 630 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 30 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 50 J–40°C 35 J
Hardness approx. 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance togeneral, pitting and intercrystalline corrosionin chloride containing environments.Intended for severe conditions, e.g. in dilutehot acids.
Approvals• CE • CWB • DNV • TÜV
Welding positionsØ 2.0–3.25
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
2.0 250 0.66 184 0.71 28 1042.5 300 0.72 96 0.94 40 1033.25 350 0.73 48 1.45 52 104
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.0 35 – 602.5 50 – 803.25 80 – 120
144
Covered electrodes
316L/SKR basicFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4436 1.4436 316 316S33 Z7 CND 18-12-03 23434432 1.4432 316L 316S13 Z3 CND 17-12-03 23534429 1.4429 S31653 316S63 Z3 CND 17-12 Az 23754571 1.4571 316Ti 320S31 Z6 CNDT 17-12 2350
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 19 12 3 L BAWS A5.4 E316L-15
CharacteristicsAVESTA 316L/SKR basic is a Cr-Ni-Mo electrode providing somewhat better ductilitythan AC/DC type electrodes especially atlower temperatures. The electrode is intendedfor welding ASTM 316 and 316L stainlesssteels.
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
2.5 300 0.63 93 0.86 45 1053.25 350 0.68 46 1.30 60 1084.0 350 0.71 30 1.85 64 106
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.03 0.2 1.7 18.5 12.0 2.8
Ferrite 5 FN DeLong
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 430 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 565 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 34 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 70 J–40°C 50 J–196°C 25 J
Hardness approx. 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance togeneral, pitting and intercrystalline corrosionin chloride containing environments.Intended for severe conditions, e.g. in dilutehot acids.
Approvals• CE • TÜV
Welding dataDC+ Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 50 – 703.25 70 – 1104.0 100 – 150
Ø 2.5–3.25 Ø 4.0
Welding positions
145
Covered electrodes
316/316H AC/DCFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4401 1.4401 316 316S16 Z7 CND 17-11-02 23474571 1.4571 316Ti 320S17 Z6 CNDT 17-12 2350– 1.4919 316H 316S51 Z6 CND 17-13 2347
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 19 12 2 RAWS A5.4 E316H-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 316/316H AC/DC is a high carbonCr-Ni-Mo electrode primarily intended forwelding ASTM 316 and 316H type stainlesssteels exposed to temperatures above 400°C.
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
2.5 300 0.55 91 0.99 40 1103.25 350 0.59 45 1.66 50 1084.0 350 0.62 30 2.21 58 107
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.06 0.8 1.0 19.0 12.0 2.8
Ferrite 5 FN DeLong
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 470 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 615 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 35 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 50 J
Hardness approx. 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Approx. 95% austenite and 5% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance togeneral, pitting and intercrystalline corrosionin chloride containing environments.Intended for severe conditions, e.g. in dilutehot acids.
Approvals• CE • CWB • TÜV
Ø 2.5–3.25 Ø 4.0
Welding positions
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 50 – 803.25 80 – 1204.0 100 – 160
146146
Covered electrodes
318/SKNb AC/DCFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4571 1.4571 316Ti 320S31 Z6 CNDT 17-12 2350
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 19 12 3 Nb RAWS A5.4 E318-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 318/SKNb AC/DC is a Nb-stabilisedCr-Ni-Mo electrode for welding Ti-stabilisedsteels such as ASTM 316Ti.
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
2.0 3002.5 350 0.58 75 1.05 46 1103.25 350 0.59 45 1.58 51 1094.0 450 0.63 26 2.23 63 1085.0 450
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Nb0.02 0.8 0.8 18.5 12.0 2.8 ≥10xC
Ferrite 10 FN DeLong
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 470 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 605 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 34 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 60 J–40°C 50 J
Hardness approx. 220 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: The corrosion resistance corresponds to that of ASTM 316Ti,i.e. good resistance to general, pitting andintercrystalline corrosion.
Approvals• CE • DB • DNV • TÜV
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.0 35 – 602.5 50 – 803.25 80 – 1204.0 100 – 1605.0 160 – 220
Ø 2.0–3.25 Ø 4.0 Ø 5.0
Welding positions
147147
Covered electrodes
317L/SNR AC/DCFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4438 1.4438 317L 317S12 Z3 CND 19-15-04 2367
Standard designationsAWS A5.4 E317L-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 317L/SNR AC/DC is a high Mo-alloyed electrode corresponding to AWS A5.4 E 317L designed for weldingASTM 317L steel.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) AWS A5.4
Yield strength Rp0.2 485 N/mm2 –Tensile strength Rm 615 N/mm2 520 N/mm2
Elongation A5 32 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 45 J
Hardness approx. 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Higher resistance thanASTM 316L in acid and chloride containing solutions.
Approvals• CWB • DNV
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.0 35 – 602.5 50 – 803.25 80 – 1204.0 100 – 1605.0 160 – 220
Ø 2.0–3.25 Ø 4.0 Ø 5.0
Welding positions
Weld deposit dataMetal recovery approx. 110%.
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.02 0.7 0.9 19.0 13.0 3.7
Ferrite 10 FN DeLong
148
Covered electrodes
SLR AC/DCFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4438 1.4438 317L 317S12 Z3 CND 19-15-04 23674439 1.4439 317LMN – Z3 CND 18-14-05 Az –
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 19 13 4 N L R
CharacteristicsAVESTA SLR AC/DC is a high Mo-alloyedelectrode primarily designed for weldingOutokumpu 4438 and 4439. It is also suitable for welding ASTM 317L stainlesssteel.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 490 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 635 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 31 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 45 J–40°C 30 J
Hardness approx. 225 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Considerably higherresistance than ASTM 316L and slightly higherthan 317L in acid and chloride containingenvironments.
Approvals• CE • TÜV
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 50 – 803.25 80 – 1204.0 100 – 160
Ø 2.5–3.25 Ø 4.0
Welding positions
Weld deposit dataMetal recovery approx. 110%.
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.02 0.8 1.0 18.5 13.5 4.0
Ferrite 10 FN DeLong
149
Covered electrodes
LDX 2101For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
LDX 2101® 1.4162 S32101 – – –
Standard designations–
CharacteristicsAVESTA LDX 2101 is designed for weldingthe ferritic-austenitic (duplex) stainless steelOutokumpu LDX 2101. LDX 2101 is a “leanduplex” steel with excellent strength andmedium corrosion resistance. The steel ismainly intended for applications such as civilengineering, storage tanks, containers etc.
AVESTA LDX 2101 provides a ferritic-austenitic weldment that combines many ofthe good properties of both ferritic and austenitic stainless steels. The duplex microstructure gives high tensile strength and hereby also good resistance to stress corrosion cracking.
AVESTA LDX 2101 is “over alloyed” withrespect to nickel to ensure the right ferritebalance in the weld metal.
Outokumpu LDX 2101 should be weldedas an ordinary austenitic stainless steel, i.e.high amperages should be avoided and thematerial should be allowed to cool to below150°C between passes.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 640 N/mm2 –Tensile strength Rm 800 N/mm2 –Elongation A5 25 % –Impact strength KV+20°C 45 J–40°C 28 J
Hardness approx. 260 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: 0.5 – 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1020 – 1080°C).
Structure: Austenite with 30 – 65% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Good resistance togeneral corrosion. Corrosion resistance is on alevel with or better than AISI 304.
Approvals• CE • TÜV
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 50 – 803.25 70 – 1204.0 100 – 160 Ø 2.5 Ø 3.25 Ø 4.0
Welding positions
Weld deposit dataMetal recovery approx. 110%.
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N0.04 0.8 0.7 23.5 7.0 0.3 0.14
Ferrite 45 FN WRC-92
150
Covered electrodes
2304For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
2304 1.4362 S32304 – – 2327
Standard designations–
CharacteristicsAVESTA 2304 is a Cr-Ni alloyed duplex electrode for welding duplex stainless steelssuch as 2304. Welding should be carried outas for ordinary austenitic stainless steel.However, the somewhat lower penetrationand fluidity of the weld should be considered.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 640 N/mm2 –Tensile strength Rm 780 N/mm2 –Elongation A5 23 % –Impact strength KV+20°C 40 J–40°C 25 J
Hardness approx. 260 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: 0.5 – 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with approx. 30% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good resistance topitting and stress corrosion cracking in nitricacid environments.
Approvals• CE • TÜV
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 50 – 803.25 80 – 1204.0 100 – 160
Ø 2.5–3.25 Ø 4.0
Welding positions
Weld deposit dataMetal recovery approx. 110%.
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni N0.02 0.8 0.8 24.5 9.0 0.12
Ferrite 30 FN WRC-92
151
Covered electrodes
2205-2DFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
2205 1.4462 S32205 318S13 Z3 CND 22-05 Az 2377
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 22 9 3 N L RAWS A5.4 E2209-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 2205-2D is a high recovery electrodedesigned for welding duplex steels such as2205. For light to moderate thickness material,welding should be carried out as for ordinaryaustenitic stainless steel. However, the somewhat lower penetration and fluidity ofthe weld should be considered. Very highquench rates and excessive times at red heator above should be avoided to prevent excessive ferrite or formation of intermetallicphases.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 640 N/mm2 450 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 825 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 33 % 20 %Impact strength KV+20°C 55 J–40°C 40 J
Hardness approx. 240 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: 0.5 – 2.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1100 – 1150°C).
Structure: Austenite with approx. 30% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good resistance topitting and stress corrosion cracking in chloride containing environments.
Approvals–
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
4.0 110 – 1705.0 170 – 230
Ø 4.0–5.0
Welding positions
Weld deposit dataMetal recovery approx. 140%.
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N0.03 0.8 0.7 22.5 9.5 3.0 0.15
Ferrite 30 FN WRC-92
152
Covered electrodes
2205 For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
2205 1.4462 S32205 318S13 Z3 CND 22-05 Az 2377
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 22 9 3 N L RAWS A5.4 E2209-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 2205 is a Cr-Ni-Mo alloyed duplexelectrode for welding duplex steels such as2205. For light to moderate thickness material,welding should be carried out as for ordinaryaustenitic stainless steel. However, the somewhat lower penetration and fluidity ofthe weld should be considered. Very highquench rates and excessive times at red heator above should be avoided to prevent excessive ferrite or formation of intermetallicphases.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 620 N/mm2 450 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 810 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 25 % 20 %Impact strength KV+20°C 45 J–40°C 35 J
Hardness approx. 240 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: 0.5 – 2.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1100 – 1150°C).
Structure: Austenite with approx. 30% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good resistance topitting and stress corrosion cracking in chloride containing environments.
Approvals• CE • DB • LR • TÜV• CWB • GL • RINA
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.0 30 – 602.5 45 – 803.25 70 – 1204.0 90 – 1605.0 150 – 220
Ø 2.0–3.25 Ø 4.0 Ø 5.0
Welding positions
Weld deposit dataMetal recovery approx. 110%.
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N0.02 0.8 0.7 23.0 9.5 3.0 0.15
Ferrite 30 FN WRC-92
153
Covered electrodes
2205-4DFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
2205 1.4462 S32205 318S13 Z3 CND 22-05 Az 2377
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 22 9 3 N L RAWS A5.4 E2209-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 2205-4D is a thin-coated, rutile-acidtype electrode specially developed for thewelding of thin-walled pipelines and sheets,mainly in the chemical process and papermaking industries. It is characterised by its exceptionally good arc stability, weldpool control, slag removal and restriking properties. This makes it highly suitable forwelding in restrained positions and underdifficult site conditions, where it offers considerably higher productivity than manual TIG welding. It is also recommendedfor root runs and multipass welds in generalfabrication of duplex stainless steels in all material thicknesses.
Pipe welding can beperformed in severaldifferent ways. Onepossibility is to startwelding in the overhead position (1), followed by vertical-down on both sides from the 12 o’clock position (2 and 3). Another possibility is to start at the 7 o’clockposition and weld vertical-up to the 11 o’clockposition on both sides. This requires an inverter power source with a remote control.
To bridge large root gaps DC– is often preferred.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 630 N/mm2 450 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 820 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 25 % 20 %Impact strength KV+20°C 45 J–40°C 35 J
Hardness approx. 240 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with approx. 30% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance togeneral, pitting and intercrystalline corrosionin chlorine containing environments.
Approvals• CE • TÜV
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.0 25 – 552.5 30 – 853.25 45 – 110
Welding positionsØ 2.0–2.5 Ø 3.25
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N0.02 0.8 0.7 23.0 9.5 3.0 0.15
Ferrite 30 FN WRC-92
154
Covered electrodes
2205-PW AC/DCFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
2205 1.4462 S32205 318S13 Z3 CND 22-05 Az 2377
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 22 9 3 N L RAWS A5.4 E2209-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 2205-PW is an all-position electrodewith special advantages in the vertical-up andoverhead positions. The electrode is designedfor welding duplex steel of the 2205 type. Forlight to moderate thickness material, weldingshould be carried out as for ordinary austenitic stainless steel. However, the somewhat lower penetration and fluidity ofthe weld should be considered.
Thanks to the sharp and concentrated arc,PW electrodes are extremely suitable formaintenance and repair welding, especiallywhen joint surfaces are not particularly clean.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 635 N/mm2 450 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 830 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 25 % 20 %Impact strength KV+20°C 55 J–40°C 40 J
Hardness approx. 240 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: 0.5 – 2.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1100 – 1150°C).
Structure: Austenite with approx. 30% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good resistance topitting and stress corrosion cracking in chloride containing environments.
Approvals• CWB • DNV • TÜV
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.0 35 – 602.5 50 – 803.25 70 – 1104.0 100 – 1605.0 160 – 220
Ø 2.0–3.25 Ø 5.0
Welding positions
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N0.02 0.8 0.8 23.0 9.5 3.0 0.17
Ferrite 30 FN WRC-92
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
2.0 250 0.63 182 0.71 28 1072.5 300 0.66 95 0.99 38 1063.25 350 0.62 42 1.65 52 1154.0 350 0.65 28 2.43 52 1155.0 350 0.67 18 3.30 61 115
Ø 4.0
155
Covered electrodes
2205 basicFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
2205 1.4462 S32205 318S13 Z3 CND 22-05 Az 2377
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 22 9 3 N L BAWS A5.4 E2209-15
CharacteristicsAVESTA 2205 basic provides somewhat betterimpact properties and position welding properties than the 2205 AC/DC type electrodes. The electrode is designed for welding duplex steel of the 2205 type. Forlight to moderate thickness material, weldingshould be carried out as for ordinary austenitic stainless steel. However, thesomewhat lower penetration and fluidity ofthe weld should be considered. Very highquench rates and excessive times at red heator above should be avoided to prevent excessive ferrite or formation of intermetallicphases.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 645 N/mm2 450 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 840 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 26 % 20 %Impact strength KV+20°C 90 J–40°C 75 J
Hardness approx. 240 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: 0.5 – 2.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1100 – 1150°C).
Structure: Austenite with approx. 40% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good resistance topitting and stress corrosion cracking in chloride containing environments.
Approvals–
Welding dataDC+ Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 50 – 703.25 70 – 1104.0 100 – 140
Weld deposit dataMetal recovery approx. 110%.
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N0.03 0.5 1.2 23.5 9.0 3.0 0.16
Ferrite 40 FN WRC-92
Ø 2.5–4.0
Welding positions
156
Covered electrodes
2507/P100-4DFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
SAF 2507® 1.4410 S32750 – Z3 CND 25-06 Az 2328
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N0.03 0.8 0.8 25.0 9.3 3.6 0.22
Ferrite 30 FN WRC-92
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 25 9 4 N L RAWS A5.4 E2594-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 2507/P100-4D electrodes give ahigh-alloy, duplex weld metal. They are thin-coated and specially designed for pipewelding and extreme position welding. It ischaracterised by its exceptionally good arcstability, weld pool control, slag removal andrestriking properties. This makes it highlysuitable for welding in restrained positionsand under difficult site conditions, where itoffers considerably higher productivity thanmanual TIG welding. It is also recommendedfor root runs and multipass welds in generalfabrication of duplex stainless steels in allmaterial thicknesses. Suitable for super duplexsteels such as SAF 2507, ASTM S32750, ASTMS32760 and similar.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 700 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 880 N/mm2 620 N/mm2
Elongation A5 24 % 18 %Impact strength KV+20°C 40 J–46°C 30 J
Hardness approx. 250 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: 0.5 – 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1100 – 1150°C).
Structure: Austenite with approx. 30% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good resistance to pitting and stress corrosion cracking in chloride containing environments. Pittingresistance in accordance with ASTM G48-Abetter than 40°C.
Approvals–
Welding dataDC+ Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 45 – 703.25 55 – 100
Welding positionsØ 2.5 Ø 3.25
157
Covered electrodes
2507/P100 rutileFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
SAF 2507® 1.4410 S32750 – Z3 CND 25-06 Az 2328
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N0.03 0.5 1.3 25.5 10.0 3.6 0.23
Ferrite 30 FN WRC-92
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 25 9 4 N L RAWS A5.4 E2594-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 2507/P100 rutile-acid electrodesgive a high-alloy, duplex weld metal. Theyare suitable for super duplex steels such as SAF 2507, ASTM S32750, ASTM S32760 andsimilar. Heat inputs should be generallylower than those used for 2205. However, thesomewhat reduced fluidity and penetration(compared to ordinary austenitic stainlesssteels) must be taken into consideration. To prevent excessive ferrite, or the formationof intermetallic phases, very high quenchrates and excessive times at red heat or above should be avoided.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 700 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 900 N/mm2 620 N/mm2
Elongation A5 26 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 80 J–40°C 55 J
Hardness approx. 250 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: 0.5 – 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1100 – 1150°C).
Structure: Austenite with approx. 30% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good resistance to pitting and stress corrosion cracking in chloride containing environments. Pittingresistance in accordance with ASTM G48-Abetter than 40°C.
Approvals–
Welding positions
Welding dataDC+ Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 50 – 703.25 80 – 1004.0 100 – 140
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
2.5 300 0.58 93 0.77 50 1073.25 350 0.64 46 1.30 59 1084.0 350 0.68 30 1.88 64 110
Ø 2.5–3.25 Ø 4.0
158
Covered electrodes
254 SFERFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4466 1.4466 S31050 – Z2 CND 25-22 Az –
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 25 22 2 N L R
CharacteristicsAVESTA 254 SFER is a fully austenitic Mnand N-alloyed Cr-Ni-Mo electrode similar toAWS E310MoL. The electrode is designed forwelding ASTM S31050 and similar types ofhigh corrosion resistant steels for use inapplications producing for example syntheticfertilisers, nitrophosphates, ammonium nitrate and nitric acid.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 440 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 660 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 32 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 55 J
Hardness approx. 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1000°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance instrongly oxidising and slightly reducing environments. High resistance to inter-granular, selective, pitting and stress corrosion.
Approvals–
Welding dataDC+ Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 50 – 753.25 70 – 1104.0 100 – 150
Ø 2.5–3.25 Ø 4.0
Welding positions
Weld deposit dataMetal recovery approx. 103%.
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N0.03 0.4 2.6 25.0 21.0 2.5 0.14
Ferrite 0 FN
159
Covered electrodes
316L/SKR Cryo
Standard designationsAWS A5.4 E316L-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 316L/SKR Cryo is a fully austeniticCr-Ni-Mo electrode designed for weldingASTM 316L type steels in cryogenic applications where > 0.38 mm Charpy lateralexpansion at minus 130 – 196°C is required.The absence of ferrite makes the electrodeparticularly suitable also in the urea industryand constructions requiring a low magneticpermeability (non-magnetic).
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) AWS A5.4
Yield strength Rp0.2 440 N/mm2 –Tensile strength Rm 550 N/mm2 490 N/mm2
Elongation A5 37 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 75 J–196°C 35 J
Lateral expamsion 0.55 mmHardness approx. 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very resistant to selective corrosion and general corrosion.
Ø 2.5–3.25 Ø 4.0
Welding positions
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.03 0.4 2.4 17.5 13.8 2.5
Ferrite 0 FN
Weld deposit dataMetal recovery approx. 110%.
Welding dataDC+ Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 50 – 753.25 80 – 1204.0 100 – 150
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4404 1.4404 316L 316S11 Z3 CND 17-11-02 23484435 1.4435 316L 316S13 Z3 CND 18-14-03 23534429 1.4429 316LN 316S63 Z3 CND 17-12 Az 23754432 1.4432 316L 316S13 Z3 CND 17-12-03 2353
160
Covered electrodes
904L AC/DCFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
904L 1.4539 904L 904S13 Z2 NCDU 25-20 2562Also for welding similar steels of the 20-25 CrNiMoCu-type.
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 20 25 5 Cu N L RAWS A5.4 E385-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 904L AC/DC is a highly alloyedfully austenitic Cr-Ni-Mo-Cu electrode designed for welding ASTM 904L and similartypes of stainless steel. 904L filler metal has a fully austenitic structure which makes itsomewhat more sensitive to hot crackingthan for example 316L. Welding should beperformed taking great care about low heatinput and interpass temperature.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 400 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 565 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 34 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 70 J
Hardness approx. 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1070 – 1100°C).
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1000°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good resistance innon-oxidising environments such as sulphuricacid (up to 90% conc.), phosphoric acid andorganic acids. Good resistance to pitting andcrevice corrosion in chloride containing solutions.
Approvals• CE • DB • TÜV
Ø 2.5–3.25 Ø 4.0 Ø 5.0
Welding positions
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu0.02 0.7 1.2 20.5 25.0 4.5 1.5
Ferrite 0 FN
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
2.5 350 0.69 59 1.09 56 1393.25 350 0.65 35 1.53 67 1394.0 400 0.69 20 2.29 80 1435.0 400 0.69 13 3.37 83 138
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 50 – 753.25 80 – 1104.0 100 – 1505.0 140 – 190
161
Covered electrodes
904L-PW AC/DCFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
904L 1.4539 904L 904S13 Z2 NCDU 25-20 2562Also for welding similar steels of the 20-25 CrNiMoCu-type.
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 20 25 5 Cu N L R
CharacteristicsAVESTA 904L-PW is a highly alloyed fullyaustenitic Cr-Ni-Mo-Cu electrode designedfor welding ASTM 904L and similar types ofstainless steel. The electrode has a coatingspecially designed for position welding. 904L-PW has a fully austenitic structurewhich makes it somewhat more sensitive tohot cracking than for example 316L. Weldingshould be performed taking great care aboutlow heat input and interpass temperature.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 400 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 600 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 35 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 70 J
Hardness approx. 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1000°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good resistance in non-oxidising solutions such as sulphuricacid (up to 90% conc.), phosphoric acid and organic acids. Good resistance to pitting andcrevice corrosion in chloride containing solutions.
Approvals–
Ø 2.0–2.5
Welding positions
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu0.02 1.0 1.2 20.0 24.5 4.5 1.5
Ferrite 0 FN
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.0 25 – 552.5 35 – 75
Weld deposit dataMetal recovery approx. 110%.
162
Covered electrodes
383 AC/DCFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
– 1.4563 N08028 – – 2584
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 27 31 4 Cu L RAWS A5.4 E383-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 383 AC/DC is a highly alloyed fullyaustenitic electrode with a composition corresponding to AWS E383-17. It is primarilydesigned for welding ASTM N08028 andsimilar steels. 383 has a fully austenitic structure which makes it somewhat moresensitive to hot cracking than for example316L. Welding should be performed takinggreat care about low heat input and interpasstemperature.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 410 N/mm2 240 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 620 N/mm2 500 N/mm2
Elongation A5 33 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 55 J
Hardness approx. 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1070 – 1100°C).
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: High corrosion resistance in sulphuric and phosphoric acids.Excellent pitting resistance in acidic solutionscontaining chlorides and fluorides such asseawater.
Approvals–
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 50 – 753.25 80 – 1104.0 100 – 150
Ø 2.5–3.25 Ø 4.0
Welding positions
Weld deposit dataMetal recovery approx. 120%.
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu0.02 0.9 0.9 27.0 32.0 3.7 1.0
Ferrite 0 FN
163
Covered electrodes
P12-R basicFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
254 SMO® 1.4547 S31254 – – 2378Also for welding nickel base alloys to stainless or unalloyed steels and for surfacing.
Standard designationsEN ISO 14172 E Ni Cr 21 Mo Fe NbAWS A5.11 ENiCrMo-12
CharacteristicsAVESTA P12-R basic is a nickel base electrodeintended for 6Mo steels such as 254 SMO. It can also be used for welding nickel basealloys such as Inconel 625 and Incoloy 825. In chloride containing environments, the electrode offers particularly high resistance topitting, crevice corrosion and stress corrosioncracking. As it has a fully austenitic structure,P12-R is slightly more sensitive to hot cracking than, for example, 316L.Consequently, low heat input and carefulcontrol of the interpass temperature areessential.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14172
Yield strength Rp0.2 480 N/mm2 400 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 730 N/mm2 650 N/mm2
Elongation A5 37 % 32 %Impact strength KV+20°C 90 J–40°C 80 J–196°C 70 J
Hardness approx. 220 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1150 – 1200°C).
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1100°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Maximum resistanceto pitting and cervice corrosion in chloridecontaining environments. Good resistance insulphuric and phosphoric acids contaminatedby chlorides.
Approvals• CE • CWB • TÜV
Ø 2.0–3.25 Ø 4.0
Welding positions
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe0.02 0.4 0.4 21.5 bal. 9.5 2.2 3.0
Ferrite 0 FN
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
2.0 250 0.61 170 0.59 36 1072.5 300 0.64 90 0.90 44 1043.25 350 0.66 44 1.39 59 1064.0 350 0.70 28 2.14 60 108
Welding dataDC+ Diam. mm Current, A
2.0 25 – 452.5 40 – 703.25 60 – 954.0 90 – 135
164
Covered electrodes
P625 basicFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
– 2.4856 N06625 – – –Also for welding nickel base alloys to stainless or unalloyed steels and for surfacing.
Standard designationsEN ISO 14172 E Ni Cr 22 Mo 9 NbAWS A5.11 ENiCrMo-3
CharacteristicsAVESTA P625 basic is a nickel base electrodeintended for welding nickel base alloys. Dueto its higher niobium content, compared toP12-R, P625 is well suited for welding nickelalloys such as Inconel 625 and Incoloy 825 foruse in high temperature applications. P625has a fully austenitic structure which makes itsomewhat more sensitive to hot crackingthan for example 316L. Welding should beperformed taking great care about low heatinput and interpass temperature.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14172
Yield strength Rp0.2 480 N/mm2 420 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 770 N/mm2 760 N/mm2
Elongation A5 30 % 27 %Impact strength KV+20°C 60 J–40°C 50 J
Hardness approx. 220 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1150 – 1200°C).
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1100°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Maximum resistanceto pitting and cervice corrosion in chloridecontaining environments. Good resistance insulphuric and phosphoric acids contaminatedby chlorides.
Approvals–
Ø 4.0
Welding positions
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe0.02 0.5 0.2 21.5 bal. 9.5 3.5 1.5
Ferrite 0 FN
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
2.5 300 0.64 88 0.99 42 1063.25 350 0.66 44 1.38 59 1054.0 350 0.68 29 1.97 63 106
Welding dataDC+ Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 40 – 703.25 60 – 954.0 90 – 135
Ø 2.5–3.25
165
Covered electrodes
P16 basicFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4565 1.4565 S34565 – – –654 SMO® 1.4652 S32654 – – –– – N06059 – – –
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14172
Yield strength Rp0.2 550 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 780 N/mm2 690 N/mm2
Elongation A5 35 % 27 %Impact strength KV+20°C 60 J–40°C 40 J
Hardness approx. 220 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1150 – 1200°C).
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1100°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior resistance topitting and crevice corrosion (CPT>80°C,ASTM G48-A).
Approvals–
Ø 2.5–3.25 Ø 4.0
Welding positions
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.01 0.15 0.2 23.5 bal. 15.5
Ferrite 0 FN
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
2.5 300 0.63 87 0.90 46 1093.25 350 0.56 45 1.07 74 1044.0 350 0.62 31 1.60 74 102
Welding dataDC+ Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 50 – 803.25 80 – 1204.0 100 – 160
Standard designationsEN ISO 14172 E Ni Cr 25 Mo 16AWS A5.11 ENiCrMo-13
CharacteristicsAVESTA P16 basic is a nickel base electrodewith a chemical composition similar to Alloy59. P16 is specially developed for weldingOutokumpu 654 SMO and other highlyalloyed, fully austenitic steels, providingsuperior resistance to pitting, crevice andstress corrosion cracking in chloride containing enviroments. Corrosion resistanceis similar to or better than that of Alloy C-276(ENiCrMo-4). P16 has a fully austenitic structure which makes it somewhat moresensitive to hot cracking than, for example,316L. Welding should be performed takinggreat care about low heat input and interpasstemperature.
166
Covered electrodes
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4565 1.4565 S34565 – – –254 SMO® 1.4547 S31254 – – –654 SMO® 1.4652 S32654 – – –
P54 basic
Standard designations–
CharacteristicsAVESTA P54 basic is a highly alloyed Cr-Ni-Mo electrode producing a fully austenitic weldment. P54 is specially developed for welding 254 SMO, 654 SMOand other 6 and 7Mo steel for use in highlyoxidising environments, e.g. bleach washersin pulp and paper applications, especiallythose having neutral chloride dioxide conditions.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 500 N/mm2 –Tensile strength Rm 700 N/mm2 –Elongation A5 20 % –Impact strength KV+20°C 50 J–70°C 30 J
Hardness approx. 220 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none.
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1100°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior resistance innear neutral chloride dioxide containing environments, such as D-stage bleachers.
Approvals–
Welding positions
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu N0.02 0.2 2.6 25.5 25.5 5.0 0.8 0.35
Ferrite 0 FN
Welding dataDC+ Diam. mm Current, A
3.25 80 – 100
Ø 3.25
167
Covered electrodes
307 AC/DCFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
Over-alloyed electrode for welding stainless steels to carbon steel, low-alloy steel or Mn-steel.
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 18 9 Mn Mo RAWS A5.4 E307-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 307 AC/DC is a Mn-alloyed electrode developed for dissimilar weldingbetween stainless, mild and low-alloy steelsas well as Mn-steels. 307 offers a crack resistant weld with good mechanical properties. Can also be used for weldinghigh-strength steels such as Hardox® andArmox®.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 465 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 605 N/mm2 500 N/mm2
Elongation A5 35 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 45 J
Hardness approx. 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 0 – 5% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Primarily intended forstainless to mild steel connections, however,the corrosion resistance corresponds to ASTM 304.
Approvals–
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 50 – 803.25 80 – 1204.0 100 – 1605.0 160 – 220
Ø 2.5–4.0 Ø 5.0
Welding positions
Weld deposit dataMetal recovery approx. 110%.
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.07 0.8 4.0 20.0 10.5 0.8
Ferrite 5 FN DeLong
168
Covered electrodes
309LFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
Over-alloyed electrode for surfacing unalloyed steel, joint welding non-molybdenum-alloyed stainlesssteel to unalloyed steel and welding clad material.
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 23 12 L RAWS A5.4 E309L-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 309L is a highly alloyed low carbonelectrode designed for dissimilar weldingbetween stainless and mild or low-alloysteels. The electrode is also well suited as abuffer layer when performing overlay welding on mild steels, providing an 18 Cr 8 Ni deposit from the very first layer. It can also be used for welding some high temperature steels such as ASTM 309S.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 450 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 550 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 35 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 50 J–40°C 45 J
Hardness approx. 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. For constructions that include low-alloy steels in mixed joints, stress-relieving may beadvisable. Always consult the supplier of theparent metal or seek other expert advice toensure that the correct heat treatment processis carried out.
Structure: Austenite with 10 – 15% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1000°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior to 308L. Whensurfacing mild steel a corrosion resistanceequivalent to that of ASTM 304 is obtainedalready in the first bead.
Approvals• CE • DB • GL • RINA• CWB • DNV • LR • TÜV
Ø 2.0–3.25 Ø 4.0 Ø 5.0
Welding positions
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
2.0 3002.5 300 0.60 82 1.02 43 1193.25 350 0.61 43 1.58 52 1144.0 450 0.63 29 2.07 61 1125.0 450 0.68 18 3.11 64 112
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.0 35 – 602.5 50 – 803.25 80 – 1204.0 100 – 1605.0 160 – 220
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.02 0.8 0.8 23.0 13.0
Ferrite 15 FN DeLong
169
Covered electrodes
309L-4DFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
Over-alloyed electrode for surfacing unalloyed steel, joint welding non-molybdenum-alloyed stainlesssteel to unalloyed steel and welding clad material.
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 23 12 L RAWS A5.4 E309L-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 309L-4D is an over-alloyed electrodeintended for welding stainless steel to unalloyed or low-alloy steels. It has a thin,rutile-acid type coating and is designed forwelding with either AC or positive polarityDC. It has a composition that, under normalwelding conditions, ensures a crack resistantweld metal. This electrode can also be usedfor welding some high temperature steels.Always consult expertise.
Pipe welding can beperformed in severaldifferent ways. Onepossibility is to startwelding in the overhead position (1), followed by vertical-down on both sides from the 12 o’clock position (2 and 3). Another possibility is to start at the 7 o’clock position and weld vertical-up to the 11 o’clock position on bothsides. This requires an inverter power sourcewith a remote control.
DC– is often preferred to bridge large rootgaps and when welding stainless to unalloyedthin plates and pipes.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 460 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 590 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 29 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 50 J
Hardness approx. 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. For constructions that include low-alloy steelsin mixed joints, a stress-relieving annealingstage may be advisable. However, this type ofalloy may be susceptible to embrittlement-inducing precipitation in the temperaturerange 550 – 950°C).
Structure: Austenite with 10 – 15% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1000°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior to 308L.When surfacing mild steel a corrosion resis-tance equivalent to that of ASTM 304 is obtai-ned already in the first bead.
Approvals• CE • TÜV
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.0 25 – 552.5 30 – 853.25 45 – 110
Welding positionsØ 2.0–2.5 Ø 3.25
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.02 0.8 1.0 23.5 13.0
Ferrite 15 FN Delong
170
Covered electrodes
309L basic
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 23 12 L BAWS A5.4 E309L-15
CharacteristicsAVESTA 309L basic is a highly alloyed lowcarbon electrode designed for dissimilar welding between stainless and mild or low-alloy steels. The electrode is also wellsuited as a buffer layer when performingoverlay welding on mild steels, providing an18 Cr 8 Ni deposit from the very first layer.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 440 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 570 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 30 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 50 J
Hardness approx. 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. For constructions that include low-alloy steels in mixed joints, a stress-relieving stagemay be advisable. However, this type of alloymay be susceptible to embrittlement-inducingparticipation in the temperature range 550 – 950°C. Always consult the supplier ofthe parent metal or seek other expert adviceto ensure that the correct heat treatment process is carried out.
Structure: Austenite with 10 – 15% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1000°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior to 308L.When surfacing mild steel a corrosion resistance equivalent to that of ASTM 304 isobtained already in the first layer.
Approvals–
Welding dataDC+ Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 50 – 753.25 70 – 1004.0 100 – 140
Weld deposit dataMetal recovery approx. 105%.
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.03 0.2 1.9 24.0 13.0
Ferrite 15 FN DeLong
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
Over-alloyed electrode for surfacing unalloyed steel, joint welding non-molybdenum-alloyed stainlesssteel to unalloyed steel and welding clad material.
Ø 2.5–3.25 Ø 4.0
Welding positions
171
Covered electrodes
P5-2DFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
Over-alloyed electrode for surfacing unalloyed steel, joint welding molybdenum-alloyed stainless steel to unalloyed steel and welding clad material.
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 23 12 2 L RAWS A5.4 E309MoL-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA P5-2D is a highly alloyed low carbon electrode corresponding to AWS A5.4E309MoL-17. The electrode is designed fordissimilar welding between stainless and mildor low-alloy steels but can also be used foroverlay welding, providing an 18 Cr 8 Ni 2 Modeposit from the very first layer.
It can also be used for welding high-strength steels such as Hardox® and Armox®.P5-2D has an extra thick coating providing ahigh deposition rate with a metal recovery ofabout 150%. This electrode is a very cost-effective alternative for overlay welding inhorizontal position.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 450 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 625 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 30 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 35 J
Hardness approx. 220 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. For constructions that include low-alloy steels in mixed joints, a stress-relieving annealing stage may be advisable. However,this type of alloy may be susceptible toembrittlement-inducing precipitation in the temperature range 550 – 950°C.
Structure: Austenite with 15 – 20% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 950°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior to 316L. Thecorrosion resistance obtained in the first layerwhen surfacing welding corresponds to thatof ASTM 316.
Approvals–Ø 4.0–5.0
Welding positions
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
4.0 450 0.67 16 3.26 69 1515.0 450 0.65 11 4.08 82 144
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
4.0 110 – 1705.0 170 – 230
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.03 0.8 1.0 22.0 13.5 2.7
Ferrite 20 FN WRC-92
172
Covered electrodes
P5For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
Over-alloyed electrode for surfacing unalloyed steel, joint welding molybdenum-alloyed stainless steel to unalloyed steel and welding clad material.
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 23 12 2 L RAWS A5.4 E309MoL-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA P5 is a highly alloyed low carbonelectrode corresponding to AWS A5.4E309MoL-17. The electrode is designed fordissimilar welding between stainless andmild or low-alloy steels but can also be used for overlay welding, providing an 18 Cr 8 Ni 2 Mo deposit from the very firstlayer. It can also be used for welding high-strength steels such as Hardox® and Armox®.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 490 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 640 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 30 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 30 J
Hardness approx. 220 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. For constructions that include low-alloy steels in mixed joints, a stress-relieving annealing stage may be advisable. However,this type of alloy may be susceptible toembrittlement-inducing precipitation in the temperature range 550 – 950°C.
Structure: Austenite with 15 – 20% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 950°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior to 316L. Thecorrosion resistance obtained in the first layerwhen surface welding corresponds to that ofASTM 316.
Approvals• CE • DB • TÜV• CWB • DNV
Ø 2.0–3.25 Ø 4.0 Ø 5.0
Welding positions
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
2.0 300 0.55 134 0.76 35 1152.5 300 0.58 74 1.06 46 1123.25 350 0.59 44 1.59 52 1124.0 450 0.63 25 2.14 66 1095.0 450 0.67 16 3.12 70 108
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.0 30 – 602.5 45 – 803.25 70 – 1204.0 90 – 1605.0 150 – 220
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.02 0.8 0.8 22.5 13.5 2.5
Ferrite 20 FN WRC-92
173
Covered electrodes
P5-4DFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
Over-alloyed electrode for surfacing unalloyed steel, joint welding non-molybdenum-alloyed stainlesssteel to unalloyed steel and welding clad material.
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 23 12 2 L RAWS A5.4 E309MoL-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA P5-4D is a molybdenum-alloyedelectrode of the 309LMo type, which is primarily designed for surfacing low-alloysteels and for joining stainless and low-alloysteels (dissimilar joints). When used for surfacing, the composition obtained is moreor less equal to that of ASTM 316 from thevery first run. AVESTA P5-4D is primarilyintended for pipe and position welding, butcan also be used as a general purpose electrode, especially for thin material.
Pipe welding can beperformed in severaldifferent ways. Onepossibility is to startwelding in the overhead position (1), followed by vertical-down on both sides from the 12 o’clock position (2 and 3). Another possibility is to start at the 7 o’clock position and weld vertical-up to the 11 o’clock position on bothsides. This requires an inverter power sourcewith a remote control.
DC– is often preferred to bridge large rootgaps and when welding stainless to unalloyed thin plates and pipes.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 530 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 660 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 28 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 40 J
Hardness approx. 220 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. For constructions that include low-alloyedsteels in mixed joints, a stress-relieving maybe advisable. However, this type of alloy maybe susceptible to embrittlement-inducing precipitation in the temperature range 550 – 950°C). Always consult the supplier ofthe parent metal or seek other expert adviceto ensure that the correct heat treatment process is carried out.
Structure: Austenite with 15 – 20% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 950°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior to 316L. Thecorrosion resistance obtained in the first layerwhen surface welding corresponds to that of316.
Approvals• CE • TÜV
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.0 25 – 552.5 30 – 853.25 45 – 110
Welding positionsØ 2.0–2.5 Ø 3.25
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.02 0.7 1.0 23.0 13.0 2.5
Ferrite 20 FN WRC-92
174
Covered electrodes
P5-PW AC/DC
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 23 12 2 L RAWS A5.4 E309MoL-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA P5-PW is a highly alloyed low carbon electrode corresponding to AWS A5.4E309MoL-17. The electrode is designed fordissimilar welding between stainless andmild or low-alloy steels but can also be used for overlay welding, providing an 18 Cr 8 Ni 2 Mo type deposit from the veryfirst layer. P5-PW has a coating speciallydeveloped for vertical-up and overhead welding.
Thanks to the sharp and concentrated arc,PW electrodes are extremely suitable formaintenance and repair welding, especiallywhen joint surfaces are not particularly clean.
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.02 1.1 1.0 22.5 13.5 2.9
Ferrite 20 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 525 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 660 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 31 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 25 J
Hardness approx. 225 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. For constructions that include low-alloy steels in mixed joints, a stress-relieving annealing stage may be advisable. However,this type of alloy may be susceptible toembrittlement-inducing precipitation in the temperature range 550 – 950°C.
Structure: Austenite with 15 – 20% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 950°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior to 316L. Thecorrosion resistance obtained on the first layerwhen surface welding corresponds to that ofASTM 316.
Approvals–
Welding positions
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
Over-alloyed electrode for surfacing unalloyed steel, joint welding molybdenum-alloyed stainless steel to unalloyed steel and welding clad material.
Weld deposit dataMetal recovery approx. 105%.
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
1.6 25 – 452.0 25 – 602.5 35 – 803.25 80 – 1204.0 100 – 160
Ø 1.6–4.0
175
Covered electrodes
P5-VDX AC/DC
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 23 12 2 L RAWS A5.4 E309MoL-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA P5-VDX is a highly alloyed low carbon electrode. It is designed for dissimilarwelding between stainless and mild or low-alloy steels but can also be used for overlaywelding providing an 18 Cr 8 Ni 2 Mo typedeposit from the very first layer. P5-VDX hasan extra thin coating, providing an excellentweldability when welding thin plates in thevertical-down position, e.g. corner welds,butt welds and overlap welds.
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.02 0.9 0.9 22.5 13.5 2.5
Ferrite 20 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 545 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 685 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 30 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 40 J
Hardness approx. 225 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. For constructions that include low-alloy steels in mixed joints, a stress-relieving annealing stage may be advisable. However,this type of alloy may be susceptible toembrittlement-inducing precipitation in the temperature range 550 – 950°C.
Structure: Austenite with 15 – 20% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 950°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior to type 316L.The corrosion resistance obtained on the firstlayer when surfacing corresponds to that ofASTM 316.
Approvals–
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.0 35 – 552.5 50 – 703.25 95 – 105
Welding positionsØ 2.0–3.25
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
Over-alloyed electrode for surfacing unalloyed steel, joint welding molybdenum-alloyed stainless steel to unalloyed steel and welding clad material.
Weld deposit dataMetal recovery approx. 105%.
176
Covered electrodes
P5 basic
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 23 12 2 L BAWS A5.4 E309MoL-15
CharacteristicsAVESTA P5 basic is a highly alloyed low carbon electrode. It is designed for dissimilar welding between stainless and mild or low-alloy steels but can also be used for overlaywelding, providing an 18 Cr 8 Ni 2 Mo typedeposit from the very first layer. P5 basic provides a somewhat better impact strengththan the 3D type electrodes.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 465 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 615 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 30 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 50 J–40°C 35 J
Hardness approx. 230 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. For constructions that include low-alloy steels in mixed joints, a stress-relieving annealing stage may be advisable. However,this type of alloy may be susceptible toembrittlement-inducing participation in thetemperature range 550 – 950°C.
Structure: Austenite with 15 – 20% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 950°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior to 316L. Thecorrosion resistance obtained in the first layerwhen surface welding corresponds to that ofASTM 316.
Approvals• TÜV
Welding dataDC+ Diam. mm Current, A
2.0 35 – 552.5 50 – 753.25 70 – 1004.0 100 – 140
Weld deposit dataMetal recovery approx. 105%.
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.03 0.2 2.0 22.5 13.0 2.7
Ferrite 15 FN DeLong
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
Over-alloyed electrode for surfacing unalloyed steel, joint welding molybdenum-alloyed stainless steel to unalloyed steel and welding clad material.
Ø 2.0–3.25 Ø 4.0
Welding positions
177
Covered electrodes
P7 AC/DCFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
Specially designed for difficult-to-weld steels such as Mn-steels, tool steels and high temperature grades.
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 29 9 R
CharacteristicsAVESTA P7 is a highly alloyed Cr-Ni electrodewith approx. 40% ferrite offering high tensilestrength and excellent resistance to cracking.The chemical composition corresponds tothat of AWS A5.4 E312. The electrode is primarily intended for dissimilar weldingbetween stainless steel, high strength steelssuch as Armox® and Hardox®, tool steel,spring steel and 14% Mn-steel as well asother difficult-to-weld combinations.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 620 N/mm2 450 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 810 N/mm2 650 N/mm2
Elongation A5 18 % 15 %Impact strength KV+20°C 25 J
Hardness approx. 270 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. Alloys ofthis type are susceptible to precipitation ofsecondary phases in the temperature range550 – 950°C.
Structure: Austenite with 30 – 40% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1000°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good corrosionresistance in wet sulphuric environments,such as in sulphate digesters used by thepulp and paper industry.
Approvals–
Ø 4.0 Ø 5.0
Welding positions
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
2.5 350 0.59 71 1.00 50 1183.25 350 0.62 42 1.53 56 1174.0 400 0.66 24 2.14 70 1165.0 400
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 50 – 803.25 80 – 1204.0 100 – 1605.0 160 – 220
Ø 2.5–3.25
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.09 0.8 0.8 29.0 9.5
Ferrite 40 FN WRC-92
178
Covered electrodes
P10 basicFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
All-round electrode suitable for many difficult-to-weld combinations.
Standard designationsEN ISO 14172 E Ni Cr 15 Fe 6 MnAWS A5.11 ENiCrFe-3
CharacteristicsAVESTA P10 basic is a nickel base electrodefor welding Inconel 600 and similar nickelalloys. P10 provides high resistance to cracking and is well suited for dissimilarwelds between stainless and nickel alloys tomild steel. The P10 electrode can also be usedfor welding nickel base alloys for use in hightemperature applications.
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1100°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good resistance tostress corrosion cracking. Also very goodresistance to intergranular corrosion due tothe low carbon content and absence of sigmaphase.
Approvals–
Welding dataDC+ Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 45 – 703.25 70 – 1104.0 100 – 1405.0 130 – 190
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Nb Fe Ni0.03 0.3 7.0 16.0 2.2 5.0 bal.
Ferrite 0 FN
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14172
Yield strength Rp0.2 380 N/mm2 360 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 630 N/mm2 600 N/mm2
Elongation A5 39 % 22 %Impact strength KV+20°C 115 J–196°C 80 J
Hardness approx. 180 Brinell
Ø 2.5–3.25 Ø 4.0 Ø 5.0
Welding positions
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
2.5 3003.25 350 0.67 43 1.38 61 1104.0 350 0.73 28 2.11 62 1145.0 350 0.75 18 3.14 63 110
179
Covered electrodes
Ø 3.25 Ø 4.0
Welding positions
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
For welding N06690/2.4642 and for overlay welding of carbon/low-alloy steels. Particularly suited forthe conditions in nuclear fabrication.
P690 basic
Standard designationsEN ISO 14172 E Ni Cr 30 Fe 9 NbAWS A5.11 ENiCrFe-7
CharacteristicsAVESTA P690 basic is a nickel base electrodewith a basic type coating. P690 is suitable formany welding applications, such as joiningnickel base alloys, e.g. Inconel 690 as well asfor joining unalloyed or low-alloy steels tostainless steels and nickel base alloys. P690 isalso well suited for depositing overlays oncarbon steel, especially when there are stringent requirements regarding service athigh temperatures, or in the construction ofnuclear reactors.
P690 is unsusceptible to sigma phaseembrittlement and shows little tendencytowards carbon diffusion. It is therefore verywell suited for constructions in service at elevated temperatures.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 14172
Yield strength Rp0.2 400 N/mm2 360 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 640 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 35 % 27 %Impact strength KV+20°C 110 J–196°C 100 J
Hardness approx. 220 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1100°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good resistance tostress corrosion cracking in oxidising acidsand water at high temperatures. Also verygood resistance to intergranular corrosiondue to the low carbon content and absence ofsigma phase.
Approvals–
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Nb Mo Fe Ni0.03 0.4 3.0 30.0 1.5 0.3 9.0 bal.
Ferrite 0 FN
Welding dataDC+ Diam. mm Current, A
3.25 70 – 1104.0 100 – 145
Weld deposit dataMetal recovery approx. 110%.
180
Covered electrodes
309 AC/DCFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
Over-alloyed electrode primarily used for welding high temperature steels such as ASTM 309S, but itmay also be used for surfacing unalloyed steel, joint welding stainless steel to unalloyed steel and welding clad material.
Standard designationsAWS A5.4 E309-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 309 AC/DC is a high carbon electrode designed for welding some hightemperature steels such as ASTM 309S but itcan also be used for dissimilar welding between stainless and mild or low-alloy steels.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) AWS A5.4
Yield strength Rp0.2 435 N/mm2 –Tensile strength Rm 580 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 30 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 45 J
Hardness approx. 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. For constructions that include low-alloy steels in mixed joints, a stress-relieving stagemay be advisable. However, this type of alloymay be susceptible to embrittlement-inducingprecipitation in the temperature range 550 – 950°C. Always consult the supplier ofthe parent metal or seek other expert adviceto ensure that the correct heat treatment process is carried out.
Structure: Austenite with 10 – 15% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1000°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Primarily designed forhigh temperature applications with servicetemperatures up to 1000°C. The resistance tointercrystalline corrosion is somewhat limiteddue to the high carbon content.
Approvals• CWB
Ø 2.5–3.25 Ø 4.0
Welding positions
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
2.5 300 0.60 82 1.02 43 1193.25 350 0.61 43 1.58 52 1144.0 350 0.63 29 2.07 61 112
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 50 – 803.25 80 – 1204.0 100 – 160
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.05 0.8 1.0 24.0 13.5
Ferrite 15 FN DeLong
181
Covered electrodes
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.10 0.5 2.1 26.0 21.0
Ferrite 0 FN
Standard designationsEN 1600 E 25 20 RAWS A5.4 E310-17
CharacteristicsAVESTA 310 AC/DC is a 25Cr-20Ni electrodefor welding ASTM 310S and related types ofhigh temperature stainless steels. 310 has afully austenitic structure, which makes itsomewhat more sensitive to hot crackingthan, for example, 309L weld filler. Weldingshould be performed taking great care aboutlow heat input and interpass temperature.
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
2.5 300 0.60 82 0.90 49 1233.25 300 0.62 42 1.31 65 1194.0 350 0.64 28 1.83 70 114
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 430 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 625 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 35 % 20 %Impact strength KV+20°C 80 J–196°C 35 J
Hardness approx. 190 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none.
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1150°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Initially intended forconstructions running at high temperatures.Wet corrosion properties are moderate.
Approvals• CWB
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 50 – 753.25 70 – 1004.0 100 – 150
Ø 2.5–3.25 Ø 4.0
Welding positions
310 AC/DCFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4845 1.4845 310S 310S16 Z8 CN 25-20 2361
182
Covered electrodes
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni N0.08 1.5 0.7 22.0 10.5 0.18
Ferrite 10 FN DeLong
Standard designations–
CharacteristicsAVESTA 253 MA AC/DC is primarily designed for welding the high temperaturestainless steel Outokumpu 253 MA withexcellent resistance to oxidation up to 1100°C.The electrode has a ferrite content of approx.10%, which gives high resistance to hot cracking.
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
2.0 3002.5 350 0.58 78 0.80 58 1093.25 350 0.58 46 1.18 66 1084.0 400 0.62 27 1.63 82 1055.0 400
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 535 N/mm2 –Tensile strength Rm 725 N/mm2 –Elongation A5 37 % –Impact strength KV+20°C 60 J
Hardness approx. 215 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none.
Structure: Austenite with 3 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1150°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance tohigh temperature corrosion. Not intended forapplications exposed to wet corrosion.
Approvals–
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.0 45 – 652.5 60 – 803.25 70 – 1104.0 100 – 1405.0 150 – 200
Ø 2.0–3.25 Ø 4.0 Ø 5.0
Welding positions
253 MA AC/DCFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
253 MA® 1.4835 S30815 – – 2368153 MA™ 1.4818 S30415 – – 2372
183
Covered electrodes
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni N0.08 0.7 1.0 19.0 10.0 0.16
Ferrite 0 FN
Standard designations–
CharacteristicsAVESTA 253 MA-NF AC/DC is a fully austenitic electrode designed for weldingOutokumpu 153 MA and 253 MA exposed to medium to high service temperatures (650 – 950°). The absence of ferrite in 253 MA-NF provides high ductility at roomtemperature, which makes it well suited forapplications with a thermal cycle between20°C and 950°C. However, the fully austeniticsolidification structure requires that weldingbe performed with great care about low heatinput and interpass temperature.
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
2.5 350 0.58 78 0.80 58 1093.25 350 0.58 46 1.18 66 1084.0 400 0.62 27 1.63 82 105
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 470 N/mm2 –Tensile strength Rm 630 N/mm2 –Elongation A5 35 % –Impact strength KV+20°C 70 J
Hardness approx. 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.2 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none.
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1000°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance tohigh temperature corrosion. Not intended forapplications exposed to wet corrosion.
Approvals–
Welding dataDC+ or AC Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 45 – 703.25 70 – 1104.0 100 – 140
Ø 2.5–3.25 Ø 4.0
Welding positions
253 MA-NF AC/DCFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
253 MA® 1.4835 S30815 – – 2368153 MA™ 1.4818 S30415 – – 2372
184
Covered electrodes
Typical analysis % (All weld metal)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.07 0.7 1.4 27.5 33.0
Ferrite 0 FN
Standard designations–
CharacteristicsAVESTA 353 MA basic is a fully austeniticelectrode primarily designed for welding the high temperature steel Outokumpu 353 MA, providing superior properties at temperatures up to 1175°C. The 353 MA fillermetal has a fully austenitic structure, whichmakes it somewhat more sensitive to hotcracking than for example 253 MA filler metal.Welding should therefore be performedtaking great care about low heat input andinterpass temperature.
Weld deposit dataat maximum welding current
Electrode Metaldiam. length recov.mm mm N B H T ~ %
2.5 300 0.59 71 0.85 59 1363.25 350 0.67 34 1.46 73 1474.0 350 0.67 24 1.83 83 137
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 1600
Yield strength Rp0.2 385 N/mm2 –Tensile strength Rm 565 N/mm2 –Elongation A5 33 % –Impact strength KV+20°C 85 J
Hardness approx. 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none.
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1175°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior properties forconstructions running at service temperaturesabove 1000°C. Not intended for applicationsexposed to wet corrosion.
Approvals–
Welding dataDC+ Diam. mm Current, A
2.5 45 – 703.25 70 – 1104.0 100 – 140
Ø 2.5–3.25 Ø 4.0
Welding positions
353 MA basicFor welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
353 MA® 1.4854 S35315 – – –
Flux Cored Wire FCW
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4301 1.4301 304 304S31 Z7 CN 18-09 23334307 1.4307 304L 304S11 Z3 CN 18-10 23524311 1.4311 304LN 304S61 Z3 CN 18-10 Az 23714541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337
Standard designationsEN ISO 17633 T 19 9 L R M/C 3AWS A5.22 E308LT0-4/-1
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA FCW-2D 308L/MVR is designed forwelding austenitic stainless steel type 19 Cr10 Ni or similar. It is also suitable for weldingtitanium and niobium stabilised steels suchas ASTM 321 and ASTM 347 in cases wherethe construction will be operating at temperatures below 400°C. For higher temperatures a niobium stabilised consumable such as AVESTA FCW-2D347/MVNb is required.
AVESTA FCW-2D 308L/MVR is designedfor welding in the flat and horizontal-verticalpositions. Diam. 0.9 mm can be welded in allpositions.
Shielding gasAr + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability,but 100% CO2 can also be used (voltageshould be increased by 2V). Gas flow rate 20 – 25 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Welding Current Voltagemm position A V
0.90 Flat, horizontal 100 – 160 21 – 28Vertical-up 80 – 130 22 – 26
1.20 Flat, horizontal 125 – 280 20 – 34
1.60 Flat, horizontal 200 – 350 25 – 35
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.03 0.7 1.5 19.8 10.2
Ferrite 8 FN DeLong7 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 17633
Yield strength Rp0,2 380 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 560 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 40 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 60 J–196°C 35 J
Hardness 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Corresponding toASTM 304, i.e. fairly good under severe conditions such as in oxidising an cold dilutereducing acids.
Approvals• CE • CWB • DB • TÜV
FCW-2D 308L/MVR
185
186
Flux Cored Wire FCW
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4301 1.4301 304 304S31 Z7 CN 18-09 23334307 1.4307 304L 304S11 Z3 CN 18-10 23524311 1.4311 304LN 304S61 Z3 CN 18-10 Az 23714541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337
Standard designationsEN ISO 17633 T 19 9 L P M/C 2AWS A5.22 E308LT1-4/-1
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA FCW-3D 308L/MVR is designed for welding austenitic stainless steel type 19 Cr10 Ni or similar. It is also suitable for weldingtitanium and niobium stabilised steels suchas ASTM 321 and ASTM 347 in cases wherethe construction will be operating at temperatures below 400°C. For higher temperatures a niobium stabilised consumablesuch as AVESTA FCW-2D 347/MVNb isrequired.
AVESTA FCW-3D 308L/MVR is an all-round wire for welding in the flat, horizontal-vertical, vertical-up and overhead positions.
Shielding gasAr + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability,but 100% CO2 can also be used (voltageshould be increased by 2V). Gas flow rate 20 – 25 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Welding Current Voltagemm position A V
1.20 Flat, horizontal 150 – 240 24 – 32Vertical-up 130 – 160 23 – 28Overhead 150 – 200 24 – 29
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.03 0.7 1.7 19.0 10.0
Ferrite 9 FN DeLong7 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 17633
Yield strength Rp0,2 390 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 570 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 39 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 60 J
Hardness 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Corresponding toASTM 304, i.e. fairly good under severe conditions such as in oxidising an cold dilutereducing acids.
Approvals• CE • CWB • DB • TÜV
FCW-3D 308L/MVR
187
Flux Cored Wire FCW
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4301 1.4301 304 304S31 Z7 CN 18-09 23334307 1.4307 304L 304S11 Z3 CN 18-10 23524311 1.4311 304LN 304S61 Z3 CN 18-10 Az 23714541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337
Standard designationsEN ISO 17633 T 19 9 L P M/C 1AWS A5.22 E308LT1-4/-1
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA FCW 308L/MVR-PW is designed for welding austenitic stainless steel type 19 Cr10 Ni or similar. The filler metal is also suitable for welding titanium and niobiumstabilised steels such as ASTM 321 and ASTM 347 in cases where the constructionwill be operating at temperatures below400°C. For higher temperatures a niobium stabilised consumable such as AVESTAFCW 347/MVNb is required.
AVESTA FCW 308L/MVR-PW is designedfor all-round welding and can be used in allpositions without changing the parametersettings.
Shielding gasAr + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability,but 100% CO2 can also be used (voltageshould be increased by 2V). Gas flow rate 20 – 25 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Welding Current Voltagemm position A V
1.20 Flat, horizontal 150 – 240 24 – 32Vertical-up 130 – 160 23 – 28Overhead 150 – 200 24 – 29Vertical-down 120 – 180 22 – 27
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.03 0.7 1.6 19.2 10.2
Ferrite 6 FN DeLong9 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 17633
Yield strength Rp0,2 390 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 570 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 39 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 60 J
Hardness 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Corresponding toASTM 304, i.e. fairly good under severe conditions such as in oxidising an cold dilutereducing acids.
Approvals• CWB • DB • TÜV
FCW 308L/MVR-PW
188
Flux Cored Wire FCW
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4301 1.4301 304 304S31 Z7 CN 18-09 23334541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337– 1.4550 347 347S31 Z6 CNNb 18-10 2338
Standard designationsAWS A5.22 E308HT0-4/-1
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA FCW-2D 308H is designed for welding austenitic stainless steel type 18 Cr10 Ni or similar. It has a higher carbon content, compared to 308L. This providesimproved creep resistance properties, whichis advantageous at temperatures above400°C. 308H is also suitable for welding titanium and niobium stabilised steels suchas ASTM 321 and ASTM 347 for service temperatures not exceeding 600°C.
AVESTA FCW-2D 308H is primarily designed for flat welding but can also beused in the horizontal-vertical position withgood result.
Shielding gasAr + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability,but 100% CO2 can also be used (voltageshould be increased by 2V).Gas flow rate 20 – 25 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Welding Current Voltagemm position A V
1.20 Flat, horizontal 150 – 280 24 – 32
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.06 0.4 1.5 19.0 9.5
Ferrite 5 FN DeLong5 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) AWS A5.22
Yield strength Rp0,2 390 N/mm2 – Tensile strength Rm 580 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 41 % 35 %Impact strength KV+20°C 90 –70°C 50 J
Hardness 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 3 – 8% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Corresponding toASTM 304, i.e. good resistance to general corrosion. The enhanced carbon content, compared to 308L, makes it slightly more sensitive to intercrystalline corrosion.
Approvals–
FCW-2D 308H
189
Flux Cored Wire FCW
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337– 1.4550 347 347S31 Z6 CNNb 18-10 2338
Standard designationsEN ISO 17633 T 19 9 Nb R M/C 3AWS A5.22 E347T0-4/-1
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA FCW-2D 347/MVNb is used for welding titanium and niobium stabilisedsteel of type 19 Cr 10 Ni or similar.
A stabilised weldment posses improvedhigh temperature properties, e.g. creep resistance, compared to low-carbon non-stabilised materials. FCW 347 is therefore primarily used for applications where servicetemperatures exceed 400°C.
AVESTA FCW-2D 347/MVNb is primarilydesigned for flat welding, but can also beused in the horizontal-vertical position withgood result.
Shielding gasAr + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability,but 100% CO2 can also be used (voltageshould be increased by 2V).Gas flow rate 20 – 25 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Welding Current Voltagemm position A V
1.20 Flat, horizontal 125 – 280 20 – 34
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Nb0.03 0.7 1.4 19.0 10.4 >8xC
Ferrite 7 FN DeLong7 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 17633
Yield strength Rp0,2 420 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 600 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 35 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 75 J
Hardness 220 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. 347 typeFCW can be used for cladding, which normally requires stress relieving at around590°C. Such a heat treatment will reduce theductility of the weld at room temperature.Always consult expertise before performingpost-weld heat treatment.
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: FCW 347 is primarilyintended for high temperature service orapplications that should be heat treated.However, the corrosion resistance corresponds to that of 308H, i.e. good resistance to general corrosion.
Approvals• CE • TÜV
FCW-2D 347/MVNb
190
Flux Cored Wire FCW
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337– 1.4550 347 347S31 Z6 CNNb 18-10 2338
Standard designationsEN ISO 17633 T 19 9 Nb P M/C 1AWS A5.22 E347T1-4/-1
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA FCW 347/MVNb-PW is used for welding titanium and niobium stabilisedsteel of type 19 Cr 10 Ni or similar.
A stabilised weldment possesses improvedhigh temperature properties, e.g. creep resistance, compared to low-carbon non-stabilised materials. 347 type FCW is therefore primarily used for applicationswhere service temperatures exceed 400°C.
AVESTA FCW 347/MVNb-PW is designedfor all-round welding and can be used in allpositions without changing the parametersettings.
Shielding gasAr + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability,but 100% CO2 can also be used (voltageshould be increased by 2V).Gas flow rate 20 – 25 l/min.
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Nb0.03 0.4 1.6 19.0 10.5 >8xC
Ferrite 7 FN DeLong7 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 17633
Yield strength Rp0,2 410 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 580 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 34 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 70 J
Hardness 220 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. 347 typeFCW can be used for cladding, which normally requires stress relieving at around590°C. Such a heat treatment will reduce theductility of the weld at room temperature.Always consult expertise before performingpost-weld heat treatment.
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: FCW 347 is primarilyintended for high temperature service orapplications that should be heat treated.However, the corrosion resistance corresponds to that of 308H, i.e. good resistance to general corrosion.
Approvals• TÜV
FCW 347/MVNb-PW
Welding data
Diameter Welding Current Voltagemm position A V
1.20 Flat, horizontal 150 – 240 24 – 32Vertical-up 130 – 170 23 – 28Overhead 150 – 200 24 – 29Vertical-down 120 – 180 22 – 27
191
Flux Cored Wire FCW
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4436 1.4436 316 316S33 Z7 CND 18-12-03 23434432 1.4432 316L 316S13 Z3 CND 17-12-03 23534429 1.4429 S31653 316S63 Z3 CND 17-12 Az 23754571 1.4571 316Ti 320S31 Z6 CNDT 17-12 2350
Standard designationsEN ISO 17633 T 19 12 3 L R M/C 3AWS A5.22 E316LT0-4/-1
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA FCW 316L is designed for weldingaustenitic stainless steel type 17 Cr 12 Ni 2.5 Mo. It is also suitable for welding titanium and niobium stabilised steels such as ASTM 316Ti in cases where the construction will be operating at temperatures below 400°C.
AVESTA FCW-2D 316L/SKR is designedfor welding in flat and horizontal-verticalposition. Diam. 0.9 mm can be welded in allpositions.
Shielding gasAr + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability,but 100% CO2 can also be used (voltageshould be increased by 2V).Gas flow rate 20 – 25 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Welding Current Voltagemm position A V
0.90 Flat, horizontal, 100 – 160 21 – 30vertical-up
1.20 Flat, horizontal 125 – 280 20 – 34
1.60 Flat, horizontal 200 – 300 25 – 35
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.03 0.7 1.5 19.0 12.0 2.7
Ferrite 11 FN DeLong8 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 17633
Yield strength Rp0,2 400 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 560 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 38 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 55 J–120°C 35 J
Hardness 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance togeneral, pitting and intercrystalline corrosionin chloride containing environments.Intended for severe service conditions, i.e. indilute hot acids.
Approvals• CE • DB • GL• CWB • DNV • TÜV
FCW-2D 316L/SKR
192
Flux Cored Wire FCW
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4436 1.4436 316 316S33 Z7 CND 18-12-03 23434432 1.4432 316L 316S13 Z3 CND 17-12-03 23534429 1.4429 S31653 316S63 Z3 CND 17-12 Az 23754571 1.4571 316Ti 320S31 Z6 CNDT 17-12 2350
Standard designationsEN ISO 17633 T 19 12 3 L P M/C 2AWS A5.22 E316LT1-4/-1
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA FCW-3D 316L/SKR is designed for welding austenitic stainless steel type 17 Cr12 Ni 2.5 Mo or similar. It is also suitable forwelding titanium and niobium stabilisedsteels such as ASTM 316Ti in cases where the construction will be operating at temperatures below 400°C.
AVESTA FCW-3D 316L/SKR is an all-round wire for welding in the flat, horizontal-vertical, vertical-up and overhead positions.
Shielding gasAr + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability,but 100% CO2 can also be used (voltageshould be increased by 2V).Gas flow rate 20 – 25 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Welding Current Voltagemm position A V
1.20 Flat, horizontal 150 – 240 24 – 32Vertical-up 130 – 160 23 – 28Overhead 150 – 200 24 – 29
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.03 0.7 1.2 18.5 13.0 2.7
Ferrite 10 FN DeLong8 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 17633
Yield strength Rp0,2 400 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 560 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 37 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 60 J–40°C 55 J
Hardness 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance togeneral, pitting and intercrystalline corrosionin chloride containing environments.Intended for severe service conditions, i.e. indilute hot acids.
Approvals• CE • CWB • DB • TÜV
FCW-3D 316L/SKR
193
Flux Cored Wire FCW
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4436 1.4436 316 316S33 Z7 CND 18-12-03 23434432 1.4432 316L 316S13 Z3 CND 17-12-03 23534429 1.4429 S31653 316S63 Z3 CND 17-12 Az 23754571 1.4571 316Ti 320S31 Z6 CNDT 17-12 2350
Standard designationsEN ISO 17633 T 19 12 3 L P M/C 1AWS A5.22 E316LT1-4/-1
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA FCW 316L/SKR-PW is designed for welding austenitic stainless steel type 17 Cr12 Ni 2.5 Mo or similar. It is also suitable forwelding titanium and niobium stabilisedsteels such as ASTM 316Ti in cases where the construction will be operating at temperatures below 400°C.
AVESTA FCW 316L/SKR-PW is designedfor all-round welding and can be used in allpositions without changing the parametersettings.
Shielding gasAr + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability,but 100% CO2 can also be used (voltageshould be increased by 2V).Gas flow rate 20 – 25 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Welding Current Voltagemm position A V
1.20 Flat, horizontal 150 – 240 24 – 32Vertical-up 130 – 160 23 – 28Overhead 150 – 200 24 – 29Vertical-down 120 – 180 22 – 27
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.03 0.7 1.5 18.0 12.5 2.7
Ferrite 7 FN DeLong6 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 17633
Yield strength Rp0,2 400 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 560 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 37 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 60 J–40°C 55 J
Hardness 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance togeneral, pitting and intercrystalline corrosionin chloride containing environments.Intended for severe service conditions, i.e. indilute hot acids.
Approvals• CE • DB • TÜV• CWB • DNV
FCW 316L/SKR-PW
194
Flux Cored Wire FCW
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4438 1.4438 317L 317S12 Z3 CND 19-15-04 23674439 1.4439 317LMN – Z3 CND 18-14-05 Az –
Shielding gasAr + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability,but 100% CO2 can also be used (voltageshould be increased by 2V). Gas flow rate 20 – 25 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Welding Current Voltagemm position A V
1.20 Flat, horizontal 125 – 280 20 – 32
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Nb0.03 0.7 1.3 18.5 13.3 3.4
Ferrite 6 FN DeLong5 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) AWS A5.22
Yield strength Rp0,2 420 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 570 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 32 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 50 J–60°C 45 J
Hardness 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Better resistance togeneral, pitting and intercrystalline corrosionin chloride containing environments thanASTM 316L. Intended for severe service conditions, e.g. in dilute hot acids.
Approvals–
FCW-2D 317L/SNR
Standard designationsAWS A5.22 E317LT0-4/-1
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA FCW-2D 317L/SNR is designed forwelding type 18 Cr 14 Ni 3 Mo austeniticstainless and similar. The enhanced content of chromium, nickel and molybdenum compared to 316L gives improved corrosionproperties in acid chloride containing environments.
AVESTA FCW-2D 317L/SNR is primarilydesigned for flat welding but can also beused in the horizontal-vertical position withgood result.
195
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
LDX 2101® 1.4162 S32101 – – –
Standard designations–
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA FCW-2D LDX 2101 is designed forwelding the ferritic-austenitic (duplex) stainless steel Outokumpu LDX 2101. LDX 2101 is a ”lean duplex” steel with excellent strength and medium corrosionresistance. The steel is mainly intended forapplications such as civil engineering, storage tanks, containers etc.
AVESTA FCW-2D LDX 2101 providesexcellent weldability in flat as well as horizontal-vertical position.
Shielding gasAr + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability,but 100% CO2 can also be used (voltageshould be increased by 2V). Gas flow rate 20 – 25 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Welding Current Voltagemm position A V
1.20 Flat, horizontal 125 – 280 20 – 34
For further recommendations, please contactAvesta Welding.
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N0.03 0.7 0.8 24.0 9.0 0.2 0.14
Ferrite 30 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 17633
Yield strength Rp0,2 580 N/mm2 –Tensile strength Rm 760 N/mm2 –Elongation A5 25 % –Impact strength KV+20°C 63 J–40°C 45 J
Hardness 240 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: 0.5 – 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases, quench annealing at 1020 – 1080°C).
Structure: Austenite with 30 – 70% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good resistance to pitting and stress corrosion cracking in nitric acid environments.
Approvals• CE • TÜV
FCW-2D LDX 2101
Flux Cored Wire FCW
196
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
2304 1.4362 S32304 – Z3 CN 23-04 Az 2327
Standard designations–
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA FCW-2D 2304 is designed for welding the ferritic-austenitic (duplex) stainless steel Outokumpu 2304 with excellent strength and good corrosion resis-tance. The steel is mainly intended for appli-cations such as chemical industry, civil engin-eering, storage tanks, containers etc.
AVESTA FCW-2D 2304 provides excellentweldability in flat as well as horizontal-vertical (PC) position.
Shielding gasAr + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability,but 100% CO2 can also be used (voltageshould be increased by 2V). Gas flow rate 20 – 25 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Welding Current Voltagemm position A V
1.20 Flat, horizontal 125 – 280 20 – 34
For further recommendations, please contactAvesta Welding.
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N0.03 0.7 0.8 24.0 9.0 0.7 0.14
Ferrite 30 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 17633
Yield strength Rp0,2 580 N/mm2 –Tensile strength Rm 760 N/mm2 –Elongation A5 25 % –Impact strength KV+20°C 50 J–20°C 40 J
Hardness 240 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: 0.5 – 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases, quench annealing at 1020 – 1080°C).
Structure: Austenite with 30 – 70% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good resistance to pitting and stress corrosion cracking in nitric acid environments.
Approvals–
FCW-2D 2304
Flux Cored Wire FCW
197
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
2205 1.4462 S32205 318S13 Z3 CND 22-05 Az 2377
Standard designationsEN ISO 17633 T 22 9 3 N L R M/C 3AWS A5.22 E2209T0-4/-1
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA FCW-2D 2205 is designed for welding ferritic-austenitic (duplex) stainlesssteels such as Outokumpu 2205 and similar.
Welding in the vertical-up and overheadpositions is preferably done using FCW 2205-PW.
Shielding gasAr + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability,but 100% CO2 can also be used (voltageshould be increased by 2V). Gas flow rate 20 – 25 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Welding Current Voltagemm position A V
1.20 Flat, horizontal 150 – 280 24 – 32Vertical-up 140 – 170 23 – 28
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N0.03 0.7 0.8 22.7 9.0 3.2 0.13
Ferrite 40 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 17633
Yield strength Rp0,2 600 N/mm2 450 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 800 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 27 % 20 %Impact strength KV+20°C 60 J–40°C 40 J
Hardness 240 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: 0.5 – 2.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases, quench annealing at 1100 – 1150°C).
Structure: Austenite with 45 – 55% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good resistance to pitting and stress corrosion cracking in chloride containing environments.
Approvals• CE • DNV • RINA• CWB • GL • TÜV
FCW-2D 2205
Flux Cored Wire FCW
198
Flux Cored Wire FCW
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
2205 1.4462 S32205 318S13 Z3 CND 22-05 Az 2377
Standard designationsEN ISO 17633 T 22 9 3 N L P M/C 1AWS A5.22 E2209T1-4/-1
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA FCW 2205-PW is designed for welding ferritic-austenitic (duplex) stainlesssteels such as Outokumpu 2205 and similar.
AVESTA FCW 2205-PW provides excellentweldability in vertical-up and overhead positions.
Shielding gasAr + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability,but 100% CO2 can also be used (voltageshould be increased by 2V). Gas flow rate 20 – 25 l/min.
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N0.03 0.8 0.9 22.7 9.0 3.2 0.13
Ferrite 40 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 17633
Yield strength Rp0,2 600 N/mm2 450 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 800 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 27 % 20 %Impact strength KV+20°C 80 J–40°C 55 J
Hardness 240 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: 0.5 – 2.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases, quench annealing at 1100 – 1150°C).
Structure: Austenite with 40 – 50% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good resistance to pitting and stress corrosion cracking in chloride containing environments.
Approvals• CE • DNV • RINA• CWB • GL • TÜV
FCW 2205-PW
Welding data
Diameter Welding Current Voltagemm position A V
1.20 Flat, horizontal 150 – 240 24 – 32Vertical-up 130 – 160 23 – 28Overhead 150 – 200 24 – 29Vertical-down 120 – 180 22 – 27
199
Flux Cored Wire FCW
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
254 SMO® 1.4547 S31254 – – 2378Also for welding nickel base alloys to stainless or unalloyed steels and for surfacing.
Standard designationsAWS A5.34 ENiCrMo3T1-4
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA P12 is a nickel base type flux coredwire with a chemical composition corresponding to that of AWS A5.34ENiCrMo3. The weldability is good in allwelding positions. The flux compositionensures excellent arc stability, very little spatter, a smooth weld surface and self-releasing slag.
AVESTA FCW-3D P12 is primarily intendedfor welding the nickel base alloys 625 and 825and 6 Mo steels such as Outokumpu 254SMO but it is also suitable for welding othergrades, e.g. high-temperature, creep resistingand heat resisting steels as well as steels forcryogenic applications. It can be also be usedfor welding dissimilar joints and difficult-to-weld steels.
Shielding gasAr + 15 – 25% CO2.Gas flow rate 20 – 25 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Welding Current Voltagemm position A V
1.20 Flat, horizontal 170 – 250 26 – 31Vertical-up 130 – 180 23 – 26Overhead 150 – 200 24 – 29
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe0.02 0.5 0.2 21.5 bal. 9.0 3.3 <1.0
Ferrite 0 FN
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) AWS A5.34
Yield strength Rp0,2 460 N/mm2 –Tensile strength Rm 750 N/mm2 690 N/mm2
Elongation A5 40 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 75 J–40°C 60 J –196°C 45 J
Hardness 220 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. In specialcases quench annealing at 1150 – 1200°C.
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1100°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Maximum resistance topitting and crevice corrosion in chloride-containing environments. Good resistance insulphuric and phosphoric acid contaminatedby chlorides.
Approvals–
P12
200
Flux Cored Wire FCW
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
Over-alloyed flux cored wire for welding stainless steel to mild steel, low-alloyed steel or Mn-steel.
Standard designationsEN ISO 17633 T 18 8 Mn R M/C 3
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA FCW-2D 307 is an over-alloyed fullyaustenitic consumable for welding stainlesssteel to mild, low-alloyed or Mn-steels. It isalso suitable for welding some 14% Mn steelsand other difficult-to-weld steels.
AVESTA FCW-2D 307 has high depositionrates, it operates with a very stable arc, produces smooth weld bead surfaces withself-releasing slag. The weld metal is purelyaustenitic, but still very resistant to hot cracking.
AVESTA FCW-2D 307 provides excellentweldability in flat as well as horizontal-vertical position.
Shielding gasAr + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability,but 100% CO2 can also be used (voltageshould be increased by 2V). Gas flow rate 20 – 25 l/min.
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.10 0.75 6.5 18.8 9.0
Ferrite 0 FN DeLong
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 17633
Yield strength Rp0,2 405 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 600 N/mm2 500 N/mm2
Elongation A5 36 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 56 J–60°C 44 J
Hardness 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. For constructions that include low-alloyedsteels in mixed joints, a stress-relieving annealing stage may be advisable. Alwaysconsult the supplier of the parent metal orseek other expert advice to ensure that the correct heat treatment process is carried out.
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Primarily intended forstainless to mild steel connections, however,the corrosions resistance corresponds to thatof ASTM 304.
Approvals–
FCW-2D 307
Welding data
Diameter Welding Current Voltagemm position A V
1.20 Flat, horizontal 170 – 280 25 – 31Horizontal-vertical 150 – 210 23 – 29
201
Flux Cored Wire FCW
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
AVESTA 309L is primarily used for surfacing unalloyed or low-alloy steels and when joining non-molybdenum-alloyed stainless and carbon steels.
Standard designationsEN ISO 17633 T 23 12 L R M/C 3AWS A5.22 E309LT0-4/-1
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA FCW-2D 309L is a high-alloy 23 Cr 13 Ni wire, primarily intended for surfacinglow-alloy steels and for dissimilar weldingbetween mild steel and stainless steels.
AVESTA FCW-2D 309L is primarily designed for welding in the flat and horizontal-vertical positions. Welding in vertical-up and overhead positions is preferably done using FCW-3D 309L.
Shielding gasAr + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability,but 100% CO2 can also be used (voltageshould be increased by 2V).Gas flow rate 20 – 25 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Welding Current Voltagemm position A V
1.20 Flat, horizontal 125 – 280 20 – 34
1.60 Flat, horizontal 200 – 350 25 – 35
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.03 0.7 1.4 22.8 12.5
Ferrite 18 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 17633
Yield strength Rp0,2 400 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 540 N/mm2 520 N/mm2
Elongation A5 35 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 60 J–60°C 45 J
Hardness 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. For constructions that include low-alloy steels in mixed joints a stress-relieving annealing stage may be advisable. However,this type of alloy may be susceptible toembrittlement-inducing precipitation in thetemperature range 500 – 950°C. Always consult the supplier of the parent metal orseek other expert advice to ensure that thecorrect heat treatment process is carried out.
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1000°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior to type 308Lfillers. When surfacing on mild steel, acorrosion resistance equivalent to that ofASTM 304 is obtained from the first bead.
Approvals• CE • DB • GL •TÜV• CWB • DNV • RINA
FCW-2D 309L
202
Flux Cored Wire FCW
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
AVESTA 309L is primarily used for surfacing unalloyed or low-alloy steels and when joiningnon-molybdenum-alloyed stainless and carbon steels.
Standard designationsEN ISO 17633 T 23 12 L P M/C 2AWS A5.22 E309LT1-4/-1
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA FCW-3D 309L is a high-alloy 23 Cr13 Ni wire primarily intended for surfacingon low-alloy steels and for dissimilar weldsbetween mild steel and stainless steels.
AVESTA FCW-3D 309L is an all-round wirefor welding in the flat, horizontal-vertical,vertical-up and overhead positions.
Shielding gasAr + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability,but 100% CO2 can also be used (voltageshould be increased by 2V). Gas flow rate 20 – 25 l/min.
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.03 0.7 1.4 23.5 13.0
Ferrite 18 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 17633
Yield strength Rp0,2 390 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 550 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 35 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 55 J
Hardness 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. For constructions that include low-alloy steels in mixed joints a stress-relieving annealing stage may be advisable. However,this type of alloy may be susceptible toembrittlement-inducing precipitation in thetemperature range 500 – 950°C. Always consult the supplier of the parent metal orseek other expert advice to ensure that thecorrect heat treatment process is carried out.
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1000°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Corrosion resistancesuperior to type 308L fillers. When surfacingon mild steel, a corrosion resistance equivalent to ASTM 304 is obtained from thefirst bead.
Approvals• CE • CWB • DB • TÜV
FCW-3D 309L
Welding data
Diameter Welding Current Voltagemm position A V
1.20 Flat, horizontal 150 – 240 24 – 32Vertical-up 130 – 160 23 – 28Overhead 150 – 200 24 – 29
203
Flux Cored Wire FCW
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
AVESTA 309L-PW is primarily used for surfacing unalloyed or low-alloy steels and when joiningnon-molybdenum-alloyed stainless and carbon steels.
Standard designationsEN ISO 17633 T 23 12 L P M/C 1AWS A5.22 E309LT1-4/-1
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA FCW 309L-PW is a high-alloy 23 Cr 13 Ni wire primarily intended for surfacing on low-alloy steels and for dissimilar welds between mild steel andstainless steels.
AVESTA FCW 309L-PW is designed forall-round welding and can be used in allpositions without changing the parametersettings.
Shielding gasAr + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability,but 100% CO2 can also be used (voltageshould be increased by 2V). Gas flow rate 20 – 25 l/min.
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.03 0.6 1.5 23.0 12.8
Ferrite 18 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 17633
Yield strength Rp0,2 390 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 550 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 35 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 55 J
Hardness 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. For constructions that include low-alloy steels in mixed joints a stress-relieving annealing stage may be advisable. However,this type of alloy may be susceptible toembrittlement-inducing precipitation in thetemperature range 500 – 950°C. Always consult the supplier of the parent metal orseek other expert advice to ensure that thecorrect heat treatment process is carried out.
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1000°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Corrosion resistancesuperior to type 308L fillers. When surfacingon mild steel, a corrosion resistance equivalent to ASTM 304 is obtained from thefirst bead.
Approvals• CWB • GL • TÜV• DB • RINA
FCW 309L-PW
Welding data
Diameter Welding Current Voltagemm position A V
1.20 Flat, horizontal 150 – 240 24 – 32Vertical-up 130 – 160 23 – 28Overhead 150 – 200 24 – 29Vertical-down 120 – 180 22 – 27
204
Flux Cored Wire FCW
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
AVESTA P5 is primarily used when surfacing unalloyed or low-alloy steels and when joining molybdenum-alloyed stainless and carbon steels.
Standard designationsEN ISO 17633 T 23 12 2 L R M/C 3AWS A5.22 E309LMoT0-4/-1
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA FCW-2D P5 is a molybdenum alloyed wire of the 309MoL type, primarilydesigned for welding dissimilar joints between stainless steels and low-alloy steels.It is also widely used for surfacing low-alloysteels offering a composition similar to that ofASTM 316 from the first run.
AVESTA FCW-2D P5 is an all-round wirefor welding in the flat, horizontal-vertical,vertical-up and overhead positions.
Shielding gasAr + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability,but 100% CO2 can also be used (voltageshould be increased by 2V). Gas flow rate 20 – 25 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Welding Current Voltagemm position A V
1.20 Flat, horizontal 150 – 280 24 – 32Vertical-up 140 – 170 23 – 28
1.60 Flat, horizontal 200 – 320 28 – 34
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.03 0.6 1.4 22.7 12.3 2.7
Ferrite 25 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 17633
Yield strength Rp0,2 500 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 700 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 30 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 55 J
Hardness 220 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. For constructions that include low-alloy steels in mixed joints a stress-relieving annealing stage may be advisable. However,this type of alloy may be susceptible toembrittlement-inducing precipitation in thetemperature range 550 – 950°C. Always consult the supplier of the parent metal orseek other expert advice to ensure that thecorrect heat treatment process is carried out.
Structure: Austenite with 10 – 15% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 950°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior to type 316L.Excellent resistance to pitting and crevice corrosion in chloride containing environments. The corrosion resistance obtained in the first layer, when surfacing,corresponds to that of 316.
Approvals• CE • DNV • TÜV• DB • GL
FCW-2D P5
205
Flux Cored Wire FCW
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
AVESTA P5 is primarily used for surfacing unalloyed or low-alloy steels and when joiningmolybdenum-alloyed stainless and carbon steels.
Standard designationsEN ISO 17633 T 23 12 2 L P M/C 2AWS A5.22 E309LMoT1-4/-1
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA FCW-3D P5 is a molybdenum alloyedwire of the 309LMo type, primarily designedfor welding dissimilar joints between stainless steels and low-alloy steels. It is alsowidely used for surfacing low-alloy steelsoffering a composition similar to that ofASTM 316 from the first run.
AVESTA FCW-3D P5 is an all-round wirefor welding in the flat, horizontal-vertical,vertical-up and overhead positions.
Shielding gasAr + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability,but 100% CO2 can also be used (voltageshould be increased by 2V). Gas flow rate 20 – 25 l/min.
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.03 0.7 1.4 23.5 13.0 2.4
Ferrite 25 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 17633
Yield strength Rp0,2 470 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 660 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 29 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 50 J–10°C 46 J
Hardness 220 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. For constructions that include low-alloy steels in mixed joints, a stress-relieving annealing stage may be advisable. However,this type of alloy may be susceptible toembrittlement-inducing precipitation in thetemperature range 550 – 950°C. Always consult the supplier of the parent metal orseek other expert advice to ensure that thecorrect heat treatment process is carried out.
Structure: Austenite with 20 – 30% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 950°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior to 316LExcellent resistance to pitting and crevice cor-rosion in chloride containing environments.The corrosion resistance obtained in the firstlayer when surfacing is equivalent to that of316.
Approvals• CE • CWB • DB • TÜV
FCW-3D P5
Welding data
Diameter Welding Current Voltagemm position A V
1.20 Flat, horizontal 150 – 240 24 – 32Vertical-up 130 – 160 23 – 28Overhead 150 – 200 24 – 29
206
Flux Cored Wire FCW
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
AVESTA P5-PW is primarily used for surfacing unalloyed or low-alloy steels and when joiningmolybdenum-alloyed stainless and carbon steels.
Standard designationsEN ISO 17633 T 23 12 2 L P M/C 1AWS A5.22 E309LMoT1-4/-1
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA FCW P5-PW is a molybdenum-alloyed wire of the 309LMo type, primarilydesigned for welding dissimilar joints between stainless steels and low-alloy steels. It is alsowidely used for surfacing low-alloy steelsoffering a composition similar to that ofASTM 316 from the first run.
AVESTA FCW P5-PW is designed for all-round welding and can be used in all positions without changing the parametersettings.
Shielding gasAr + 15 – 25% CO2 offers the best weldability,but 100% CO2 can also be used (voltageshould be increased by 2V). Gas flow rate 20 – 25 l/min.
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.03 0.47 1.4 23.0 12.8 2.5
Ferrite 25 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 17633
Yield strength Rp0,2 500 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 700 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 30 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 55 J
Hardness 220 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. For constructions that include low-alloy steels in mixed joints, a stress-relieving annealing stage may be advisable. However,this type of alloy may be susceptible toembrittlement-inducing precipitation in thetemperature range 550 – 950°C. Always consult the supplier of the parent metal orseek other expert advice to ensure that thecorrect heat treatment process is carried out.
Structure: Austenite with 20 – 30% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 950°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior to type 316L.Excellent resistance to pitting and crevice corrosion in chloride containing environ-ments. The corrosion resistance obtained inthe first layer when surfacing is equivalent tothat of 316.
Approvals–
FCW P5-PW
Welding data
Diameter Welding Current Voltagemm position A V
1.20 Flat, horizontal 150 – 240 24 – 32Vertical-up 130 – 160 23 – 28Overhead 150 – 200 24 – 29Vertical-down 120 – 180 22 – 27
Welding wire MIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
248 SV 1.4418 – – Z6 CND 16-05-01 2387
Standard designations–
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 248 SV is designed for weldingOutokumpu 248 SV and steel castings withcorresponding composition. Applicationsinclude propellers, pumps, valves and shafts.
AVESTA 248 SV has high safety againstcracking, superior to many other martensiticconsumables. The weld metal properties, onthe whole, are similar to those of the steel.
Preheating is normally unnecessary. Incases with heavy wall thicknesses or whereconsiderable shrinkage stresses are to beexpected, preheating up to 75 – 150°C isrecommended.
Shielding gasAr + 2% O2 or 2 – 3% CO2.Gas flow rate 12 – 16 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltagemm A V
Short arc 1.20 130 – 160 20 – 22
Spray arc 1.20 190 – 260 24 – 28
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.02 0.35 1.3 16.0 5.5 1.0
Ferrite 10%
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW)* EN ISO 12072
Yield strength Rp0,2 460 N/mm2 –Tensile strength Rm 840 N/mm2 –Elongation A5 23 % –Impact strength KV+20°C 80 J
Hardness 260 Brinell
* Annealed at 590°C for 4 hours.
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: To stabilise the structure andto minimise the content of brittle martensitean annealing at 590°C for 4 hours followed byair cooling is recommended.
Structure: Austenite balanced with ferriteand martensite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: The resistance to general and pitting corrosion is in level withthat of ASTM 304.
Approvals–
248 SV
207
208
Welding wire MIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4301 1.4301 304 304S31 Z7 CN 18-09 23334307 1.4307 304L 304S11 Z3 CN 18-10 23524311 1.4311 304LN 304S61 Z3 CN 18-10 Az 23714541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 G 19 9 L SiAWS A5.9 ER308LSi
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 308L-Si/MVR-Si is designed forwelding austenitic stainless steel type 19 Cr10 Ni or similar. The wire can also be used for welding titanium and niobium stabilisedsteels such as ASTM 321 and ASTM 347 incases where the construction is used at temperatures not exceeding 400°C. For higher temperatures a niobium stabilised consumable such as AVESTA 347-Si/MVNb-Si is required.
Shielding gasAr + 2% O2 or 2 – 3% CO2.Gas flow rate 12 – 16 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltagemm A V
Short arc 0.80 90 – 120 18 – 221.00 110 – 140 19 – 22
Spray arc 1.00 160 – 220 25 – 291.20 200 – 270 26 – 301.60 250 – 330 27 – 32
Pulsed arc 1.20 lpeak = 340 – 450 Albkg = 50 – 150 AFreq = 80 – 120 Hz
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.02 0.85 1.8 20.0 10.5
Ferrite 11 FN DeLong9 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 420 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 600 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 36 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 110 J–196°C 60 J
Hardness 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Corresponding toASTM 304, i.e. fairly good under severe conditions such as oxidising and cold dilutereducing acids.
Approvals• CE • DB • DNV • TÜV
308L-Si/MVR-Si
209
Welding wire MIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4301 1.4301 304 304S31 Z7 CN 18-09 23334307 1.4307 304L 304S11 Z3 CN 18-10 23524311 1.4311 304LN 304S61 Z3 CN 18-10 Az 23714541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 G 19 9 LAWS A5.9 ER308L
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 308L/MVR is designed for weldingaustenitic stainless steel type 19 Cr 10 Ni orsimilar. The wire can also be used for welding titanium and niobium stabilisedsteels such as ASTM 304Ti and ASTM 304Nbin cases where the construction is to be usedat temperatures not exceeding 400°C. For higher temperatures a niobium stabilised consumable such as AVESTA 347-Si/MVNb-Si is required.
Shielding gasAr + 2% O2 or 2 – 3% CO2.Gas flow rate 12 – 16 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltagemm A V
Short arc 1.00 110 – 140 19 – 22
Spray arc 1.00 160 – 220 25 – 291.20 200 – 270 26 – 30
Pulsed arc 1.20 lpeak = 350 – 450 Albkg = 50 – 150 AFreq = 80 – 120 Hz
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.02 0.40 1.7 20.0 10.0
Ferrite 8 FN DeLong10 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 390 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 590 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 38 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 110 J–196°C 50 J
Hardness 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Corresponding toASTM 304, i.e. fairly good under severe conditions such as oxidising and cold dilutereducing acids.
Approvals• CE • DNV • TÜV
308L/MVR
210
Welding wire MIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4301 1.4301 304 304S31 Z7 CN 18-09 23334541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337– 1.4550 347 347S31 Z6 CNNb 18-10 2338
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 G 19 9 HAWS A5.9 ER308H
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 308H is designed for welding austenitic stainless steel type 18 Cr 10 Ni orsimilar. The consumable has an enhanced carbon content when compared to 308L. This provides improved creep resistance properties, which is advantageous at temperatures above 400°C. 308H type consumables are normally used at temperatures up to 600°C. For higher temperatures a niobium stabilised consumable such as AVESTA 347/MVNb is required.
Shielding gasAr + 2% O2 or 2 – 3% CO2.Gas flow rate 12 – 16 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltagemm A V
Short arc 0.80 90 – 120 18 – 221.00 110 – 140 19 – 22
Spray arc 1.00 160 – 220 25 – 291.20 200 – 270 26 – 30
Pulsed arc 1.20 lpeak = 350 – 450 Albkg = 50 – 150 AFreq = 80 – 120 Hz
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.05 0.40 1.8 20.0 9.0
Ferrite 10 FN DeLong10 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 400 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 610 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 37 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 95 J
Hardness 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Corresponding toASTM 304, i.e. good resistance to general corrosion. The enhanced carbon content, compared to 308L, makes it slightly more sensitive to intercrystalline corrosion.
Approvals• CE • TÜV
308H
211
Welding wire MIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337– 1.4550 347 347S31 Z6 CNNb 18-10 2338
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 G 19 9 Nb SiAWS A5.9 ER347Si
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 347-Si/MVNb-Si is used for weldingtitanium and niobium stabilised steels of type19 Cr 10 Ni Ti or similar, providing improvedhigh temperature properties, e.g. creep resistance, compared to low-carbon non-stabilised materials. 347-Si/MVNb-Si is therefore primarily used for applicationswhere service temperatures exceed 400°C.
Shielding gasAr + 2% O2 or 2 – 3% CO2.Gas flow rate 12 – 16 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltagemm A V
Short arc 0.80 90 – 120 18 – 221.00 110 – 140 19 – 22
Spray arc 1.00 160 – 220 25 – 291.20 200 – 270 26 – 301.60 250 – 330 27 – 32
Pulsed arc 1.20 lpeak = 350 – 450 Albkg = 50 – 150 AFreq = 80 – 120 Hz
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Nb0.05 0.85 1.2 19.5 10.0 >12xC
Ferrite 10 FN DeLong7 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 430 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 620 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 36 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 100 J–40°C 90 J
Hardness 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. 347 typewire can be used for cladding, which normallyrequires stress relieving at around 590°C. Such a heat treatment will reduce the ductilityat room temperature. Always consult expertise before performing post-weld heattreatment.
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: 347-Si/MVNb-Si is primarily intended for high temperature service or constructions that should be heattreated. However, the corrosion resistance corresponds to that of 308H, i.e. good resistance to general corrosion.
Approvals• CE • DB • TÜV
347-Si/MVNb-Si
212
Welding wire MIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4436 1.4436 316 316S33 Z7 CND 18-12-03 23434432 1.4432 316L 316S13 Z3 CND 17-12-03 23534429 1.4429 S31653 316S63 Z3 CND 17-12 Az 23754571 1.4571 316Ti 320S31 Z6 CNDT 17-12 2350
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 G 19 12 3 L SiAWS A5.9 ER316LSi
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 316L-Si/SKR-Si is designed for welding austenitic stainless steel of type 17 Cr 12 Ni 2.5 Mo or similar. The filler metalis also suitable for welding titanium and niobium stabilised steels such as ASTM 316Tiin cases where the construction is used attemperatures not exceeding 400°C. For higher temperatures, a niobium stabilisedconsumable such as AVESTA 318-Si/SKNb-Siis required.
Shielding gasAr + 2% O2 or 2 – 3% CO2.Gas flow rate 12 – 16 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltagemm A V
Short arc 0.80 90 – 120 18 – 221.00 110 – 140 19 – 22
Spray arc 1.00 160 – 220 25 – 291.20 200 – 270 26 – 301.60 250 – 330 29 – 32
Pulsed arc 1.20 lpeak = 350 – 450 Albkg = 50 – 150 AFreq = 80 – 120 Hz
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.02 0.85 1.7 18.5 12.0 2.6
Ferrite 9 FN DeLong7 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 400 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 600 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 36 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 110 J–196°C 50 J
Hardness 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance togeneral, pitting and intercrystalline corrosionin chloride containing environments.Intended for severe service conditions, e.g. indilute hot acids.
Approvals• CE • DNV • TÜV• DB • GL
316L-Si/SKR-Si
213
Welding wire MIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4436 1.4436 316 316S33 Z7 CND 18-12-03 23434432 1.4432 316L 316S13 Z3 CND 17-12-03 23534429 1.4429 S31653 316S63 Z3 CND 17-12 Az 23754571 1.4571 316Ti 320S31 Z6 CNDT 17-12 2350
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 G 19 12 3 LAWS A5.9 ER316L
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 316L/SKR is designed for weldingaustenitic stainless steel of type 17 Cr 12 Ni2.5 Mo or similar. The filler metal is also suitable for welding titanium and niobiumstabilised steels such as ASTM 316Ti andASTM 316Nb in cases where the constructionis used at temperatures not exceeding 400°C.For higher temperatures, a niobium stabilisedconsumable such as AVESTA 318-Si/SKNb-Siis required.
Avesta Welding also supplies a type 316Lwire with high silicon content (316L-Si/ SKR-Si). The higher silicon content (0.85%)improves the fluidity of the melt pool with aminimum of spatter and is therefore recommended if the demands on surface quality are high.
Shielding gasAr + 2% O2 or 2 – 3% CO2.Gas flow rate 12 – 16 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltagemm A V
Short arc 1.00 110 – 140 19 – 22
Spray arc 1.00 160 – 220 25 – 291.20 200 – 270 26 – 301.60 250 – 330 29 – 32
Pulsed arc 1.20 lpeak = 350 – 450 Albkg = 50 – 150 AFreq = 100 – 150 Hz
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.02 0.40 1.7 18.5 12.0 2.6
Ferrite 8 FN DeLong8 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 390 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 580 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 37 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 100 J–196°C 50 J
Hardness 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance togeneral, pitting and intercrystalline corrosionin chloride containing environments.Intended for severe service conditions, e.g. indilute hot acids.
Approvals• CE • DNV • TÜV
316L/SKR
214
Welding wire MIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4571 1.4571 316Ti 320S31 Z6 CNDT 17-12 2350
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 G 19 12 3 Nb Si
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 318-Si/SKNb-Si is used for weldingtitanium and niobium stabilised steels of type17 Cr 11 Ni 2.5 Ti or similar, providing improved high temperature properties, e.g.creep resistance, compared to low-carbonnon-stabilised materials. 318-Si/SKNb-Sishows better properties than 316L-Si/SKR-Siat elevated temperatures and is thereforerecommended for applications where servicetemperatures exceed 400°C.
Shielding gasAr + 2% O2 or 2 – 3% CO2.Gas flow rate 12 – 16 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltagemm A V
Short arc 0.80 90 – 120 18 – 221.00 110 – 140 19 – 22
Spray arc 1.00 160 – 220 25 – 291.20 200 – 270 26 – 30
Pulsed arc 1.20 lpeak = 350 – 450 Albkg = 50 – 150 AFreq = 100 – 150 Hz
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Nb0.04 0.85 1.3 19.0 12.0 2.6 >12xC
Ferrite 10 FN DeLong7 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 420 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 600 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 33 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 85 J–40°C 80 J
Hardness 220 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: The corrosion resistance corresponds to that of ASTM 316Ti,i.e. good resistance to general, pitting andintercrystalline corrosion.
Approvals• CE • DB • TÜV
318-Si/SKNb-Si
215
Welding wire MIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4438 1.4438 317L 317S12 Z3 CND 19-15-04 23674439 1.4439 317LMN – Z3 CND 18-14-05 Az –
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 G 19 13 4 LAWS A5.9 ER317L
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 317L/SNR is designed for weldingtype 18 Cr 14 Ni 3 Mo austenitic stainlesssteels and similar. The enhanced content ofchromium, nickel and molybdenum compared to 316L gives improved corrosionproperties in acid chloride containing environments.
Shielding gasAr + 2% O2 or 2 – 3% CO2.Gas flow rate 12 – 16 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltagemm A V
Short arc 1.00 110 – 140 19 – 22
Spray arc 1.00 160 – 220 25 – 291.20 200 – 260 26 – 30
Pulsed arc 1.20 lpeak = 350 – 450 Albkg = 50 – 150 AFreq = 80 – 120 Hz
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.02 0.40 1.7 19.0 13.5 3.5
Ferrite 9 FN DeLong9 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 420 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 630 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 31 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 85 J
Hardness 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Better resistance togeneral, pitting and intercrystalline corrosionin chloride containing environments thanASTM 316L. Intended for severe service conditions, i.e. in dilute hot acids.
Approvals–
317L/SNR
216
Welding wire MIG
Standard designations–
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA LDX 2101 is designed for weldingthe ferritic-austenitic (duplex) stainless steelOutokumpu LDX 2101, a ”lean duplex” steelwith excellent strength and medium corrosion resistance. The steel is mainlyintended for applications such as civil engineering, storage tanks, containers etc.
AVESTA LDX 2101 is over alloyed withrespect to nickel to ensure the right ferritebalance in the weld metal.
The weldability of LDX 2101 is excellentand welding can be performed using short,spray or pulsed arc. Welding using pulsed arcprovides good results in both horizontal andvertical-up positions. The best flexibility isachieved by using pulsed arc and Ø 1.20 mmwire.
Shielding gas1. Ar + 30% He + 2.5% CO2.2. Ar + 2% CO2 / Ar + 2% CO2.
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltagemm A V
Short arc 0.80 60 – 120 18 – 221.00 110 – 140 20 – 221.20 130 – 160 20 – 22
Spray arc 1.00 160 – 220 25 – 291.20 200 – 240 28 – 311.60 250 – 330 29 – 32
Pulsed arc 1.20 lpeak = 450 – 550 Albkg = 150 – 200 AFreq = 120 – 150 Hz
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N0.02 0.40 0.5 23.0 7.0 <0.5 0.14
Ferrite 40 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 520 N/mm2 – Tensile strength Rm 600 N/mm2 – Elongation A5 30 % – Impact strength KV+20°C 150 J–40°C 110 J
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 0.5 – 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1020 – 1080°C).
Structure: Austenite with 35 – 65% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Good resistance togeneral corrosion. Corrosion resistance on alevel with, or better than, AISI 304.
Approvals• TÜV
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
LDX 2101® 1.4162 S32101 – – –
LDX 2101
MIG welding is best performed using argonwith an addition of approx. 30% He and 2 – 3% CO2. The addition of helium (He), will increase the energy of the arc. Gas flow rate 12 – 16 l/min.
217
Welding wire MIG
Standard designations–
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 2304 is primarily designed for welding the duplex steel Outokumpu 2304(UNS S32304) and similar grades.
AVESTA 2304 has a low content of molybdenum, which makes it well suited fornitric acid environments.
The weldability of 2304 is excellent andwelding can be performed using short, sprayor pulsed arc. Welding using pulsed arc provides good results in both horizontal andvertical-up positions. The best flexibility isachieved by using pulsed arc and Ø 1.20 mmwire.
For further recommendations, please contactAvesta Welding.
Shielding gas1. Ar + 30% He + 2.5% CO2.2. Ar + 2% CO2 / Ar + 2% CO2.
MIG welding is best performed using argonwith an addition of approx. 30 % He and 2 – 3% CO2. The addition of helium (He), will increase the energy of the arc. Gas flow rate 12 – 16 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltagemm A V
Spray arc 1.00 160 – 220 25 – 291.20 200 – 240 28 – 31
Pulsed arc 1.20 lpeak = 450 – 550 Albkg = 150 – 200 AFreq = 120 – 150 Hz
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N0.02 0.40 0.5 23.5 7.0 <0.5 0.14
Ferrite 40 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 520 N/mm2 – Tensile strength Rm 710 N/mm2 – Elongation A5 30 % – Impact strength KV+20°C 150 J–40°C 110 J
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 0.5 – 2.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. In specialcases quench annealing at 1100 – 1150°C.
Structure: Austenite with 35 – 65% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good resistance topitting and stress corrosion cracking in nitricacid environments.
Approvals–
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
2304 1.4362 S32304 – Z3 CN 23-04 2327
2304
218
Welding wire MIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
2205 1.4462 S32205 318S13 Z3 CND 22-05 Az 2377
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 G 22 9 3 N LAWS A5.9 ER2209
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 2205 is primarily designed for welding the duplex grade Outokumpu 2205and similar but it can also be used for 2304type of steels.
AVESTA 2205 provides a ferritic-austeniticweldment that combines many of the good properties of both ferritic and austenitic stainless steels.
The welding can be performed using short,spray or pulsed arc. Welding using pulsed arcprovides good results in both horizontal andvertical-up positions. The best flexibility isachieved by using pulsed arc and Ø 1.20 mmwire.
Shielding gas1. Ar + 30% He + 2.5% CO2.2. Ar + 2% CO2 / Ar + 2% CO2.
MIG welding is best performed using argonwith an addition of approx. 30% He and 2 – 3% CO2. The addition of helium (He), will increase the energy of the arc. Gas flow rate 12 – 16 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltagemm A V
Short arc 0.80 60 – 100 18 – 201.00 90 – 120 19 – 21
Spray arc 1.00 180 – 220 27 – 301.20 200 – 240 28 – 311.60 250 –330 29 – 32
Pulsed arc 1.20 lpeak = 450 – 550 Albkg = 150 – 200 AFreq = 120 – 150 Hz
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N0.02 0.50 1.6 23.0 8.5 3.1 0.17
Ferrite 50 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 550 N/mm2 450 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 770 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 30 % 20 %Impact strength KV+20°C 150 J–40°C 110 J
Hardness 230 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: 0.5 – 2.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1100 – 1150°C).
Structure: Austenite with 45 – 55% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good resistance topitting and stress corrosion cracking in chloride containing environments.
Approvals• CE • DNV • TÜV• DB • GL
2205
219
Welding wire MIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
SAF 2507® 1.4410 S32750 – Z3 CND 25-06 Az 2328
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 G 25 9 4 L NAWS A5.9 ER2594
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 2507/P100 is intended for weldingsuper duplex alloys such as SAF 2507, ASTM S32760, S32550 and S31260.
Welding 2507/P100 is preferably doneusing pulsed arc.
Shielding gasMIG welding is best performed using argonwith an addition of approx. 30% He and 2 – 3% CO2. The addition of helium (He), will increase the energy of the arc. Gas flow rate 12 – 16 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltagemm A V
Short arc 0.80 60 – 100 18 – 20
Spray arc 1.00 180 – 220 24 – 281.20 200 – 240 25 – 29
Pulsed arc 1.20 lpeak = 450 – 550 Albkg = 150 – 200 AFreq = 120 – 150 Hz
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N0.02 0.35 0.4 25.0 9.5 4.0 0.25
Ferrite 50 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 570 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 830 N/mm2 620 N/mm2
Elongation A5 29 % 18 %Impact strength KV+20°C 140 J
Hardness 280 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: 0.5 – 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1100 – 1150°C).
Structure: Austenite with 45 – 55% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good resistance topitting and stress corrosion cracking in chloride containing environments. Pittingresistance is in accordance with ASTM G48-A,better than 40°C.
Approvals–
2507/P100
220
Welding wire MIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
904L 1.4539 904L 904S13 Z2 NCDU 25-20 2562Also for welding similar steels of the 20-25 CrNiMoCu-type.
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 G 20 25 5 Cu LAWS A5.9 ER385
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 904L is intended for weldingOutokumpu 904L and similar but can also beused for constructions in type ASTM 316where a ferrite-free weld metal is required,such as cryogenic or non-magnetic applications. The impact strength at low temperature is excellent.
A fully austenitic structure is more prone tohot or solidification cracking than type ASTM316 welds, so welding should be performedminimising the heat input, interpass temperature and penetration with parentmetal.
Welding is best performed using a pulsedarc power source.
Shielding gasWelding is best performed using pulsed arcwith a shielding gas of pure argon or Ar + 30% He + 2.5% CO2.Gas flow rate 12 – 16 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltagemm A V
Spray arc 1.00 170 – 210 25 – 291.20 180 – 230 26 – 301.60 250 – 330 29 – 32
Pulsed arc 1.20 lpeak = 350 – 380 Albkg = 80 – 120 AFreq = 100 – 120 Hz
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu0.01 0.35 1.7 20.0 25.5 4.5 1.5
Ferrite 0 FN
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 340 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 570 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 38 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 130 J–196°C 100 J
Hardness 170 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1070 – 1100°C).
Structure: Fully austenitic with extra lowcontent of impurities.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1000°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good in non-oxidising environments such as sulphuric orphosphoric acids. Very good resistance to pitting and crevice corrosion in chloride containing environments. Excellent resistanceto general corrosion and stress corrosioncracking.
Approvals• CE • DB • TÜV
904L
221
Welding wire MIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
254 SMO® 1.4547 S31254 – – 237820-25-6 1.4529 N08926 – – –Also for welding stainless steels and nickel base alloys to low-alloy and mild steel.
Standard designationsEN ISO 18274 G Ni Cr 22 Mo 9 NbAWS A5.14 ERNiCrMo-3
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA P12 is a nickel base alloy designedfor welding 6Mo-steels such as Outokumpu254 SMO. The consumable is also suitable forwelding nickel base alloys such as Inconel625 and Incoloy 825 and for dissimilar weldsbetween stainless or nickel base alloys andmild steel.
Welding of fully austenitic and nickel basesteels should be performed taking great careto minimise the heat input, interpass temperature and dilution with parent metal.
Shielding gasWelding is best performed using pulsed arcwith a shielding gas of pure argon or Ar + 30% He + 2.5% CO2.Gas flow rate 12 – 16 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltagemm A V
Short arc 0.80 60 – 100 20 – 22
Spray arc 1.00 170 – 210 24 – 281.20 180 – 220 25 – 29
Pulsed arc 1.20 lpeak = 300 – 380 Albkg = 90 – 120 AFreq = 90 – 110 Hz
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe0.01 0.10 0.1 22.0 65.0 9.0 3.6 <1.0
Ferrite 0 FN
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 18274
Yield strength Rp0,2 480 N/mm2 420 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 750 N/mm2 700 N/mm2
Elongation A5 42 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 170 J–40°C 150 J
Hardness 220 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1100°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance togeneral, pitting and intercrystalline corrosionin chloride containing environments.
Approvals• CE • TÜV
P12
222
Welding wire MIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
254 SMO® 1.4547 S31254 – – 237820-25-6 1.4529 N08926 – – –
Standard designationsEN ISO 18274 G Ni Cr 22 Mo 9AWS A5.14 ERNiCrMo-20
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA P12-0Nb is a nickel base alloy designed for welding 6Mo-steels such asOutokumpu 254 SMO.
AVESTA P12-0Nb produces a fully austenitic weld metal that due to the absenceof niobium is almost free from secondaryphases. This gives extremely good ductilitywith superior impact strength even at lowtemperatures. The tensile strength is somewhat lower than standard P12.
Welding of fully austenitic and nickel basesteels should be performed taking great careto minimise the heat input, interpass temperature and dilution with parent metal.
Shielding gasWelding is best performed using pulsed arcwith a shielding gas of pure argon or Ar + 30% He + 2.5% CO2.Gas flow rate 12 – 16 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltagemm A V
Spray arc 1.00 170 – 210 24 – 281.20 180 – 220 25 – 29
Pulsed arc 1.20 lpeak = 300 – 380 Albkg = 90 – 120 AFreq = 90 – 110 Hz
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe0.01 0.10 0.1 22.0 65.0 9.0 <0.1 <1.0
Ferrite 0 FN
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 18274
Yield strength Rp0,2 380 N/mm2 420 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 630 N/mm2 700 N/mm2
Elongation A5 36 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 240 J–70°C 220 J
Hardness 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Fully austenitic with extra lowcontent of secondary phases.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1100°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance togeneral, pitting and intercrystalline corrosionin chloride containing environments whichmakes the consumable perfect for sea waterand offshore applications etc.
Approvals–
P12-0Nb
223
Welding wire MIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4565 1.4565 S34565 – – –254 SMO® 1.4547 S31254 – – 23784529 1.4529 N08926 – – –Also for welding nickel base alloys to stainless steel and mild steel.
Standard designationsEN ISO 18274 G Ni Cr 25 Mo 16AWS A5.14 ERNiCrMo-13
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA P16 is a nickel base alloy designedfor welding 7Mo-steels such as 1.4565 andsimilar, offering superior resistance to pittingand crevice corrosion. The consumable is alsosuitable for the welding of nickel base alloyssuch as Inconel 625 and Incoloy 825 but alsofor dissimilar welds between stainless and nickel base alloys to mild steel.
The chemical composition corresponds tothat of Alloy 59 (ERNiCrMo-13).
Welding of fully austenitic and nickel basesteels should be performed taking great careto minimise the risk of hot or solidificationcracking. The heat input and dilution withparent metals should be minimised.
Shielding gasWelding is best performed using pulsed arcwith a shielding gas of pure argon or Ar + 30% He + 2.5% CO2.Gas flow rate 12 – 16 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltagemm A V
Spray arc 1.00 170 – 210 24 – 281.20 180 – 220 25 – 29
Pulsed arc 1.20 lpeak = 300 – 380 Albkg = 90 – 120 AFreq = 90 – 110 Hz
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe0.01 0.10 0.2 25.0 60.0 15.0 <0.1 <1.0
Ferrite 0 FN
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 18274
Yield strength Rp0,2 470 N/mm2 370 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 700 N/mm2 690 N/mm2
Elongation A5 33 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 120 J
Hardness 220 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1150 – 1200°C).
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1100°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior resistance topitting and crevice corrosion (CPT >80°C,ASTM G48-A).
Approvals• CE •TÜV
P16
224
Welding wire MIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4565 1.4565 S34565 – – –254 SMO® 1.4547 S31254 – – 2378
Standard designations–
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA P54 is an iron-based fully austeniticconsumable designed for weldingOutokumpu 254 SMO, 1.4565 and other similar 6Mo and 7Mo-steels.
AVESTA P54 is specially developed forapplications exposed to highly oxidisingchloride containing environments, such as D-stage bleachers in pulp mills, where a nickel base filler will suffer from trans-passive corrosion. The consumable also offersvery high resistance to localised corrosion.
AVESTA P54 produces a fully austenitichigh alloy weld metal and is thereforesomewhat more sensitive to hot crackingthan, for example, 304-type steels.
The parameter box when welding P54 is rather narrow and welding is best performedusing a synergic pulsed machine.
Shielding gasWelding is best performed using pulsed arcwith a shielding gas of pure argon or Ar + 30% He + 2.5% CO2.Gas flow rate 12 – 16 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltagemm A V
Spray arc 1.20 180 – 220 25 – 29
Pulsed arc 1.20 lpeak = 320 – 360 Albkg = 90 – 120 AFreq = 80 – 100 Hz
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N Cu0.02 0.20 5.1 26.0 22.0 5.5 0.35 0.9
Ferrite 0 FN
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 480 N/mm2 –Tensile strength Rm 750 N/mm2 –Elongation A5 35 % –Impact strength KV+20°C 90 J
Hardness 220 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none.
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1100°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior resistance innear neutral chloride dioxide containing environments, such as D-stage bleachers.
Approvals–
P54
225
Welding wire MIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
AVESTA 307-Si is primarily used in dissimilar welding between stainless and mild steel or low-alloysteels.
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 G 18 8 Mn
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 307-Si is an over-alloyed, fully austenitic consumable for welding stainlesssteel to mild steel, high strength steels suchas Hardox® and Armox®, low-alloy or Mn-steels. It is also suitable for the weldingof some 14% Mn-steels and other difficult-to-weld steels.
The high manganese content makes theweld metal, even though it is purely austenitic, very resistant to hot cracking witha good ductility.
Shielding gasAr + 2% O2 or 2 – 3% CO2. Gas flow rate 12 – 16 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltagemm A V
Short arc 0.80 90 – 120 18 – 221.00 110 – 140 19 – 22
Spray arc 1.00 160 – 220 25 – 291.20 200 – 270 26 – 301.60 250 – 330 29 – 32
Pulsed arc 1.20 lpeak = 350 – 450 Albkg = 50 – 150 AFreq = 80 – 120 Hz
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.09 0.80 7.0 19.0 8.0
Ferrite 0 FN
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 470 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 710 N/mm2 500 N/mm2
Elongation A5 42 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 120 J–40°C 110 J
Hardness 220 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. For constructions that include low-alloy steels in mixed joints, stress-relieving may beadvisable. Always consult the supplier of theparent metal or seek other expert advice toensure that the correct heat treatment processis carried out.
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Primarily intended forstainless to mild steel connections, however,the corrosion resistance corresponds to ASTM304.
Approvals• CE • DB • DNV • TÜV
307-Si
226
Welding wire MIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
AVESTA 309L-Si is primarily used when surfacing unalloyed or low-alloy steels and when joining non-molybdenum-alloyed stainless and carbon steels.
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 G 23 12 L SiAWS A5.9 ER309LSi
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 309L-Si is a high-alloy 23 Cr 13 Niwire primarily intended for surfacing of low-alloy steels and dissimilar welding betweenmild steel and stainless steels, offering a ductile and crack resistant weldment.
The chemical composition, when surfacing,is equivalent to that of ASTM 304 from thefirst run. One or two layers of 309L are usually combined with a final layer of 308L,316L or 347.
Shielding gasAr + 2% O2 or 2 – 3% CO2.Gas flow rate 12 – 16 l/min.
Approvals• CE • DB • TÜV
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltagemm A V
Short arc 0.80 60 – 100 20 – 221.00 110 – 140 20 – 22
Spray arc 1.00 160 – 220 25 – 291.20 200 – 260 27 – 301.60 250 – 330 29 – 32
Pulsed arc 1.20 lpeak = 350 – 450 Albkg = 50 – 150 AFreq = 80 – 120 Hz
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.02 0.80 1.8 23.5 13.5
Ferrite 13 FN DeLong; 9 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 400 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 600 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 32 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 110 J
Hardness 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. For constructions that include low-alloy steels in mixed joints, a stress-relieving annealing stage may be advisable. However,this type of alloy may be susceptible toembrittlement-inducing precipitation in thetemperature range 550 – 950°C. Always consult the supplier of the parent metal orseek other expert advice to ensure that the correct heat treatment process is carried out.
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1000°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior to type 308L.When surfacing on mild steel a corrosionresistance equivalent to ASTM 304 is obtainedat the first bead.
309L-Si
227
Welding wire MIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
AVESTA P5 is primarily used when surfacing unalloyed or low-alloy steels and when joining molybdenum-alloyed stainless and carbon steels.
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 G 23 12 2 LAWS A5.9 (ER309LMo)*
* Cr lower and Ni higher than standard.
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA P5 is a molybdenum-alloyed wire ofthe 309MoL type, which is primarily designed for surfacing low-alloy steels andfor dissimilar welding between stainlesssteels and low-alloy steels, ensuring a highresistance to cracking. It can also be used forwelding high strength steels such as Hardox®
and Armox®. When used for surfacing, thecomposition is more or less equal to that ofASTM 316 from the first run.
Shielding gasAr + 2% O2 or 2 – 3% CO2.Gas flow rate 12 – 16 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltagemm A V
Short arc 0.80 60 – 120 18 – 221.00 110 – 140 20 – 22
Spray arc 1.00 160 – 220 25 – 291.20 200 – 260 26 – 301.60 250 – 320 29 – 32
Pulsed arc 1.20 lpeak = 350 – 450 Albkg = 50 – 150 AFreq = 100 – 150 Hz
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.02 0.35 1.5 21.5 15.0 2.7
Ferrite 9 FN DeLong8 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 390 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 610 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 31 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 75 J–40°C 60 J
Hardness 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. For constructions that include low-alloy steels in mixed joints, a stress-relieving annealing stage may be advisable. However,this type of alloy may be susceptible toembrittlement-inducing precipitation in thetemperature range 550 – 950°C.
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 950°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior to type 316L.The corrosion resistance obtained on the firstlayer when surfacing corresponds to that ofASTM 316.
Approvals• CE • DB • DNV • TÜV
P5
228
Welding wire MIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
AVESTA P7 is specially designed for difficult-to-weld steels such as Mn-steels, tool steels and high temperature grades.
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 G 29 9AWS A5.9 ER312
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA P7 is a high-alloy consumable designed for welding C/Mn-steels, highstrength steels such as Hardox® and Armox®,tool steels, spring steels, high temperaturesteels and other difficult-to-weld steels. P7 isalso suitable for dissimilar welds between stainless and mild steel connections.
AVESTA P7 provides a weldment withhigh tensile strength and wear resistance aswell as an excellent resistance to cracking.
Pre-heating is normally unnecessary, butwhen working with constricted designs andmaterials susceptible to hardening, some pre-heating may be required.
Shielding gas1. Ar + 30% He + 2.5% CO2.2. Ar + 2% CO2 / Ar + 2% CO2.
MIG welding is best performed using pureargon with an addition of approx. 30% Heand 2 – 3% CO2. The addition of helium (He),will increase the energy of the arc.Gas flow rate 12 – 16 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltagemm A V
Spray arc 1.00 170 – 230 26 – 281.20 200 – 260 27 – 29
Pulsed arc 1.20 lpeak = 350 – 380 Albkg = 50 – 120 AFreq = 70 – 150 Hz
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.11 0.45 1.9 30.0 9.5
Ferrite 60 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 560 N/mm2 450 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 750 N/mm2 650 N/mm2
Elongation A5 25 % 15 %Impact strength KV+20°C 40 J
Hardness 240 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. Alloys ofthis type are susceptible to precipitation of thesecondary phase in the temperature range 550 – 950°C.
Structure: Austenite with 40 – 60% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: AVESTA P7 offers verygood corrosion resistance in wet sulphuricenvironments, such as in sulphate digestersused by the pulp and paper industry.
Approvals–
P7
229
Welding wire MIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
AVESTA P10 is an all-round wire suitable for many difficult-to-weld combinations.
Standard designationsEN ISO 18274 G Ni Cr 20 Mn 3 NbAWS A5.14 ERNiCr-3
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA P10 is a nickel base alloy designedfor dissimilar welding of stainless steels,nickel base alloys type Inconel 600 and low-alloy steels as well as some copper alloys. P10 can also be used for welding many hightemperature steels and nickel base alloys. The austenitic structure is very stable and therisk of hot or solidification cracking is relatively low.
Shielding gasWelding is preferably done using pulsed arcand with a shielding gas of pure argon or a three-component mixture with Ar + 30% He+ 2.5% CO2.Gas flow rate 12 – 16 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltagemm A V
Spray arc 1.00 180 – 220 24 – 281.20 200 – 240 25 – 291.60 250 – 330 29 – 32
Pulsed arc 1.20 lpeak = 450 – 550 Albkg = 150 – 200 AFreq = 120 – 150 Hz
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Nb Fe0.03 0.10 2.9 20.0 73.0 2.5 <2.0
Ferrite 0 FN
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 18274
Yield strength Rp0,2 410 N/mm2 360 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 660 N/mm2 600 N/mm2
Elongation A5 33 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C –
Hardness 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1100°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: High resistance tostress corrosion cracking but also excellentresistance to intercrystalline corrosion due tothe low carbon content and the absence ofsecondary phases.
Approvals• CE • TÜV
P10
230
Welding wire MIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4845 1.4845 310S 310S16 Z8 CN 25-20 2361
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 G 25 20AWS A5.9 ER310
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 310 is designed for welding hightemperature steels such as ASTM 310S.
AVESTA 310 gives a fully austenitic type 26 Cr 21 Ni weld metal and is thereforesomewhat more sensitive to hot crackingthan 316 type steels. Welding should therefore be performed minimising the heatinput, interpass temperature and dilutionwith parent metal.
Shielding gasWelding is best performed using pulsed arcwith a shielding gas of pure argon or Ar + 30% He + 2.5% CO2.Gas flow rate 12 – 16 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltagemm A V
Spray arc 1.00 180 – 240 25 – 291.20 190 – 250 26 – 30
Pulsed arc 1.20 lpeak = 350 – 380 Albkg = 100 – 150 AFreq = 100 – 120 Hz
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 360 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 570 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 35 % 20 %Impact strength KV+20°C 120 J
Hardness 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none.
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1150°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Initially intended forconstructions running at high temperatures.Wet corrosion properties are moderate.
Approvals–
310
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.12 0.35 1.6 25.5 21.0
Ferrite 0 FN
231
Welding wire MIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
153 MA™ 1.4818 S30415 – – 2372253 MA® 1.4835 S30815 – – 2368
Standard designations–
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 253 MA is designed for welding thehigh temperature steel Outokumpu 253 MA,used for example in furnaces, combustionchambers, burners etc. Both the steel and theconsumable provide excellent properties attemperatures 850 – 1100°C.
MIG welding of 253 MA is best performedusing spray arc or pulsed arc. 253 MA has atendency to give a thick oxide layer duringwelding and hot rolling. Black plates and previous weld beads should be carefullybrushed or ground prior to welding.
Shielding gas1. Ar + 30% He + 2.5% CO2.2. Ar + 2% CO2 / Ar + 2% CO2.
MIG welding is best performed using argonwith an addition of approx. 30% He and 2 – 3% CO2. The addition of helium (He), will increase the energy of the arc. Gas flow rate 12 – 16 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni N Others0.07 1.60 0.6 21.0 10.0 0.15 REM
Ferrite 9 FN DeLong2 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 440 N/mm2 –Tensile strength Rm 680 N/mm2 –Elongation A5 38 % –Impact strength KV+20°C 130 J
Hardness 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none.
Structure: Austenite with 3 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1150°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance tohigh temperature corrosion. Not intended forapplications exposed to wet corrosion.
Approvals–
253 MA
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltagemm A V
Short arc 0.80 60 – 100 20 – 22
Spray arc 1.00 190 – 240 25 – 291.20 210 – 250 26 – 30
Pulsed arc 1.20 lpeak = 340 – 380 Albkg = 100 – 160 AFreq = 100 – 120 Hz
232
Welding wire MIG
Standard designations–
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 353 MA is designed for weldingOutokumpu 353 MA, offering excellent properties at temperatures above 1000°C. 353 MA has a tendency to give a thick oxidelayer during welding and hot rolling. Blackplates and previous weld beads should becarefully brushed or ground prior to welding.The weld metal is, due to the fully austeniticstructure, somewhat more sensitive to hotcracking than, for example, 253 MA.
Shielding gasWelding is best performed using pulsed arcwith a pure argon or Ar + 30% He + 2% CO2shielding gas.Gas flow rate 12 – 16 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni N Others0.05 0.85 1.6 27.5 35.0 0.15 REM
Ferrite 0 FN
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 320 N/mm2 –Tensile strength Rm 590 N/mm2 –Elongation A5 43 % –Impact strength KV+20°C 160 J
Hardness 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none.
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1175°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior properties forconstructions running at service temperaturesabove 1000°C. Not intended for applicationsexposed to wet corrosion.
Approvals–
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltagemm A V
Spray arc 1.00 190 – 240 25 – 291.20 210 – 250 26 – 30
Pulsed arc 1.20 lpeak = 340 – 380 Albkg = 100 – 160 AFreq = 100 – 120 Hz
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
353 MA® 1.4854 S35315 – – –
353 MA
233
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
248 SV 1.4418 – – Z6 CND 16-05-01 2387
Standard designations–
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 248 SV is designed for weldingOutokumpu 248 SV and steel castings withcorresponding composition. Applicationsinclude propellers, pumps, valves and shafts.
AVESTA 248 SV has high safety againstcracking, superior to many other martensiticconsumables. The weld metal properties, onthe whole, are similar to those of the steel.
Preheating is normally unnecessary. Incases with heavy wall thicknesses or whereconsiderable shrinkage stresses are to beexpected, preheating up to 75 – 150°C isrecommended.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%).Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
2.40 130 – 160 16 – 18
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.02 0.35 1.3 16.0 5.5 1.0
Ferrite 10%
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW)* EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 460 N/mm2 –Tensile strength Rm 840 N/mm2 –Elongation A5 23 % –Impact strength KV+20°C 75 J
Hardness 260 Brinell
* Annealed at 590°C for 4 hours.
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: To stabilise the structure andto minimise the content of brittle martensitean annealing at 590°C for 4 hours followed byair cooling is recommended.
Structure: Austenite balanced with ferriteand martensite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: The resistance to general and pitting corrosion is in level withthat of ASTM 304.
Approvals–
248 SV
Welding wire TIG
234
Welding wire TIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4301 1.4301 304 304S31 Z7 CN 18-09 23334307 1.4307 304L 304S11 Z3 CN 18-10 23524311 1.4311 304LN 304S61 Z3 CN 18-10 Az 23714541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 W 19 9 L SiAWS A5.9 ER308LSi
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 308L-Si/MVR-Si is designed forwelding austenitic stainless steel type 19 Cr10 Ni or similar. The wire is also suitable for welding titanium and niobium stabilisedsteels such as ASTM 321 and ASTM 347 incases where the construction is used at temperatures not exceeding 400°C. For higher temperatures a niobium stabilised consumable such as AVESTA 347-Si/MVNb-Si is required.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%) or Ar with an addition of 20 – 30% helium (He) or 1 – 5% hydrogen (H2).Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.02 0.85 1.8 20.0 10.5
Ferrite 11 FN DeLong9 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 470 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 640 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 34 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 140 J–196°C 80 J
Hardness 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Corresponding toASTM 304, i.e. fairly good under severe conditions such as in oxidising and cold dilute reducing acids.
Approvals• CE • DB • DNV • TÜV
308L-Si/MVR-Si
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.00 50 – 70 9 – 111.20 60 – 80 9 – 111.60 80 – 110 10 – 122.00 100 – 130 14 – 162.40 130 – 160 16 – 183.20 160 – 200 17 – 194.00 180 – 240 18 – 21
235
Welding wire TIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4301 1.4301 304 304S31 Z7 CN 18-09 23334307 1.4307 304L 304S11 Z3 CN 18-10 23524311 1.4311 304LN 304S61 Z3 CN 18-10 Az 23714541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 W 19 9 LAWS A5.9 ER308L
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 308L/MVR is designed for weldingaustenitic stainless steel type 19 Cr 10 Ni orsimilar. The wire is also suitable for weldingtitanium and niobium stabilised steels suchas ASTM 321 and ASTM 347 in cases wherethe construction is used at temperatures notexceeding 400°C. For higher temperatures aniobium stabilised consumable such as AVESTA 347-Si/MVNb-Si is required.
AVESTA 308L/MVR is also available withhigh silicon content (308L-Si/MVR-Si). Thehigher silicon content will improve fluidityand minimise the spatter, giving a nicer weldbead appearance.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%) or Ar with an addition of 20 – 30% helium (He) or 1 – 5% hydrogen (H2).Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.02 0.40 1.7 20.0 10.0
Ferrite 8 FN DeLong10 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 400 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 590 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 35 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 130 J–40°C 120 J
Hardness 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Corresponding toASTM 304, i.e. fairly good under severe conditions such as in oxidising and cold dilute reducing acids.
Approvals• CE • DNV • TÜV
308L/MVR
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.00 50 – 70 9 – 111.20 60 – 80 9 – 111.60 80 – 120 10 – 132.00 100 – 130 14 – 162.40 130 – 160 16 – 183.20 160 – 200 17 – 20
236
Welding wire TIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4301 1.4301 304 304S31 Z7 CN 18-09 23334541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337– 1.4550 347 347S31 Z6 CNNb 18-10 2338
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 W 19 9 HAWS A5.9 ER308H
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 308H is designed for welding austenitic stainless steel type 18 Cr 10 Ni orsimilar. The consumable has an enhanced carbon content when compared to 308L. This provides improved creep resistance properties, which is advantageous at temperatures above 400°C. 308H type consumables are normally used at temperatures up to 600°C. For higher temperatures a niobium stabilised consumable such as AVESTA 347/MVNb is required.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%) or Ar with an addition of 20 – 30% helium (He) or 1 – 5% hydrogen (H2).Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.05 0.40 1.8 20.0 9.0
Ferrite 10 FN DeLong10 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 450 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 640 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 38 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 150 J
Hardness 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Corresponding toASTM 304, i.e. good resistance to general corrosion. The enhanced carbon content, compared to 308L, makes it slightly more sensitive to intercrystalline corrosion.
Approvals–
308H
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
2.40 130 – 160 16 – 18
237
Welding wire TIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337– 1.4550 347 347S31 Z6 CNNb 18-10 2338
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 W 19 9 Nb SiAWS A5.4 ER347Si
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 347-Si/MVNb-Si is used for weldingtitanium and niobium stabilised steels of type19 Cr 10 Ni Ti or similar, providing improvedhigh temperature properties, e.g. creep resistance, compared to low-carbon non-stabilised materials. 347-Si/MVNb-Si is therefore primarily used for applicationswhere service temperatures exceed 400°C.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%) or Ar with an addition of 20 – 30% helium (He) or 1 – 5% hydrogen (H2).Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Nb0.05 0.85 1.2 19.5 10.0 >12xC
Ferrite 10 FN DeLong7 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 520 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 680 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 33 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 110 J–40°C 100 J
Hardness 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. 347 typewire can be used for cladding, which normallyrequires stress relieving at around 590°C. Sucha heat treatment will reduce the ductility ofthe weld at room temperature. Always consultexpertise before performing post-weld heattreatment.
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: 347-Si/MVNb-Si is primarily intended for high temperature service or applications that should be heat treated. However, the corrosion resistance corresponds to that of 308H, i.e. good resistance to general corrosion.
Approvals• CE • TÜV
347-Si/MVNb-Si
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.20 60 – 80 9 – 111.60 80 – 110 10 – 122.00 100 – 130 14 – 162.40 130 – 160 16 – 183.20 160 – 200 17 – 19
238
Welding wire TIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337– 1.4550 347 347S31 Z6 CNNb 18-10 2338
347/MVNb
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 W 19 9 NbAWS A5.4 ER347
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 347/MVNb is used for welding titanium and niobium stabilised steels of type19 Cr 10 Ni Ti or similar, providing improvedhigh temperature properties, e.g. creep resistance, compared to low-carbon non-stabilised materials. 347/MVNb is therefore primarily used for applicationswhere service temperatures exceed 400°C.
Avesta Welding also supplies a 347 typewire with high silicon content (0.85 %) named347-Si/MVNb-Si. The higher silicon contentwill improve the fluidity of the melt poolslightly.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%). Ar with an addition of about30% helium (He) or 1 – 5% hydrogen (H2) canalso be used.Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Nb0.04 0.40 1.3 19.5 9.5 >12xC
Ferrite 6 FN DeLong7 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 520 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 680 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 33 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 110 J–40°C 100 J
Hardness 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).347/MVNb can be used for cladding, whichnormally requires stress relieving at around590°C. Always consult the supplier of theparent metal or seek other expert advice toensure that the correct heat treatment processis carried out.
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: 347/MVNb is primarily intended for high temperature service or applications that should be heat treated.However, the corrosion resistance corresponds to 308H, i.e. good resistance togeneral corrosion.
Approvals• CE • TÜV
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.60 80 – 110 10 – 122.00 100 – 130 14 – 162.40 130 – 160 16 – 18
239
Welding wire TIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4436 1.4436 316 316S33 Z7 CND 18-12-03 23434432 1.4432 316L 316S13 Z3 CND 17-12-03 23534429 1.4429 S31653 316S63 Z3 CND 17-12 Az 23754571 1.4571 316Ti 320S31 Z6 CNDT 17-12 2350
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 W 19 12 3 L SiAWS A5.9 ER316LSi
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 316L-Si/SKR-Si is designed for welding austenitic stainless steel type 17 Cr 12 Ni 2.5 Mo or similar. The filler metalis also suitable for welding titanium and niobium stabilised steels such as ASTM 316Tiin cases where the construction is used attemperatures not exceeding 400°C. For higher temperatures a niobium stabilisedconsumable such as AVESTA 318-Si/SKNb-Siis required.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%) or Ar with an addition of 20 – 30% helium (He) or 1 – 5% hydrogen (H2).Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.02 0.85 1.7 18.5 12.0 2.6
Ferrite 9 FN DeLong7 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 480 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 640 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 31 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 140 J–196°C 80 J
Hardness 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance togeneral, pitting and intercrystalline corrosionin chloride containing environments.Intended for severe service conditions, e.g. indilute hot acids.
Approvals• DB • DNV • TÜV
316L-Si/SKR-Si
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.00 50 – 70 9 – 111.20 60 – 80 9 – 111.60 80 – 110 10 – 122.00 100 – 130 14 – 162.40 130 – 160 16 – 183.20 160 – 200 17 – 194.00 180 – 240 18 – 20
240
Welding wire TIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4436 1.4436 316 316S33 Z7 CND 18-12-03 23434432 1.4432 316L 316S13 Z3 CND 17-12-03 23534429 1.4429 S31653 316S63 Z3 CND 17-12 Az 23754571 1.4571 316Ti 320S31 Z6 CNDT 17-12 2350
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 W 19 12 3 LAWS A5.9 ER316L
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 316L/SKR is designed for weldingaustenitic stainless steel type 17 Cr 12 Ni 2.5 Mo or similar. The filler metal is also suitable for welding titanium and niobiumstabilised steels such as ASTM 316Ti in caseswhere the construction is used at temperaturesnot exceeding 400°C. For higher temperaturesa niobium stabilised consumable such asAVESTA 318-Si/SKNb-Si is required.
AVESTA 316L/SKR is also available withhigh silicon content (316L-Si/SKR-Si). Thehigher silicon content will improve fluidityand minimse the spatter, giving a nicer weldbead appearance.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%) or Ar with an addition of 20 – 30% helium (He) or 1 – 5% hydrogen (H2).Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.02 0.40 1.7 18.5 12.0 2.6
Ferrite 8 FN DeLong8 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 460 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 610 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 33 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 140 J–40°C 130 J
Hardness 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance togeneral, pitting and intercrystalline corrosionin chloride containing environments.Intended for severe service conditions, e.g. indilute hot acids.
Approvals• CE • DNV • TÜV
316L/SKR
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.00 50 – 70 9 – 111.20 60 – 80 9 – 111.60 80 – 110 10 – 122.00 100 – 130 14 – 162.40 130 – 160 16 – 183.20 160 – 200 17 – 19
241
Welding wire TIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4571 1.4571 316Ti 320S31 Z6 CNDT 17-12 2350
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 W 19 12 3 Nb Si
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 318-Si/SKNb-Si is used for weldingtitanium and niobium stabilised steels of type17 Cr 11 Ni 2.5 Ti or similar providing improved high temperature properties, e.g.creep resistance, compared to low-carbonnon-stabilised materials. 318-Si/SKNb-Sishows better properties than 316L-Si/SKR-Siat elevated temperatures and is thereforerecommended for applications where servicetemperatures exceed 400°C.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%) or Ar with an addition of 20 – 30% helium (He) or 1 – 5% hydrogen (H2).Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Nb0.04 0.85 1.3 19.0 12.0 2.6 >12xC
Ferrite 10 FN DeLong7 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 520 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 690 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 31 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 110 J
Hardness 220 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: The corrosion resistance corresponds to that of ASTM 316Ti,i.e. good resistance to general, pitting andintercrystalline corrosion.
Approvals• CE • DB • TÜV
318-Si/SKNb-Si
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.60 80 – 110 10 – 122.00 100 – 130 14 – 162.40 130 – 160 16 – 183.20 160 – 200 17 – 19
242
Welding wire TIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4571 1.4571 316Ti 320S31 Z6 CNDT 17-12 2350
318/SKNb
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 W 19 12 3 NbAWS A5.9 ER318
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 318/SKNb is used for welding titanium and niobium stabilised steels of type17 Cr 11 Ni 2.5 Ti or similar, providing improved high temperature properties, e.g.creep resistance, compared to low-carbonnon-stabilised materials. 318/SKNb showsbetter properties than 316L/SKR at elevatedtemperatures and is therefore recommendedfor applications where service temperaturesexceed 400°C.
Avesta Welding also supplies a 318 typewire with high silicon content (0.85 %) named318-Si/SKNb-Si. The higher silicon contentwill improve the fluidity of the melt poolslightly.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%). Ar with an addition of about30% helium (He) or 1 – 5% hydrogen (H2) canalso be used.Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Nb0.04 0.40 1.3 19.0 12.0 2.6 >12xC
Ferrite 8 FN DeLong7 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 520 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 690 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 31 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 110 J
Hardness 220 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: The corrosion resistance corresponds to that of ASTM 316Ti,i.e. good resistance to general, pitting andintercrystalline corrosion.
Approvals• CE • DB • TÜV
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.60 80 – 110 10 – 122.00 100 – 130 14 – 162.40 130 – 160 16 – 183.20 160 – 200 17 – 19
243
Welding wire TIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4438 1.4438 317L 317S12 Z3 CND 19-15-04 23674439 1.4439 317LMN – Z3 CND 18-14-05 Az –
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 W 19 13 4 LAWS A5.9 ER317L
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 317L/SNR is designed for weldingtype 18 Cr 14 Ni 3 Mo austenitic stainlesssteels and similar. The enhanced content ofchromium, nickel and molybdenum compared to 316L gives improved corrosionproperties in acid chloride containing environments.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%) or Ar with an addition of 20 – 30% helium (He) or 1 – 5% hydrogen (H2).Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.02 0.40 1.7 19.0 13.5 3.5
Ferrite 9 FN DeLong9 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 440 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 630 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 28 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 100 J
Hardness 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Better resistance togeneral, pitting and intercrystalline corrosionin chloride containing environments thanASTM 316L. Intended for severe service conditions, i.e. in dilute hot acids.
Approvals–
317L/SNR
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.20 60 – 80 9 – 111.60 80 – 110 10 – 122.00 100 – 130 14 – 162.40 130 – 160 16 – 18
244
Welding wire TIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
LDX 2101® 1.4162 S32101 – – –
Standard designations–
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA LDX 2101 is designed for weldingthe ferritic-austenitic (duplex) stainless steelOutokumpu LDX 2101. LDX 2101 is a ”leanduplex” steel with excellent strength andmedium corrosion resistance. It is mainlyintended for applications such as civil engineering, storage tanks, containers etc.
AVESTA LDX 2101 is ”over alloyed” withrespect to nickel to ensure the right ferritebalance in the weld metal.
The weldability of LDX 2101 is excellent.However, duplex steels are somewhat moredifficult to weld compared to austenitic steelssuch as 316L, mainly with respect to fluidityand penetration into the parent metals.Welding without filler metal (TIG dressing) isnot recommended.
For further recommendations, please contactAvesta Welding.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%). Ar with an addition of up to 2%nitrogen (N2) is advantageous and will havea positive effect on both mechanical and corrosion properties.Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N0.02 0.40 0.5 23.0 7.0 <0.5 0.14
Ferrite 40 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 550 N/mm2 – Tensile strength Rm 730 N/mm2 – Elongation A5 30 % – Impact strength KV+20°C 180 J–40°C 180 J
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: 0.5 – 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1020 – 1080°C).
Structure: Austenite with 35 – 65% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Good resistance togeneral corrosion. Corrosion resistance on alevel with, or better than, AISI 304.
Approvals• CE • TÜV
LDX 2101
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.20 60 – 80 9 – 111.60 80 – 110 10 – 122.40 130 – 180 16 – 193.20 160 – 220 17 – 20
245
Welding wire TIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
2304 1.4362 S32304 – Z3 CN 23-04 Az 2327
Standard designations–
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 2304 is primarily designed for welding the duplex steel SAF 2304 and similar grades.
AVESTA 2304 provides a ferritic-austeniticweldment that combines many of the goodproperties of both ferritic and austenitic stainless steels.
AVESTA 2304 has a low content of molybdenum, which makes it well suited fornitric acid environments.
Welding without filler metal (i.e. TIG-dressing) is not allowed since the ferrite content will increase drastically and bothmechanical and corrosion properties will benegatively affected.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%). Ar with an addition of up to 2%nitrogen (N2) is advantageous and will havea positive effect on both mechanical and corrosion properties.Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N0.02 0.40 0.5 23.0 7.0 <0.5 0.14
Ferrite 40 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 460 N/mm2 –Tensile strength Rm 640 N/mm2 –Elongation A5 25 % –Impact strength KV+20°C 160 J–20°C 120 J
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: 0.5 – 2.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1100 – 1150°C).
Structure: Austenite with 35 – 55% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good resistance topitting and stress corrosion cracking in nitricacid environments.
Approvals• CE • TÜV
2304
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.20 60 – 80 9 – 111.60 80 – 110 10 – 122.40 130 – 180 16 – 193.20 160 – 220 17 – 20
246
Welding wire TIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
2205 1.4462 S32205 318S13 Z3 CND 22-05 Az 2377
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 W 22 9 3 N LAWS A5.9 ER2209
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 2205 is primarily designed for welding the duplex grade Outokumpu 2205and similar grades but can also be used forwelding SAF 2304 type of steels.
AVESTA 2205 provides a ferritic-austeniticweldment that combines many of the good properties of both ferritic and austenitic stainless steels.
Welding without filler metal (i.e. TIG-dressing) is not allowed since the ferrite content will increase drastically and bothmechanical and corrosion properties will benegatively affected.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%). Ar with an addition of up to 2%nitrogen (N2) is advantageous and will havea positive effect on both mechanical and corrosion properties.Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N0.02 0.50 1.6 23.0 8.5 3.1 0.17
Ferrite 50 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 610 N/mm2 450 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 805 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 31 % 20 %Impact strength KV+20°C 200 J–40°C 170 J
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: 0.5 – 2.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1100 – 1150°C).
Structure: Austenite with 45 – 55% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good resistance topitting and stress corrosion cracking in chloride containing environments.
Approvals• CE • DB • DNV • TÜV
2205
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.20 60 – 80 9 – 111.60 80 – 110 10 – 122.00 100 – 130 14 – 162.40 130 – 160 16 – 183.20 160 – 200 17 – 19
Welding wire TIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
SAF 2507® 1.4410 S32750 – Z3 CND 25-06 Az 2328
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 W 25 9 4 L NAWS A5.9 ER2594
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 2507/P100 is intended for weldingsuper duplex alloys such as SAF 2507, ASTM S32760, S32550 and S31260. It can alsobe used for welding duplex type 2205 if extrahigh corrosion resistance is required, e.g. inroot runs in tubes.
AVESTA 2507/P100 provides a ferritic-austenitic weldment that combines many ofthe good properties of both ferritic and austenitic steels.
Welding without filler metal (i.e. TIG-dressing) is not allowed since the ferrite content will increase drastically and bothmechanical and corrosion properties will benegatively affected.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%). Ar with an addition of up to 2%nitrogen (N2) is advantageous and will havea positive effect on both mechanical and corrosion properties.Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N0.02 0.35 0.4 25.0 9.5 4.0 0.25
Ferrite 50 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 660 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 860 N/mm2 620 N/mm2
Elongation A5 28 % 18 %Impact strength KV+20°C 190 J–40°C 170 J
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: 0.5 – 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1100 – 1150°C).
Structure: Austenite with 45 – 55% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance topitting and stress corrosion cracking in chloride containing environments. Pittingresistance is in accordance with ASTM G48-A,better than 40°C.
Approvals• CE • TÜV
2507/P100
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.20 60 – 80 9 – 111.60 80 – 110 10 – 122.00 100 – 130 14 – 162.40 130 – 160 16 – 183.20 160 – 200 17 – 19
247
248
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN 12072
Yield strength Rp0,2 440 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 650 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 35 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 180 J–196°C 130 J
Hardness 200 Brinell
Welding wire TIG
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 W 20 25 5 N L
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 254 SFER produces a high-alloyweld metal with good austenite stability. The weld metal has excellent corrosion resistance in ammonium carbamate at hightemperatures, but naturally, it also offersgood corrosion resistance in other environments.
AVESTA 254 SFER is recommended forwelding stainless steels of the 25 Cr 22 Ni Mo N type, i.e. Outokumpu 725LN, Sandvik25.22.2L Mn, ASTM S31050 and EN 1.4466,which are used in the production of syntheticfertilisers by urea synthesis, for the productionof nitro phosphate, synthetic fertilisers,ammonium nitrate and nitric acid.
AVESTA 254 SFER has a relatively goodresistance to hot or solidification cracking,provided that welding has been carried outcarefully, i.e. by minimising the dilution andby keeping the heat input at max 1.5 kJ/mm.The material should also be allowed to cooldown to 100°C before the next run is welded.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%) or Ar with an addition of 20 – 30% He or 1 – 5% hydrogen (H2).Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu0.02 0.1 4.5 25.0 22.0 2.2 1.5
Ferrite 0 FN
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1070 – 1100°C).
Structure: Fully austenitic with extra lowcontent of impurities.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1000°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance instrongly oxidising and slightly reducing environments. High resistance to intergranular,selective, pitting and stress corrosion.
Approvals–
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4466 1.4466 S31050 – Z2 CND 25-22 Az –
254 SFER
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
2.40 130 – 160 16 – 18
249
Welding wire TIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
904L 1.4539 904L 904S13 Z2 NCDU 25-20 2562Also for welding similar steels of the 20-25 CrNiMoCu-type.
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 W 20 25 5 Cu LAWS A5.9 ER385
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 904L is intended for weldingOutokumpu 904L and similar but can also beused for constructions in type ASTM 316where a ferrite-free weld metal is required,such as cryogenic or non-magnetic applications. The impact strength at low temperature is excellent.
A fully austenitic structure is more prone tohot or solidification cracking than type ASTM316 welds, so welding should be performedminimising the heat input, interpass temperature and penetration with parentmetal.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%). Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu0.01 0.35 1.7 20.0 25.5 4.5 1.5
Ferrite 0 FN
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 410 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 610 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 35 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 180 J–196°C 130 J
Hardness 170 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1070 – 1100°C).
Structure: Fully austenitic with extra lowcontent of impurities.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1000°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good in non-oxidising environments such as sulphuric orphosphoric acids. Very good resistance to pitting and crevice corrosion in chloride containing environments. Excellent resistanceto general corrosion and stress corrosioncracking.
Approvals• CE • DB • TÜV
904L
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.20 60 – 80 9 – 111.60 80 – 110 10 – 122.00 100 – 130 14 – 162.40 130 – 160 16 – 183.20 160 – 200 17 – 19
250
Welding wire TIG
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.20 60 – 80 9 – 111.60 80 – 110 10 – 122.00 100 – 130 14 – 162.40 120 – 150 16 – 183.20 140 – 180 17 – 19
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
254 SMO® 1.4547 S31254 – – 237820-25-6 1.4529 N08926 – – –Also for welding stainless steels and nickel base alloys to low-alloy and mild steel.
Standard designationsEN ISO 18274 W Ni Cr 22 Mo 9 NbAWS A5.14 ERNiCrMo-3
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA P12 is a nickel base alloy designedfor welding 6Mo-steels such as Outokumpu254 SMO. The wire is also suitable for welding nickel base alloys such as Inconel625 and Incoloy 825 and for dissimilar weldsbetween stainless and nickel base alloys tomild steel.
Welding of fully austenitic steels and nickel base alloys should be performedtaking great care to minimise the heat input, interpass temperature and dilution withparent metal.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%). Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe0.01 <0.1 <0.1 22.0 65.0 9.0 3.6 <1.0
Ferrite 0 FN
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 18274
Yield strength Rp0,2 490 N/mm2 420 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 740 N/mm2 700 N/mm2
Elongation A5 37 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 130 J–40°C 120 J
Hardness 220 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1100°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance togeneral, pitting and intercrystalline corrosionin chloride containing environments.
Approvals• CE • TÜV
P12
251
Welding wire TIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
254 SMO® 1.4547 S31254 – – 23784529 1.4529 N08926 – – –
Standard designationsEN ISO 18274 W Ni Cr 22 Mo 9AWS A5.14 ERNiCrMo-20
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA P12-0Nb is a nickel base alloy designed for welding 6Mo-steels such asOutokumpu 254 SMO.
AVESTA P12-0Nb produces a fully austenitic weld metal that due to the absenceof niobium is almost free from secondaryphases. This gives extremely good ductilitywith superior impact strength even at lowtemperatures. The tensile strength is somewhat lower than standard P12.
Welding of fully austenitic steels and nickel base alloys should be performedtaking great care to minimise the heat input,interpass temperature and dilution withparent metal.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%). Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe0.01 0.10 0.1 22.0 65.0 9.0 <0.1 <1.0
Ferrite 0 FN
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 18274
Yield strength Rp0,2 440 N/mm2 420 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 670 N/mm2 700 N/mm2
Elongation A5 41 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 220 J–70°C 210 J
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Fully austenitic with extra lowcontent of secondary phases.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1100°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance togeneral, pitting and intercrystalline corrosionin chloride containing environments whichmakes the consumable perfect for sea waterand offshore applications etc.
Approvals–
P12-0Nb
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.60 80 – 110 10 – 122.00 100 – 130 14 – 162.40 130 – 160 16 – 18
252
Welding wire TIG
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.20 60 – 80 9 – 111.60 80 – 110 10 – 122.00 100 – 130 14 – 162.40 130 – 160 16 – 183.20 160 – 200 17 – 19
Standard designationsEN ISO 18274 W Ni Cr 25 Mo 16AWS A5.14 ERNiCrMo-13
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA P16 is a nickel base alloy designedfor welding Outokumpu 4565, 7Mo-steelsand similar, offering superior resistance topitting and crevice corrosion. The consumableis also suitable for the welding of nickel basealloys such as Inconel 625 and Incoloy 825but also for dissimilar welds between stainless and nickel base alloys to mild steel.
The chemical composition corresponds tothat of Alloy 59 (ERNiCrMo-13).
Welding of fully austenitic steels and nickel base alloys should be performedtaking great care to minimise the heat input,interpass temperature and dilution withparent metal.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%). Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe0.01 0.10 0.2 25.0 60.0 15.0 <0.1 <1.0
Ferrite 0 FN
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 18274
Yield strength Rp0,2 510 N/mm2 370 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 760 N/mm2 690 N/mm2
Elongation A5 43 % 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 135 J
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1150 – 1200°C).
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1100°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior resistance topitting and crevice corrosion (CPT >80°C,ASTM G48-A).
Approvals• CE • TÜV
P16For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4565 1.4565 S34565 – – –254 SMO® 1.4547 S31254 – – 237820-25-6 1.4529 N08926 – – –Also for welding nickel base alloys to stainless steel and mild steel.
253
Welding wire TIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4565 1.4565 S34565 – – –254 SMO® 1.4547 S31254 – – 2378
Standard designations–
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA P54 is an iron-based fully austeniticconsumable designed for weldingOutokumpu 254 SMO and other similar 6Moand 7Mo-steels.
AVESTA P54 is specially developed forapplications exposed to highly oxidisingchloride containing environments, such as D-stage bleachers in pulp mills where a nickel base filler will suffer from trans-passive corrosion. The consumable also offersvery high resistance to localised corrosion.
Welding of fully austenitic steels and nickel base alloys should be performedtaking great care to minimise the heat input,interpass temperature and dilution withparent metal.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%) or Ar with an addition of 2%nitrogen (N2).Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N Cu0.02 0.20 5.1 26.0 22.0 5.5 0.35 0.9
Ferrite 0 FN
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 450 N/mm2 –Tensile strength Rm 750 N/mm2 –Elongation A5 30 % –Impact strength KV+20°C 90 J
Hardness 220 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none.
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1100°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior resistance innear neutral chloride dioxide containing environments, e.g. D-stage bleachers.
Approvals–
P54
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.20 60 – 80 9 – 122.40 130 – 160 16 – 18
254
Welding wire TIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
AVESTA 307-Si is primarily used for dissimilar welding between stainless and mild steel or low-alloysteels.
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 W 18 8 Mn
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 307-Si is a manganese-alloyed, fully austenitic consumable for welding stainlesssteel to mild steel, high-strengt steels such as Hardox® and Armox®, low-alloy or Mn-steels. It is also suitable for the weldingof some 14% Mn-steels and other difficult-to-weld steels.
The high manganese content makes theweld metal, even though it is purely austenitic, very resistant to hot cracking, witha good ductility.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%)..Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.09 0.80 7.0 19.0 8.0
Ferrite 0 FN
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 470 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 700 N/mm2 500 N/mm2
Elongation A5 40 % 25 %Hardness 220 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. For constructions that include low-alloy steels in mixed joints, stress-relieving may beadvisable. Always consult the supplier of theparent metal or seek other expert advice toensure that the correct heat treatment processis carried out.
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Primarily intended forstainless to mild steel connections, however,the corrosion resistance corresponds to that ofASTM 304.
Approvals• CE • DB • TÜV
307-Si
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.60 80 – 110 10 – 122.00 100 – 130 14 – 152.40 130 – 160 16 – 183.20 160 – 200 17 – 19
255
Welding wire TIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
AVESTA 309L-Si is primarily used when surfacing unalloyed or low-alloy steels and when joining non-molybdenum-alloyed stainless and carbon steels.
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 W 23 12 L SiAWS A5.9 ER309LSi
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 309L-Si is a high-alloy 23 Cr 13 Niwire primarily intended for surfacing of low-alloy steels and dissimilar welding betweenmild steels and stainless steels, offering a ductile and crack resistant weldment.
The chemical composition, when surfacing,is equivalent to that of ASTM 304 from thefirst run. One or two layers of 309L are usually combined with a final layer of 308L,316L or 347.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%) or Ar with an addition of 20 – 30%helium (He) or 1 – 5% hydrogen (H2).Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals• CE • DB • TÜV
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.02 0.80 1.8 23.5 13.5
Ferrite 13 FN DeLong; 9 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 470 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 650 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 28 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 100 J
Hardness 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. For constructions that include low-alloy steels in mixed joints, a stress-relieving annealing stage may be advisable. However,this type of alloy may be susceptible toembrittlement-inducing precipitation in thetemperature range 550 – 950°C. Always consult the supplier of the parent metal orseek other expert advice to ensure that the correct heat treatment process is carried out.
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1000°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior to 308L. The corrosion resistance obtained on the firstlayer when surfacing corresponds to that ofASTM 304.
309L-Si
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.20 60 – 80 9 – 111.60 80 – 110 10 – 122.00 100 – 130 14 – 162.40 130 – 160 16 – 183.20 160 – 200 17 – 19
256
Welding wire TIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
AVESTA 309L is primarily used when surfacing unalloyed or low-alloy steels and when joining non-molybdenum-alloyed stainless and carbon steels.
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 W 23 12 LAWS A5.9 ER309L
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 309L is a high-alloy 23 Cr 13 Ni wireprimarily intended for surfacing low-alloysteels and for dissimilar welding betweenmild steels and stainless steels, offering a ductile and crack resistant weldment.
The chemical composition, when surfacing,is equivalent to that of ASTM 304 from thefirst run. One or two layers of 309L are usually combined with a final layer of 308L,316L or 347.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%) or Ar with an addition of 20 – 30%helium (He) or 1 – 5% hydrogen (H2).Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Approvals• TÜV
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.02 0.40 1.8 23.5 14.0
Ferrite 11 FN DeLong; 10 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 460 N/mm2 320 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 590 N/mm2 510 N/mm2
Elongation A5 32 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 170 J
Hardness 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. For constructions that include low-alloy steels in mixed joints, a stress-relieving annealing stage may be advisable. However,this type of alloy may be susceptible toembrittlement-inducing precipitation in thetemperature range 550 – 950°C. Always consult the supplier of the parent metal orseek other expert advice to ensure that the correct heat treatment process is carried out.
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1000°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior to 308L.The corrosion resistance obtained on the firstlayer when surfacing corresponds to that ofASTM 304.
309L
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.20 60 – 80 9 – 112.40 130 – 160 16 – 18
257
Welding wire TIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
AVESTA P5 is primarily used when surfacing unalloyed or low-alloy steels and when joining molybdenum-alloyed stainless and carbon steels.
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 W 23 12 2 LAWS A5.9 (ER309LMo)*
* Cr lower and Ni higher than standard.
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA P5 is a molybdenum-alloyed wire ofthe 309MoL type, which is primarily designed for surfacing low-alloy steels and indissimilar welding between stainless steelsand low-alloy steels ensuring a high resistanceagainst cracking. It can also be used for welding high-strength steels such as Hardox®
and Armox®. When used for surfacing, thecomposition is more or less equal to that ofASTM 316 from the first run.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%) or Ar with an addition of 20 – 30%helium (He) or 1 – 5% hydrogen (H2).Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.02 0.35 1.5 21.5 15.0 2.7
Ferrite 9 FN DeLong8 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 470 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 640 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 30 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 140 J–40°C 90 J
Hardness 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. For constructions that include low-alloy steels in mixed joints, a stress-relieving annealing stage may be advisable. However,this type of alloy may be susceptible toembrittlement-inducing precipitation in thetemperature range 550 – 950°C. Always consult the supplier of the parent metal orseek other expert advice to ensure that thecorrect heat treatment process is carried out.
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 950°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior to 316L. The corrosion resistance obtained on the firstlayer when surfacing corresponds to that ofASTM 316.
Approvals• CE • DB • DNV • TÜV
P5
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.20 60 – 80 9 – 111.60 80 – 110 10 – 122.00 100 – 130 14 – 162.40 130 – 160 16 – 183.20 160 – 200 17 – 19
258
Welding wire TIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
AVESTA P7 is an all-round wire for difficult-to-weld steels such as Mn-steels, tool steels and high temperature grades.
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 W 29 9AWS A5.9 ER312
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA P7 is a high-alloy consumable designed for welding C/Mn-steels, high-strength steels such as Hardox® and Armox®,tool steels, spring steels, high temperaturesteels and other difficult-to-weld steels. P7 isalso suitable for dissimilar welds between stainless and mild steel connections.
AVESTA P7 provides a weldment withhigh tensile strength and wear resistance andwith excellent resistance to cracking.
Pre-heating is normally unnecessary, butwhen working with constricted designs andmaterials susceptible to hardening, some pre-heating may be required.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%).Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.11 0.45 1.9 30.0 9.5
Ferrite 60 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 650 N/mm2 450 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 810 N/mm2 650 N/mm2
Elongation A5 26 % 15 %Impact strength KV+20°C 40 J
Hardness 240 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. Alloys ofthis type are susceptible to precipitation of thesecondary phase in the temperature range 550 – 950°C.
Structure: Austenite with 40 – 60% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Very good corrosionresistance in wet sulphuric environments, e.g.in sulphate digesters used by the pulp andpaper industry.
Approvals–
P7
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
2.40 130 – 160 16 – 18
259
Welding wire TIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
AVESTA P10 is an all-round wire suitable for many difficult-to-weld combinations.
Standard designationsEN ISO 18274 W Ni Cr 20 Mn 3 NbAWS A5.14 ERNiCr-3
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA P10 is a nickel base alloy designedfor dissimilar welding of stainless steels,nickel base alloys type Inconel 600, low-alloysteels, as well as some copper alloys. P10 can also be used for welding many high temperature steels and nickel base alloys. The austenitic structure is very stable and the risk of hot or solidification cracking isrelatively low.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%).Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Nb Fe0.03 0.10 2.9 20.0 73.0 2.5 <2.0
Ferrite 0 FN
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 18274
Yield strength Rp0,2 410 N/mm2 360 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 660 N/mm2 600 N/mm2
Elongation A5 33 % 30 %
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1100°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: High resistance tostress corrosion cracking but also excellentresistance to intercrystalline corrosion due tothe low carbon content and the absence ofsecondary phases.
Approvals• CE
P10
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.60 80 – 110 10 – 122.00 100 – 130 14 – 162.40 130 – 160 16 – 18
260
Welding wire TIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4845 1.4845 310S 310S16 Z8 CN 25-20 2361
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 W 25 20AWS A5.9 ER310
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 310 is designed for welding hightemperature steels such as ASTM 310S andsimilar.
AVESTA 310 gives a fully austenitic type 26 Cr 21 Ni weld metal and is thereforesomewhat more sensitive to hot crackingthan 316 type steels. Welding should therefore be performed minimising the heatinput, interpass temperature and dilutionwith parent metal.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%).Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 420 N/mm2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 610 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 33 % 20 %
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none.
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1150°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Initially intended forconstructions running at high temperatures.Wet corrosion properties are moderate.
Approvals–
310
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.12 0.35 1.6 25.5 21.0
Ferrite 0 FN
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.20 60 – 80 9 – 111.60 70 – 100 10 – 122.00 100 – 130 14 – 162.40 120 – 150 16 – 183.20 160 – 200 17 – 19
261
Welding wire TIG
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
153 MA™ 1.4818 S30415 – – 2372253 MA® 1.4835 S30815 – – 2368
Standard designations–
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 253 MA is designed for welding thehigh temperature steel Outokumpu 253 MA,used for example in furnaces, combustionchambers, burners etc. Both the steel and theconsumable provide excellent properties attemperatures 850 – 1100°C.
The composition of the consumable is balanced to ensure crack resistant weld metal.
AVESTA 253 MA has a tendency to give athick oxide layer during welding and hot rolling. Black plates and previous weld beadsshould be carefully brushed or ground priorto welding.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%).Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni N Others0.07 1.60 0.6 21.0 10.0 0.15 REM
Ferrite 9 FN DeLong2 FN WRC-92
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 520 N/mm2 –Tensile strength Rm 720 N/mm2 –Elongation A5 32 % –Impact strength KV+20°C 140 J
Hardness 210 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none.
Structure: Austenite with 3 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1150°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance tohigh temperature corrosion. Not intended forapplications exposed to wet corrosion.
Approvals–
253 MA
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.20 60 – 80 9 – 111.60 80 – 110 10 – 122.00 100 – 130 14 – 162.40 130 – 160 16 – 183.20 160 – 200 17 – 19
262262
Welding wire TIG
Standard designations–
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 353 MA is designed for weldingOutokumpu 353 MA, offering excellent properties at temperatures above 1000°C.
353 MA has a tendency to give a thickoxide layer during welding and hot rolling.Black plates and previous weld beads shouldbe carefully brushed or ground prior to welding.
The weld metal is, due to the fully austenitic structure, somewhat more sensitiveto hot cracking than, for example, 253 MA.
Shielding gasAr (99.95%).Gas flow rate 4 – 8 l/min.
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni N Others0.05 0.85 1.6 27.5 35.0 0.15 REM
Ferrite 0 FN
Mechanical Typical Min. valuesproperties values (IIW) EN ISO 14343
Yield strength Rp0,2 420 N/mm2 –Tensile strength Rm 640 N/mm2 –Elongation A5 37 % –Hardness 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none.
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1175°C (air).
Corrosion resistance: Superior properties forconstructions running at service temperaturesabove 1000°C. Not intended for applicationsexposed to wet corrosion.
Approvals–
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
353 MA® 1.4854 S35315 – – –
353 MA
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.60 80 – 110 10 – 122.40 130 – 160 16 – 183.20 160 – 200 17 – 19
263
Welding wire SA
Standard designations–
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 248 SV is designed for weldingOutokumpu 248 SV and steel castings withthe corresponding composition. Applicationsinclude propellers, pumps, valves and shafts.
AVESTA 248 SV offers high safety againstcracking, superior to many other martensiticconsumables. The weld metal properties onthe whole are similar to those of the steel.
Preheating is normally unnecessary. In caseof heavy wall thickness or when considerableshrinkage stresses are to be expected, pre-heating up to 75 – 150°C is recommended.
Welding flux: AVESTA Flux 801, 805 and807.
Corrosion resistance: The resistance to general and pitting corrosion corresponds to that of ASTM 304.
Approvals–
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.02 0.35 1.3 16.0 5.5 1.0
Ferrite 10%
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values in combination with flux, %)
Flux C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo FN801 0.02 0.9 0.7 16.0 5.0 1.0 –805 0.02 0.6 0.8 16.5 5.0 1.0 –807 0.02 0.6 0.8 15.5 5.0 1.0 –
Mechanical propertiesTypical values* (IIW) in combination with flux 801
Yield strength Rp0,2 520 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 880 N/mm2
Elongation A5 16 %Impact strength KV+20°C 30 J
* Annealed at 590°C for 4h.
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: To stabilise the structure andto minimise the content of brittle martensitean annealing at 590°C for 4 hours followed byair cooling is recommended.
Structure: Austenite balanced with ferriteand martensite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
248 SV
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
2.40 300 – 400 29 – 333.20 350 – 500 29 – 33
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
248 SV 1.4418 – – Z6 CND 16-05-01 2387
263
264
Welding wire SA
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4301 1.4301 304 304S31 Z7 CN 18-09 23334307 1.4307 304L 304S11 Z3 CN 18-10 23524311 1.4311 304LN 304S61 Z3 CN 18-10 Az 23714541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 S 19 9 LAWS A5.9 ER308L
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 308L/MVR is designed for weldingaustenitic stainless steel type 19 Cr 10 Ni orsimilar. The wire can also be used for welding titanium and niobium stabilisedsteels such as ASTM 321 and ASTM 347 incases where the construction will be used attemperatures not exceeding 400°C. For highertemperatures a niobium stabilised consumablesuch as AVESTA 347/MVNb is required.
Welding flux: AVESTA Flux 801, 805 and 807.
Corrosion resistance: Corresponding toASTM 304, i.e. fairly good under severe conditions such as oxidising and cold dilutereducing acids.
ApprovalsIn combination with flux801 • CE • DNV • TÜV805 • CE • TÜV807 • CE • TÜV
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.02 0.40 1.7 20.0 10.0
Ferrite 8 FN DeLong10 FN WRC-92
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values in combination with flux, %)
Flux C Si Mn Cr Ni FN1)
801 0.02 0.9 1.0 20.0 9.5 13805 0.02 0.6 1.2 20.5 9.5 14807 0.02 0.6 1.2 19.5 10.0 8
1) According to DeLong.
Mechanical propertiesTypical values (IIW) in combination with flux 801 805
Yield strength Rp0,2 440 N/mm2 410 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 590 N/mm2 580 N/mm2
Elongation A5 37 % 36 %Impact strength KV+20°C 65 J 85 J–196°C 30 J 35 J
Hardness 200 Brinell
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
308L/MVR
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.60 200 – 300 26 – 302.40 300 – 400 29 – 333.20 350 – 500 29 – 334.00 425 – 575 30 – 34
265
Welding wire SA
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 S 19 9 HAWS A5.9 ER308H
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 308H is designed for welding austenitic stainless steel type 18 Cr 10 Ni orsimilar. The consumable has an enhanced carbon content compared to 308L. This provides improved creep resistance properties, which is advantageous at temperatures above 400°C. 308H type consumables are normally used at temperatures up to 600°C. Above that a niobium stabilised consumable such asAVESTA 347/MVNb is required.
Welding flux: AVESTA Flux 801, 805 or 807.
Corrosion resistance: Corresponding toASTM 304 i.e. good resistance to general corrosion. The enhanced carbon content,compared to 308L, makes it slightly moresensitive to intercrystalline corrosion.
Approvals–
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.05 0.40 1.8 20.0 9.0
Ferrite 10 FN DeLong10 FN WRC-92
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values in combination with flux, %)
Flux C Si Mn Cr Ni FN1)
801 0.05 0.9 1.1 20.0 9.0 13805 0.05 0.6 1.3 20.5 9.0 13807 0.05 0.6 1.3 19.5 9.5 10
1) According to DeLong.
Mechanical propertiesTypical values (IIW) in combination with flux 801
Yield strength Rp0,2 420 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 610 N/mm2
Elongation A5 36 %Impact strength KV+20°C 60 J–40°C 50 J
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 15% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
308H
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
2.40 300 – 400 29 – 333.20 350 – 500 29 – 33
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4301 1.4301 304 304S31 Z7 CN 18-09 23334541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337– 1.4550 347 347S31 Z6 CNNb 18-10 2338
266
Welding wire SA
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 S 19 9 NbAWS A5.9 ER347
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 347/MVNb is used for welding titanium and niobium stabilised steel type 19 Cr 10 Ni Ti or similar, providing improvedhigh temperature properties, e.g. creep resistance, compared to low-carbon non-stabilised materials. 347/MVNb is thereforeprimarily used for applications where servicetemperatures exceed 400°C.
Welding flux: AVESTA Flux 801, 805 or 807.
Corrosion resistance: 347/MVNb is primarilyintended for high temperature service orapplications that should be heat treated.However, the corrosion resistance correspondsto 308H, i.e. good resistance to general corrosion.
ApprovalsIn combination with flux801 • CE • TÜV807 • CE • TÜV
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Nb0.04 0.40 1.3 19.5 9.5 >12 x C
Ferrite 6 FN DeLong7 FN WRC-92
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values in combination with flux, %)
Flux C Si Mn Cr Ni Nb FN1)
801 0.04 0.9 0.5 19.5 9.5 0.7 11805 0.04 0.6 0.8 20.0 9.5 0.7 12807 0.04 0.6 0.8 19.0 10.0 0.7 6
1) According to DeLong.
Mechanical propertiesTypical values (IIW) in combination with flux 801 805
Yield strength Rp0,2 450 N/mm2 440 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 640 N/mm2 640 N/mm2
Elongation A5 34 % 35 %Impact strength KV+20°C 60 J 70 J
Hardness 220 Brinell
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
2.00 250 – 350 28 – 322.40 300 – 400 29 – 333.20 350 – 500 29 – 334.00 425 – 575 30 – 34
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4541 1.4541 321 321S31 Z6 CNT 18-10 2337– 1.4550 347 347S31 Z6 CNNb 18-10 2338
347/MVNb
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C). The 347type wire can be used for cladding, whichnormally requires stress relieving at around590°C. Always consult expertise before performing post-weld heat treatment.
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
267
Welding wire SA
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.02 0.40 1.7 18.5 12.0 2.6
Ferrite 8 FN DeLong8 FN WRC-92
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 S 19 12 3 LAWS A5.9 ER316L
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 316L/SKR is designed for weldingaustenitic stainless steel type 17 Cr 12 Ni 2.5 Mo or similar where high resistance togeneral and intercrystalline corrosion isrequired. The filler metal is also suitable forwelding titanium and niobium stabilisedsteels such as ASTM 316Ti in cases where theconstruction will be used at temperatures notexceeding 400°C. For higher temperatures aniobium stabilised consumable such as AVESTA 318/SKNb is required.
Welding flux: AVESTA Flux 801, 805 or 807.
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance togeneral, pitting and intercrystalline corrosionin chloride containing environments.Intended for severe service conditions, e.g. indilute hot acids.
ApprovalsIn combination with flux801 • CE • DNV • TÜV805 • CE • DNV • TÜV 807 • CE • TÜV
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values in combination with flux, %)
Flux C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo FN1)
801 0.02 0.9 1.0 19.0 12.0 2.6 13805 0.02 0.6 1.2 19.5 12.0 2.6 14807 0.02 0.6 1.2 18.5 12.0 2.6 8
1) According to DeLong.
Mechanical propertiesTypical values (IIW) in combination with flux 801 805
Yield strength Rp0,2 430 N/mm2 430 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 580 N/mm2 570 N/mm2
Elongation A5 36 % 36 %Impact strength KV+20°C 70 J 80 J–196°C – 35 J
Hardness 210 Brinell
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
1.60 200 – 300 26 – 302.00 250 – 350 28 – 322.40 300 – 400 29 – 333.20 350 – 500 29 – 334.00 425 – 575 30 – 34
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4436 1.4436 316 316S33 Z7 CND 18-12-03 23434432 1.4432 316L 316S13 Z3 CND 17-12-03 23534429 1.4429 S31653 316S63 Z3 CND 17-12 Az 23754571 1.4571 316Ti 320S31 Z6 CNDT 17-12 2350
316L/SKR
268
Welding wire SA
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 S 19 12 3 NbAWS A5.9 ER318
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 318/SKNb is used for welding titanium and niobium stabilised steel type17 Cr 11 Ni 2.5 Ti or similar.
A stabilised weld metal possesses improvedhigh temperature properties, e.g. creep resistance, compared to low-carbon non-stabilised materials. 318/SKNb showssomewhat better properties than 316L/SKRat elevated temperatures and is thereforerecommended for applications where servicetemperatures exceed 400°C.
Welding flux: AVESTA Flux 801, 805 or 807.
Corrosion resistance: The corrosion resistancecorresponds to that of ASTM 316Ti, i.e. goodresistance to general, pitting and intercrystalline corrosion.
ApprovalsIn combination with flux801 • CE • TÜV807 • CE • TÜV
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values in combination with flux, %)
Flux C Si Cr Ni Mo Nb FN1)
801 0.04 0.9 19.0 11.5 2.6 0.6 13805 0.04 0.6 19.5 11.5 2.6 0.6 14807 0.04 0.6 18.5 12.0 2.6 0.6 8
1) According to DeLong.
Mechanical propertiesTypical values (IIW) in combination with flux 805
Yield strength Rp0,2 490 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 660 N/mm2
Elongation A5 30 %Impact strength KV+20°C 50 J
Hardness 220 Brinell
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
2.40 300 – 400 29 – 333.20 350 – 500 29 – 334.00 425 – 575 30 – 34
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4571 1.4571 316Ti 320S31 Z6 CNDT 17-12 2350
318/SKNb
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Nb0.04 0.40 1.3 19.0 12.0 2.6 >12 x C
Ferrite 8 FN DeLong7 FN WRC-92
269
Welding wire SA
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 S 19 13 4 LAWS A5.9 ER317L
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 317L/SNR is designed for weldingtype 18 Cr 14 Ni 3 Mo austenitic stainlesssteels and similar. The enhanced content ofchromium, nickel and molybdenum compared to 316L gives even better corrosionproperties, primarily in acid chloride containing environments.
Welding flux: AVESTA Flux 801, 805 or 807.
Corrosion resistance: Better resistance togeneral, pitting and intercrystalline corrosionthan ASTM 316L in chloride containing environments. Intended for severe serviceconditions, e.g. in dilute hot acids.
Approvals–
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values in combination with flux, %)
Flux C Si Mn Cr Ni FN1)
801 0.02 0.9 1.0 20.0 9.5 13805 0.02 0.6 1.2 20.5 9.5 14807 0.02 0.6 1.2 19.5 10.0 8
1) According to DeLong.Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
2.40 300 – 400 29 – 33
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4438 1.4438 317L 317S12 Z3 CND 19-15-04 23674439 1.4439 317LMN – Z3 CND 18-14-05 Az –
317L/SNR
Mechanical propertiesTypical values (IIW) in combination with flux 801 805
Yield strength Rp0,2 440 N/mm2 410 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 590 N/mm2 580 N/mm2
Elongation A5 37 % 36 %Impact strength KV+20°C 65 J 80 J–196°C – 35 J
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.02 0.40 1.7 19.0 13.5 3.5
Ferrite 9 FN DeLong9 FN WRC-92
270
Welding wire SA
Standard designations–
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA LDX 2101 is designed for weldingthe ferritic-austenitic (duplex) stainless steelOutokumpu LDX 2101. LDX 2101 is a ”leanduplex” steel with excellent strength andmedium corrosion resistance. The steel ismainly intended for applications such as civil engineering, storage tanks, containers etc.
The weldability of LDX 2101 is excellent.However, duplex steels are somewhat moredifficult to weld compared to austenitic steels such as 316L, mainly with respect to penetration into the parent metals.
Welding flux: AVESTA Flux 805.
Corrosion resistance: Good resistance togeneral corrosion. Corrosion resistance on alevel with, or better than, AISI 304.
ApprovalsIn combination with flux805 • CE • TÜV
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values in combination with flux, %)
Flux C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo FN1)
805 0.02 0.6 0.4 23.5 6.5 < 0.5 40
1) According to WRC-92.
Mechanical propertiesTypical values (IIW) in combination with flux 805
Yield strength Rp0,2 570 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 750 N/mm2
Elongation A5 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 140 J–40°C 60 J
Hardness 260 Brinell
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
2.40 300 – 500 28 – 333.20 400 – 600 29 – 34
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: 0.5 – 2.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. In specialcases quench annealing at 1020 – 1080°C.
Structure: Austenite with 35 – 65% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
LDX 2101® 1.4162 S32101 – – –
LDX 2101
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N0.02 0.40 0.5 23.0 7.0 < 0.5 0.14
Ferrite 40 FN WRC-92
271
Welding wire SA
Standard designations–
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 2304 is primarily designed for welding the duplex steel SAF 2304 and similar grades.
AVESTA 2304 provides a ferritic-austeniticweldment that combines many of the goodproperties of both ferritic and austenitic stainless steels.
AVESTA 2304 has a low content of molybdenum, which makes it well suited fornitric acid environments.
Welding flux: AVESTA Flux 805.
Corrosion resistance: Very good resistance topitting and stress corrosion cracking in nitricacid environments.
ApprovalsIn combination with flux805 • CE • TÜV
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values in combination with flux, %)
Flux C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo FN1)
805 0.02 0.6 0.4 23.5 6.5 < 0.5 40
1) According to WRC-92.
Mechanical propertiesTypical values (IIW) in combination with flux 805
Yield strength Rp0,2 480 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 650 N/mm2
Elongation A5 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 100 J
Hardness 260 Brinell
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
3.20 400 – 600 29 – 34
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: 0.5 – 2.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1100 – 1150°C).
Structure: Austenite with 35 – 55% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
2304 1.4362 S32304 – Z3 CN 23-04 Az 2327
2304
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N0.02 0.40 0.5 23.0 7.0 < 0.5 0.14
Ferrite 40 FN WRC-92
272
Welding wire SA
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 S 22 9 3 N LAWS A5.9 ER2209
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 2205 is primarily designed for welding the duplex grade Outokumpu 2205and similar steels.
AVESTA 2205 provides a ferritic-austeniticweldment that combines many of the goodproperties of both ferritic and austenitic stainless steels.
Welding flux: AVESTA Flux 805.
Corrosion resistance: Very good resistance topitting and stress corrosion cracking in chloride containing environments.
ApprovalsIn combination with flux805 • CE • GL • RINA
• DNV • LR • TÜV807 • CE • TÜV
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values in combination with flux, %)
Flux C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo FN1)
805 0.02 0.7 1.0 23.5 8.0 3.1 50
1) According to WRC-92.
Mechanical propertiesTypical values (IIW) in combination with flux 805
Yield strength Rp0,2 590 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 800 N/mm2
Elongation A5 29 %Impact strength KV+20°C 100 J–40°C 70 J
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
2.40 300 – 500 28 – 333.20 400 – 600 29 – 344.00 425 – 575 30 – 34
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: 0.5 – 2.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1100 – 1150°C).
Structure: Austenite with 45 – 55% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
2205 1.4462 S32205 318S13 Z3 CND 22-05 Az 2377
2205
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N0.02 0.50 1.6 23.0 8.5 3.1 0.17
Ferrite 50 FN WRC-92
273
Welding wire SA
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 S 25 9 4 L NAWS A5.9 ER2594
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 2507/P100 is intended for weldingsuper duplex alloys, e.g. SAF 2507, ASTM S32750, S32760, S32550 and S31260.
AVESTA 2507/P100 provides a ferritic-austenitic weldment that combines many ofthe good properties of both ferritic and austenitic stainless steels.
Welding flux: AVESTA Flux 805 or 807.
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance topitting and stress corrosion cracking in chloride containing environments. Pittingresistance in accordance with ASTM G48-A,better than 40°C.
Approvals–
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values in combination with flux, %)
Flux C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo FN1)
805 0.02 0.5 0.3 25.5 9.0 4.0 50807 0.02 0.4 0.4 25.0 9.0 4.0 45
1) According to WRC-92
Mechanical propertiesTypical values (IIW) in combination with flux 805 807
Yield strength Rp0,2 650 N/mm2 630 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 870 N/mm2 830 N/mm2
Elongation A5 26 % 25 %Impact strength KV+20°C 80 J 80 J
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
2.40 300 – 400 29 – 333.20 350 – 500 29 – 33
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1100 – 1150°C).
Structure: Austenite with 45 – 55% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
SAF 2507® 1.4410 S32750 – Z3 CND 25-06 Az 2328
2507/P100
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo N0.02 0.35 0.4 25.0 9.5 4.0 0.25
Ferrite 50 FN WRC-92
274
Welding wire SA
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 S 20 25 5 Cu LAWS A5.9 ER385
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 904L is intended for weldingOutokumpu 904L and similar steels but mayalso be used for ASTM 316 constructions,when a ferrite-free weld metal is required,e.g. in cryogenic or non-magnetic applications.The impact strength at low temperatures isexcellent.
A fully austenitic structure is somewhatmore prone to hot or solidification crackingthan type ASTM 316 welds. Welding shouldtherefore be performed in a way that minimises the heat input, interpass temperature and dilution with the parentmetal.
Welding flux: AVESTA Flux 805.
Corrosion resistance: Very good in non-oxidising environments such as sulphuric orphosphoric acids. Very good resistance to pitting and crevice corrosion in chloride containing environments. Excellent resistanceto general corrosion and stress corrosioncracking.
ApprovalsIn combination with flux805 • CE • TÜV
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values in combination with flux, %)
Flux C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo FN805 0.01 0.6 1.2 21.0 25.0 4.5 –
Mechanical propertiesTypical values (IIW) in combination with flux 805
Yield strength Rp0,2 350 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 560 N/mm2
Elongation A5 36 %Impact strength KV+20°C 100 J–40°C 90 JWelding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
2.40 300 – 400 29 – 333.20 350 – 500 29 – 33
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1070 – 1100°C).
Structure: Fully austenitic with extra lowcontent of impurities.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1000°C (air).
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
904L 1.4539 904L 904S13 Z2 NCDU 25-20 2562Also for welding similar steels of the 20-25 CrNiMoCu-type.
904L
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu0.01 0.35 1.7 20.0 25.5 4.5 1.5
Ferrite 0 FN
275
Welding wire SA
Standard designationsEN ISO 18274 S Ni Cr 22 Mo 9 NbAWS A5.14 ERNiCrMo-3
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA P12 is a nickel base alloy designedfor welding 6Mo steels such as Outokumpu254 SMO. The wire is also suitable for welding nickel base alloys such as Inconel625 and Incoloy 825 and for dissimilar welds between stainless or nickel base alloys andmild steels.
When welding fully austenitic and nickelbase steels, great care should be taken tominimise the heat input, interpass temperature and dilution with parent metal.
Welding flux: AVESTA Flux 805.
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance togeneral, pitting and intercrystalline corrosionin chloride containing environments.
Approvals–
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values in combination with flux, %)
Flux C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Nb FN805 0.01 0.3 0.1 22.0 Bal. 9.0 3.6 –
Mechanical propertiesTypical values (IIW) in combination with flux 805
Yield strength Rp0,2 460 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 730 N/mm2
Elongation A5 41 %Impact strength KV+20°C 80 J
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
2.40 300 – 400 29 – 333.20 350 – 450 29 – 33
Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1100°C (air).
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe0.01 0.10 0.1 22.0 65.0 9.0 3.6 <1.0
Ferrite 0 FN
P12For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
254 SMO® 1.4547 S31254 – – 237820-25-6 1.4529 N08926 – – –Also for welding stainless steels and nickel base alloys to low-alloy and mild steels.
276
Welding wire SA
Standard designationsEN ISO 18274 S Ni Cr 22 Mo 9AWS A5.14 ERNiCrMo-20
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA P12-0Nb is a nickel base alloy designed for welding 6Mo-steels such asOutokumpu 254 SMO.
AVESTA P12-0Nb produces a fully austeniticweld metal that due to the absence of niobiumis almost free from secondary phases. Thisgives extremely good ductility with superiorimpact strength even at low temperatures.The tensile strength is somewhat lower thanfor the standard P12.
When welding fully austenitic and nickelbase steels, great care should be taken tominimise the heat input, interpass temperature and dilution with parent metal.
Welding flux: AVESTA Flux 805.
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance togeneral, pitting and intercrystalline corrosionin chloride containing environments, whichmakes the consumable perfect for sea waterand offshore applications etc.
Approvals–
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values in combination with flux, %)
Flux C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Nb FN805 0.01 0.3 0.1 23.0 Bal. 9.0 <0.1 –
Mechanical propertiesTypical values (IIW) in combination with flux 805
Yield strength Rp0,2 400 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 630 N/mm2
Elongation A5 36 %Impact strength KV+20°C 120 J–70°C 110 JWelding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
2.40 300 – 400 29 – 33 Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1050°C).
Structure: Fully austenitic with extra lowcontent of secondary phases.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1100°C (air).
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe0.01 0.10 0.1 22.0 65.0 9.0 <0.1 <1.0
Ferrite 0 FN
P12-0Nb
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
254 SMO® 1.4547 S31254 – – 237820-25-6 1.4529 N08926 – – –
277
Welding wire SA
Standard designationsEN ISO 18274 S Ni Cr 25 Mo 16AWS A5.14 ERNiCrMo-13
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA P16 is a nickel base alloy designedfor welding 7Mo steels and similar, offeringsuperior resistance to pitting and crevice corrosion. The wire is also suitable for weldingnickel base alloys such as Inconel 625 andIncoloy 825 and for dissimilar welds between stainless or nickel base alloys and mild steel.
The chemical composition corresponds tothat of Alloy 59 (ERNiCrMo-13).
When welding fully austenitic and nickelbase steels, great care should be taken tominimise the heat input, interpass temperature and dilution with parent metal.
Welding flux: AVESTA Flux 805.
Corrosion resistance: Superior resistance topitting and crevice corrosion (CPT >80°C,ASTM G48-A).
Approvals–
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values in combination with flux, %)
Flux C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo FN805 0.01 0.3 0.1 26.0 Bal. 15.0 –
Mechanical propertiesTypical values (IIW) in combination with flux 805
Yield strength Rp0,2 480 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 720 N/mm2
Elongation A5 37 %Impact strength KV+20°C 65 J–40°C 60 J
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
2.40 300 – 400 29 – 333.20 350 – 450 29 – 33 Interpass temperature: Max. 100°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none (in specialcases quench annealing at 1150 – 1200°C).
Structure: Fully austenitic.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1100°C (air).
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe0.01 0.10 0.2 25.0 60.0 15.0 <0.1 <1.0
Ferrite 0 FN
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
4565 1.4565 S34565 – – –654 SMO® 1.4652 S31654 – – –254 SMO® 1.4547 S31254 – – 237820-25-6 1.4529 N08926 – – –Also for welding nickel base alloys to stainless steels and mild steel.
P16
278
Welding wire SA
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 S 23 12 LAWS A5.9 ER309L
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 309L is a high-alloy 24 Cr 14 Ni wireprimarily intended for dissimilar weldingbetween stainless and mild steel and for surfacing low-alloy steels.
The chemical composition obtained whensurfacing is from the very first run equivalentto that of ASTM 304. One or two layers of309L are usually combined with a final layerof 308L, 316L or 347.
Welding flux: AVESTA Flux 801, 805 or 807.
Corrosion resistance: Superior to type 308Lfiller. When surfacing on mild steel a corrosion resistance equivalent to ASTM 304is obtained at the very first layer.
Approvals• DNV
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.02 0.40 1.8 23.5 14.0
Ferrite 11 FN DeLong10 FN WRC-92
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values in combination with flux, %)
Flux C Si Mn Cr Ni FN1)
801 0.02 0.8 1.0 24.0 13.5 15805 0.02 0.5 1.2 24.5 13.5 14807 0.02 0.5 1.2 23.5 14.0 11
1) According to DeLong.
Mechanical propertiesTypical values (IIW) in combination with flux 801 805
Yield strength Rp0,2 410 N/mm2 400 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 580 N/mm2 550 N/mm2
Elongation A5 36 % 36 %Impact strength KV+20°C 70 J 100 J
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
2.00 250 – 350 28 – 322.40 300 – 400 29 – 333.20 350 – 500 29 – 33
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. For constructions that include low-alloy steels in mixed joints, a stress-relieving annealing stage may be advisable. However,this type of alloy may be susceptible toembrittlement-inducing precipitation in thetemperature range 550 – 950°C. Always consult the supplier of the parent metal orseek other expert advice to ensure that thecorrect heat treatment process is carried out.
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 15% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1000°C (air).
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
AVESTA 309L is primarily used when joining non-molybdenum-alloyed stainless and carbon steels andfor surfacing unalloyed or low-alloy steels.
309L
279
Welding wire SA
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 S 23 12 2 LAWS A5.9 (ER309LMo)** Cr lower and Ni higher than standard..
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA P5 is a molybdenum-alloyed consumable of the 309LMo type, which is primarily designed for joining stainless steelswith low-alloy steels (dissimilar joints), ensuring a high resistance to cracking and forsurfacing low-alloy steels. When used for surfacing, the composition is more or lessequal to that of ASTM 316 from the very firstrun. It can also be used for welding high-strength steels such as Hardox® and Armox®.
Welding flux: AVESTA Flux 801, 805 or 807.
Corrosion resistance: Superior to type 316Lfiller. When surfacing on mild steel a corrosion resistance equivalent to ASTM 316is obtained at the very first layer.
ApprovalsIn combination with flux801 • DNV805 • DNV
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo0.02 0.35 1.5 21.5 15.0 2.7
Ferrite 9 FN DeLong8 FN WRC-92
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values in combination with flux, %)
Flux C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo FN1)
801 0.02 0.8 0.8 22.0 14.5 2.7 14805 0.02 0.6 1.0 22.0 15.0 2.7 15807 0.02 0.6 1.0 21.0 15.5 2.7 11
1) According to DeLong.
Mechanical propertiesTypical values (IIW) in combination with flux 801 805
Yield strength Rp0,2 470 N/mm2 410 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 620 N/mm2 600 N/mm2
Elongation A5 31 % 35 %Impact strength KV+20°C 50 J 70 J
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
2.40 300 – 400 29 – 333.20 350 – 500 29 – 33
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. For constructions that include low-alloy steels in mixed joints, a stress-relieving annealing stage may be advisable. However,this type of alloy may be susceptible toembrittlement-inducing precipitation in thetemperature range 550 – 950°C. Always consult the supplier of the parent metal orseek other expert advice to ensure that thecorrect heat treatment process is carried out.
Structure: Austenite with 5 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 950°C (air).
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
AVESTA P5 is primarily used when joining molybdenum-alloyed stainless and carbon steels and for surfacing unalloyed or low-alloy steels.
P5
280
Welding wire SA
Standard designationsEN ISO 14343 S 29 9AWS A5.9 ER312
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA P7 is a high-alloy consumable designed for welding C/Mn-steels, high-strength steels such as Hardox® and Armox®,tool steels, spring steels, high temperaturesteels and other difficult-to-weld steels. P7 isalso suitable for dissimilar welds between stainless and mild steel.
AVESTA P7 provides a weldment withhigh tensile strength and wear resistance aswell as an excellent resistance to cracking.
Pre-heating is normally not necessary, butwhen working with constricted designs andmaterials susceptible to hardening, some pre-heating may be required.
Welding flux: AVESTA Flux 801 or 805.
Corrosion resistance: Very good corrosionresistance in wet sulphuric enviroments, e.g.in sulphate digesters used by the pulp andpaper industry.
ApprovalsIn combination with flux801 • DNV
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni0.11 0.45 1.9 30.0 9.5
Ferrite 60 FN WRC-92.
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values in combination with flux, %)
Flux C Si Mn Cr Ni FN1)
801 0.11 0.9 1.2 30.5 9.0 60805 0.11 0.6 1.5 31.0 9.0 60
1) According to WRC-92.
Mechanical propertiesTypical values (IIW) in combination with flux 805
Yield strength Rp0,2 640 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 770 N/mm2
Elongation A5 22 %Impact strength KV+20°C 35 J
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
2.40 300 – 400 29 – 333.20 350 – 500 29 – 33 Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 2.0 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none. Alloys ofthis type are susceptible to precipitation ofsecondary phases in the temperature range550 – 950°C.
Structure: Austenite with 40 – 60% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 850°C (air).
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
AVESTA P7 is an all-round wire, specially designed for difficult-to-weld steels such as Mn-steels,tool steels and high temperature grades.
P7
281
Welding wire SA
Standard designations–
Characteristics and welding directions AVESTA 253 MA is designed for welding thehigh temperature steel Outokumpu 253 MA,used in furnaces, combustion chambers, burners etc. The steel as well as the consumable provides excellent properties attemperatures 850 – 1100°C.
The composition of the consumable is balanced to ensure a crack resistant weldmetal.
Welding flux: AVESTA Flux 801 or 805.
Corrosion resistance: Excellent resistance tohigh temperature corrosion. Not intended forapplications exposed to wet corrosion.
Approvals–
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values in combination with flux, %)
Flux C Si Mn Cr Ni FN1)
801 0.07 2.1 0.2 21.0 9.0 14805 0.07 1.8 0.2 21.5 9.0 15
1) According to DeLong.
Welding data
Diameter, mm Current, A Voltage, V
2.40 300 – 400 29 – 33
Interpass temperature: Max. 150°C.
Heat input: Max. 1.5 kJ/mm.
Heat treatment: Generally none.
Structure: Austenite with 3 – 10% ferrite.
Scaling temperature: Approx. 1150°C (air).
For welding steels such asOutokumpu EN ASTM BS NF SS
153 MA™ 1.4818 S30415 – – 2372253 MA® 1.4835 S30815 – – 2368
253 MA
Mechanical propertiesTypical values (IIW) in combination with flux 801
Yield strength Rp0,2 470 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 690 N/mm2
Elongation A5 39 %Impact strength KV+20°C 90 J
Chemical composition, wire(typical values, %)
C Si Mn Cr Ni N Others0.07 1.60 0.6 21.0 10.0 0.15 REM
Ferrite 9 FN DeLong2 FN WRC-92
282
Welding wire SA
Welding flux
Standard designationEN 760 SA CS 2 Cr DC
Characteristics AVESTA Flux 801 is a neutral chromium-compensated agglomerated flux. It is a general-purpose flux designed for both jointwelding stainless steel and for cladding ontounalloyed or low-alloyed steel.
Flux 801 can be used in combination withall types of stabilised and non-stabilised Cr-Ni and Cr-Ni-Mo fillers. It provides neatweld surfaces, very good welding propertiesand easy slag removal.
Flux 801 is chromium-alloyed to compensate for losses in the arc during welding.
• Bulk density: 0.8 kg/dm3
• Basicity index: 1.0 (Boniszewski)• Flux
consumption: 0.4 kg flux/kg wire (26 V)0.7 kg flux/kg wire (34 V)
Flux careThe flux should be stored indoors in a dryplace. Moist flux can be redried at 250 – 300°Cfor 2 hours. Both heating and cooling must becarried out slowly.
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values, %)
SA wire C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo FN308L/MVR 0.02 0.9 1.0 20.0 9.5 – 131)
316L/SKR 0.02 0.9 1.0 19.0 12.0 2.6 131)
1) According to DeLong.
Mechanical propertiesTypical values (IIW) in combination with SAW wire 308L/MVR 316L/SKR
Yield strength Rp0,2 440 N/mm2 430 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 590 N/mm2 580 N/mm2
Elongation A5 37 % 36 %Impact strength KV+20°C 65 J 70 J–196°C 30 J –
Hardness 200 Brinell 210 Brinell
ApprovalsIn combination with SAW wire
308L/MVR • CE • DNV • TÜV347/MVNb • CE • TÜV316L/SKR • CE • DNV • TÜV318/SKNb • CE • TÜVP5 • DNVP7 • DNV
Flux 801
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltage Speedmm A V cm/min
2.40 300 – 400 29 – 33 40 – 603.20 350 – 500 29 – 33 40 – 604.00 400 – 600 30 – 36 40 – 60
For welding with submerged arc wire such asAvesta Welding
308L/MVR, 347/MVNb, 316L/SKR, 318/SKNb, 309L and P5
283
284
Welding flux
Standard designationEN 760 SA AF 2 Cr DC
Characteristics AVESTA Flux 805 is a basic, slightly chromium-compensated agglomerated flux. It is primarily designed for welding withhigh-alloyed stainless fillers such as AVESTAP12, 904L and 2205. Standard Cr-Ni and Cr-Ni-Mo fillers can also be welded withexcellent results. Flux 805 is especially suitable for applications where high impactstrength values are required.
Flux 805 provides neat weld surfaces, verygood welding properties and easy slag removal.
• Bulk density: 1.0 kg/dm3
• Basicity index: 1.7 (Boniszewski)• Flux
consumption: 0.5 kg flux/kg wire (26 V)0.8 kg flux/kg wire (34 V)
When welding high-alloy grades, such asAvesta P12, current should be kept at thelower range.
Flux careThe flux should be stored indoors in a dryplace. Moist flux can be redried at 250 – 300°Cfor 2 hours. Both heating and cooling must becarried out slowly.
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values, %)
SA wire C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo FN316L/SKR 0.02 0.6 1.2 19.5 12.0 2.6 141)
2205 0.02 0.7 1.0 23.5 8.0 3.1 502)
P12 0.01 0.3 0.1 22.0 Bal. 8.5 –
1) According to DeLong.2) According to WRC-92.
Mechanical propertiesTypical values (IIW) in combination with SAW wire 316L/SKR 2205
Yield strength Rp0,2 430 N/mm2 590 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 570 N/mm2 800 N/mm2
Elongation A5 36 % 29 %Impact strength KV+20°C 80 J 100 J–40°C – 70 J–196°C 35 J –
ApprovalsIn combination with SAW wire
308L/MVR • CE • TÜV316L/SKR • CE • DNV • TÜV309L • DNVP5 • DNV2304 • CE • TÜV2205 • CE • DNV • GL
• LR • RINA • TÜV904L • CE • TÜV
Flux 805
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltage Speedmm A V cm/min
2.40 300 – 400 29 – 33 40 – 603.20 350 – 500 29 – 33 40 – 604.00 400 – 600 30 – 36 40 – 60
For welding with submerged arc wire such asAvesta Welding
LDX 2101, 2304, 2205, 2507/P100, 904L, P12 and P16, but also with 308L/MVR, 347/MVNb,316L/SKR, 318/SKNb, 309L and P5
285
Welding flux
Standard designationEN 760 SA FB 2 64 DC
Characteristics AVESTA Flux 807 is a basic non-alloyedagglomerated flux. It is a general-purposeflux designed for butt welding with standardCr-Ni and Cr-Ni-Mo fillers. It can also beused for cladding unalloyed or low-alloysteel.
Flux 807 provides neat weld surfaces, verygood welding properties and easy slag removal.
• Bulk density: 1.1 kg/dm3
• Basicity index: 2.7 (Boniszewski)• Flux
consumption: 0.5 kg flux/kg wire (26 V)0.8 kg flux/kg wire (34 V)
Flux careThe flux should be stored indoors in a dryplace. Moist flux can be redried at 250 – 300°Cfor 2 hours. Both heating and cooling must becarried out slowly.
Chemical composition, all weld metal(typical values, %)
SA wire C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo FN308L/MVR 0.02 0.6 1.2 19.5 10.0 – 81)
316L/SKR 0.02 0.6 1.2 18.5 12.0 2.6 81)
1) According to DeLong.
Mechanical propertiesTypical values (IIW) in combination with SAW wire 308L/MVR 316L/SKR
Yield strength Rp0,2 380 N/mm2 380 N/mm2
Tensile strength Rm 550 N/mm2 540 N/mm2
Elongation A5 40 % 40 %Impact strength KV+20°C 100 J 90 J–196°C 30 J 30 J
Approvals308L/MVR • CE • TÜV347/MVNb • CE • TÜV316L/SKR • CE • TÜV318/SKNb • CE • TÜV2205 • CE • GL • TÜV
Flux 807
Welding data
Diameter Current Voltage Speedmm A V cm/min
2.40 300 – 400 29 – 33 40 – 603.20 350 – 500 29 – 33 40 – 604.00 400 – 600 30 – 36 40 – 60
For welding with submerged arc wire such asAvesta Welding
308L/MVR, 347/MVNb, 316L/SKR, 318/SKNb, 309L and P5 but also with LDX 2101, 2304, 2205 and2507/P100.
286286
Welding flux for strip cladding
Standard designationEN 760 SA Z 2 DC
Characteristics AVESTA Flux 301 is an agglomerated, slightlybasic flux designed for submerged arc stripcladding. It offers excellent welding properties and easy slag removal. Strips ofvarious widths (30, 60 or 90 mm) are used.Flux 301 has a composition that gives a weldmetal with a ferrite level exceeding 4 FN(Delong) when welding the first layer withstrip EQ 309L.
• Bulk density: 0.8 kg/dm3
• Basicity index: 1.1 (Boniszewski)• Flux consumption: 0.7 kg flux/kg strip
(750 A, 28 V)
Heat inputTypically 6 – 30 kJ/mm
Welding directionsIncreased current increases the depositionrate, penetration, dilution and weld metaltemperature considerably. Normal penetration is about 1 mm, differing slightly with travel speed.
Direct current, positive polarity, gives asmooth overlapping and the best bead appearance. Negative polarity is also possible and gives an increased depositionrate and less penetration.
Since strip surfacing requires high heatinput the parent metal must be reasonablythick to ensure dimensional stability duringwelding. A thickness of 100 mm or more isoften required.
Flux careThe flux should be stored indoors in a dryplace. Moist flux can be redried at 250 – 300°Cfor 2 hours.
Approvals–
Stick-out: typically 30 mmBead thickness: 3 – 5 mm
Flux 301
Welding data, 60 mm strip
Strip dim. Current Voltage Speedmm A V mm/min
60 x 0.5 730 – 770 26 – 28 120 – 150
For submerged arc strip cladding with all types of austenitic stainless steel strip such as
EQ 308L, 347, 316L, 309L and 309LNb.
Chemical composition, all weld metal, 60 mm strip (typical values, %)
FerriteStrip, 60 mm C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Nb FN1) %2)
309L strip 0.01 0.3 1.8 23.5 13.0 – – 15 –1st layer 0.03 0.5 1.2 19.0 10.5 – – 5 5
347 strip 0.01 0.2 1.8 19.5 10.5 – 0.5 9 –2nd layer 0.02 0.5 1.2 19.0 11.0 – 0.35 7 6
316L strip 0.01 0.3 1.8 18.5 12.5 2.9 – 6 –2nd layer 0.02 0.5 1.2 18.0 12.0 2.3 – 6 5
Welding parameters: 750 A, 28 V, 130 mm/min 1) According to DeLongDeposition rate: 14 kg/h 2) Measured by FischerWeld overlay thickness: 3.5 – 4.0 mm Feritescope® MP-3Penetration: 1 mm
287287
Products and properties
Name Avesta Suitable for Features
Pickling paste 101 All stainless steel grades. A classic with perfect pasteconsistency and good adhesion,reducing the risk of splashing.
Pickling gel 122 All stainless steel grades. More free-flowing than thepaste; more heat-stable foruse in warmer climates.
GreenOne™ pickling paste 120 Light pickling for easy Non-toxic; pickling of shinyapplication. surfaces without dulling.
BlueOne™ pickling paste 130 Medium pickling for standard Pickling virtually withoutapplications. toxic nitric fumes.
RedOne™ pickling paste 140 Heavy pickling for tough Fast pickling even at lowapplications. temperatures.
Finishing chemicals
Pickling paste, pickling gel
Characteristics Avesta pickling pastes and gels are used toremove welding oxides and the underlyingchromium-depleted layer. The paste and thegel also remove micro-slag inclusions andother contaminants that may cause local corrosion.
Avesta pickling paste and pickling gel follow the recommendations of ASTM A-380 A.1 and BS CP-312.
Chemical propertiesComposition Hydrofluoric acid (HF)
Nitric acid (HNO3)Binder
Form Paste/gelDensity 1.25 – 1.35 kg/lpH 0Flammable No
288288
Finishing chemicals
Spray pickle gel
Products and properties
Name Avesta Suitable for Features
Spray pickle gel 204 All stainless steel grades. A classic, very strong and fast.
GreenOne™ Spray pickle gel 220 Light pickling for easy Coloured for easy applicationapplications. and rinsing. Pickling of shiny
surfaces without dulling.
BlueOne™ Spray pickle gel 230 Medium pickling for Coloured for easy applicationstandard applications. and rinsing. Overnight pickling
(does not dry out).
RedOne™ Spray pickle gel 240 Heavy pickling for tough Coloured for easy applicationapplications. and rinsing. Overnight pickling
(does not dry out).
Characteristics Avesta spray pickle gels are used to restorelarger stainless steel surfaces that have beendamaged by working operations such as welding, forming, cutting and blasting. The gel also removes welding oxides, the underlying chromium-depleted layer, micro-slag particles and other contaminantsthat may cause local corrosion.
Avesta spray pickle gels follow the recommendations of ASTM A-380 A.1 and BS CP-312.
Chemical propertiesComposition Hydrofluoric acid (HF)
Nitric acid (HNO3)Binder
Form Liquid gelDensity 1.20 – 1.30 kg/lpH 0Flammable No
289289
Finishing chemicals
Pickling bath
Products and properties
Name Avesta Suitable for Features
Bath Pickling 302 Standard steel grades. Mix 1 part 302 into 3 parts water.
High-alloy steels (duplex and Mix 1 part 302 into 2 parts water.austenitic).
Super duplex and super Mix 1 part 302 into 1 part water.austenitic grades.
Characteristics Avesta pickling bath is used to restore largerstainless steel surfaces that have been damaged by working operations such as welding, forming, cutting and blasting. The bath also removes welding oxides, the underlying chromium-depleted layer, micro-slag particles and other contaminants thatmay cause local corrosion.
Avesta Bath Pickling follows the recommendations of ASTM A-380 A.1 and BS CP-312.
Chemical propertiesComposition Hydrofluoric acid (HF)
Nitric acid (HNO3)Form LiquidDensity 1.25 – 1.35 kg/lpH 0Flammable No
290290
Finishing chemicals
Pickling related products
Products and properties
Name Avesta Intended for Features
CleanOne™ 401 Cleaning all stainless steel grades. Removes organic contaminantsand improves the surface finish.
CleanOne™ 420 Removing fingerprints and stains. Quick and easy method; spray on,wipe off. Leaves a clean surface without ”shadows”.
Neutralising agent 502 Handling acetic waste water. The waste water reaches an adjusted pH-value of 7 to 10.Dissolved metals will be precipitated.
Chemical properties
401 420 502
Composition H3PO4 2-propanol and NaOHDetergent non-ionic tensides
Form Liquid Liquid LiquidDensity 1.1 kg/ l 1.0 kg/ l 1.4 kg/ lpH 1 12 12Flammable No No No
Characteristics The pickling process must often be completedwith different treatments to reach the required result and to meet environmentalrequirements.
Avesta Finishing Chemicals offers surfacetreatment chemicals for all steps in the pickling process: a cleaner to remove organic
contaminants prior to pickling, a passivatingagent to accomplish the after-treatment and aneutralising agent to handle the waste water.The product range also includes a first aidspray and a drop test to distinguish differentsteel grades.
291
Chemical properties
601 630 910 960
Composition HNO3 Oxidising agent, Hexafluorine® HCICorrosion inhibitor complex binder and
corrosion inhibitorForm Liquid Liquid Liquid LiquidDensity 1.1 kg/ l 1.0 kg/ l 1.05 kg/ l 1.3 kg/ lpH 0 7 7.4 0Flammable No No No No
Finishing chemicals
Products and properties
Name Avesta Intended for Features
Passivating agent 601 Removing contaminants from the Restores the protective chromiumsteel surface. oxide layer; removes smut from
sensitive surfaces.
FinishOne™ 630 Passivation and removing Non-dangerous – no hazardouscontaminants from the steel waste. Restores the protective surface. oxide layer. Transforms NOx to
nitric acid when used as a rinseafter pickling.
First Aid spray 910 Absorbing splashes of pickling Suitable for skin and eye treatment.products.
Moly Drop Test 960 Differentiating grade EN 1.4301 Quick and easy method.from 1.4401.
292292
Finishing chemicals
293293
Packaging data
Packaging data
Covered electrodes• Moisture-resistant plastic capsules,
packed in cardboard boxes.• Vacuum-packed capsules on request.
Dimensions and lengths
T ype Diameter and length, mm1.60 2.00 2.50 3.25 4.00 5.00
2D 350 400 450 4503D 250 300 300 – 350 350 450 4504D 250 250 – 300 300 350AC/DC 300 300 – 350 350 350 – 450 350 – 450VDX, PWX 250 300 350
Basic 250 300 350 350 350
Rutile 300 350 350
Flux cored wire FCW• Layer wound on wire basket spools
(0.90 mm diam. on plastic spools).• Moisture resistant packaging.
OD 300 mmID 51 mmWidth 100 mmWeights 15 kg
294294
MIG wire• Precision layer wound on wire basket
spool.OD 300 mmID 51 mmWidth 100 mmWeight 15 kgAlso available in drums
TIG wire• In cardboard box.
Cut length 1000 mmWeight 5 kg
SAW wire• Precision layer wound on wire basket
spool.ID 300 mmWidth 70 mmWeight 25 kg
Welding flux• Moisture resistant sacks
Weights Flux 801, 805, 807 25 kgFlux 301 20/25 kg
Other packaging or dimensions are availableon request.
Packaging data
295
Metric conversion factors, useful for welding applications
Property Preferred unit Symbol To convert from... multiply by... to get...
Area millimeter squared mm2 in2 645.16 mm2
mm2 .0016 in2
Current ampere per A/mm2 A/in2 .0016 A/mm2
density millimeter squared A/mm2 645.16 A/in2
Deposition kilogram per hour kg/h lb/hr .45 kg/hrate kg/h 2.2 lb/hr
Energy joule J ft·lbf 1.355 JJ .7375 ft·lbfkpm 7.233 ft·lbfkpm 9.806 J
Heat input joule per meter J/m kJ/in .0394 MJ/m(megajoule per meter)* (MJ/m)* J/in 39.37 J/m
J/m .0254 J/inkilojoule per millimeter kJ/mm kJ/mm 25.4 kJ/in
kJ/in .0394 kJ/mm
Linear millimeter mm in 25.40 mmmeasure ft 304.8 mm
mm .0394 inmm .0033 ft
Tensile megapascal MPa N/mm2 145.03 psistrength (1 N/mm2 = 1 MPa) bar 105 PaYield psi .0069 MPastrength MPa 145.03 psi
ksi 6.8947 MPaMPa .1450 ksikg/mm2 1422.0 psikg/mm2 9.806 MPa
Travel millimeter mm/s in/min .4233 mm/sspeed per second mm/s 2.363 in/min
295
Conversion tables
Conversion tables – EN units to ASTM, ASME
Examples 8.16 kg = 18 lbs (electrode 10.89 kg = 24 lbs packages): 12.30 kg = 27 lbs
13.62 kg = 30 lbs15.90 kg = 35 lbs
Packaging (electrodes)
Electrode diameter Electrode lengthmm inch, corresp. mm inch, corresp.
1.60 1/16” 250 102.00 5/64” 300 122.50 3/32” 350 143.25 1/8” 400 164.00 5/32” 450 185.00 3/16”
Weight
1 kg = 2.2046 lbs; 1 lb = 0.4536 kg
296296
Conversion tables
Temperature
°C = 5/9 x (°F – 32)°F = 9/5°C + 32
Examples: 1200°C = 2192°F1150°C = 2102°F1100°C = 2012°F1050°C = 1922°F1000°C = 1832°F950°C = 1742°F900°C = 1652°F850°C = 1562°F
590°C = 1094°F550°C = 1022°F500°C = 932°F150°C = 302°F100°C = 212°F
+20°C = +68°F– 40°C = –40°F–196°C = –321°F
Impact strength
1 J = 0.7375 ft·lbf1 ft·lbf = 1.355 J
Heat input
1 kJ/mm = 25.4 kJ/in1 kJ/in = 0.0394 kJ/mm
Examples: 20 J = 15 ft·lbf30 J = 22 ft·lbf40 J = 30 ft·lbf
50 J = 37 ft·lbf60 J = 44 ft·lbf70 J = 52 ft·lbf
80 J = 59 ft·lbf90 J = 66 ft·lbf
100 J = 74 ft·lbf
110 J = 81 ft·lbf120 J = 89 ft·lbf130 J = 96 ft·lbf
140 J = 103 ft·lbf150 J = 111 ft·lbf160 J = 118 ft·lbf
170 J = 125 ft·lbf180 J = 133 ft·lbf190 J = 140 ft·lbf
220 J = 148 ft·lbf210 J = 155 ft·lbf220 J = 162 ft·lbf
250 J = 184 ft·lbf
Tensile and yield strength
1 N/mm2 = 145.03 psi = 0.1450 ksi1 ksi = 6.8947 N/mm2
1 N/mm2 = 1 MPa
Examples: 350 N/mm2 = 51 ksi
400 N/mm2 = 58 ksi450 N/mm2 = 65 ksi
500 N/mm2 = 73 ksi550 N/mm2 = 80 ksi
600 N/mm2 = 87 ksi650 N/mm2 = 94 ksi
700 N/mm2 = 102 ksi750 N/mm2 = 109 ksi
800 N/mm2 = 116 ksi850 N/mm2 = 123 ksi
Examples: 0.5 kJ/mm = 12.7 kJ/in1.0 kJ/mm = 25.4 kJ/in1.5 kJ/mm = 38.1 kJ/in2.0 kJ/mm = 50.8 kJ/in2.5 kJ/mm = 63.5 kJ/in
297297
Abbreviations
Abbreviations
AC alternating currentAC/DC standard rutile-acid coating
(electrodes)AISI American Iron and Steel InstituteASME American Society of Mechanical
EngineersASTM American Society for Testing and
MaterialsAWS American Welding Society
BAT Best Available TechniqueBS British StandardBV Bureau Veritas
CE CE markingCMT cold metal transferCPP continuously produced plateCPT critical pitting temperatureCWB Canadian Welding Bureau
DB Deutsche BahnDC direct currentDCEN DC electrode negativeDCEP DC electrode positiveDCRP DC reverse polarityDCSP DC straight polarityDIN Deutsches Institut für NormungDNV Det Norske Veritas
ELC extra low carbonEN European Norm (Europäische Norm)ESW electroslag welding
FCAW flux cored arc weldingFCW flux cored wireFN ferrite number
GL Germanischer LloydGMAW gas metal arc weldingGTAW gas tungsten arc welding
HAZ heat-affected zoneHF high frequencyHIR root pass heat inputHT high temperature
IGC intergranular corrosionIIW International Institute of WeldingISO International Organization for
Standardization
JIS Japanese Industrial Standard
LF low ferrite (filler)LR Lloyd’s Register
MAG metal active gasMF martensite finishMIG metal inert gasMMA manual metal arcMPI magnetic particle inspectionMS martensite startMSDS material safety data sheets
NA not applicableNF non-ferrite (filler)NF Norme FrançaiseNG narrow gapNORSOK Norsk Sokkels Konkuranseposisjon
PAW plasma arc weldingPT penetrant testPW rutile-acid coating for position
welding vertical-upPWHT post-weld heat treatmentpWPS preliminary welding procedure
specification
RINA Registro Italiano NavaleRT radiography testRT room temperature
In addition to chemical symbols (e.g. Fe = iron), physical units (e.g. MPa = megapascal) andproduct names (e.g. 254 SMO), this manual uses a number of abbreviations and acronyms. The following list may be useful.
298298
Abbreviations
SAW submerged arc weldingSECB square edge closed buttSMAW shielded metal arc weldingSS Svensk Standard
T temperaturet thicknessTIG tungsten inert gasTÜV Technischer ÜberwachungsVerein
UDT Urzad Dozoru TechnicznegoUNS Unified Numbering SystemUT ultrasonic test
VDX rutile-acid coating for position welding vertical-down
WAC weld acceptance criteriaWPAR welding procedure approval recordWPS welding procedure specificationWRC Welding Research Council
299299
Index
Index
Bold entries indicate main chapter headings.
Abbreviations........................................................................ 297Approvals ...................................................................... 103, 127Austenitic stainless steels................................. 15, 71, 72Austenitic-ferritic stainless steels........................ 17, 76AWS standards ...................................................................... 112– A5.4M:2006 .......................................................................... 112– A5.9M:2006 .......................................................................... 113– A5.11M:2005......................................................................... 114– A5.14M:2005 ........................................................................ 115– A5.22M-95R ........................................................................ 116– A5.34M:2007 ........................................................................ 116
Backhand welding................................................................. 47Backing gases ............................................................................ 90Blasting .......................................................................................... 96Brushing........................................................................................ 97Burn-through............................................................................. 66
Cast (def.)..................................................................................... 26CE marking .............................................................................. 104Clad steel plates ...................................................................... 54Cladding....................................................................................... 50Cleaning................................................................................ 83, 95Coatings ........................................................................................ 28Cold metal transfer ............................................................... 32Consumption ......................................................................... 121– filler metal............................................................................. 121– flux ............................................................................................. 121Conversion tables .............................................................. 295Crater cracks .............................................................................. 61D-concept ............................................................................. 30, 38Decontamination .................................................................... 99Definitions ................................................................................. 23DeLong diagram– stainless steels ......................................................................... 7– welding consumables...................................................... 20Depth .............................................................................................. 47Design............................................................................................. 69Dilution (def.)............................................................................ 25Dip transfer................................................................................. 31Dissimilar welding ..................................................... 49, 117Distortion ..................................................................................... 48Duplex stainless steels................................................ 17, 76
Edge preparation ................................................................... 83– choice of joint type ............................................................ 83
– cleaning ..................................................................................... 83– joint types (table)................................................................ 84Electrical resistivity............................................................... 19Electrical safety...................................................................... 125Electromagnetic fields ...................................................... 126Electrodes– basic ............................................................................................. 28– product data sheets .......................................... 120 – 184– rutile ............................................................................................ 28– rutile-acid................................................................................. 28– tungsten .................................................................................... 34Electropolishing....................................................................... 97Electroslag welding .............................................................. 52EN standards .......................................................................... 106– 760 .............................................................................................. 108– 1600............................................................................................ 106– 14172 ......................................................................................... 110– 14343 ......................................................................................... 108– 17633 ......................................................................................... 106Ergonomics .............................................................................. 125Excessive weld metal........................................................... 67
FCW Flux cored wire– product data sheets........................................... 185 – 206Ferrite.............................................................................................. 19Ferritic stainless steels ................................................... 7, 80Filler metals ............................................................................ 117– consumption ....................................................................... 121– dissimilar welding .......................................................... 117– similar welding ................................................................. 117Finishing chemicals– product data sheets .......................................... 287 – 292Fit-up welding.......................................................................... 41Flux cored arc welding....................................................... 37Flux................................................................................................... 36– consumption ....................................................................... 121– product data sheets .......................................... 283 – 286Fumes........................................................................................... 124Forehand welding.................................................................. 47Fusion ............................................................................................. 58
Globular transfer .................................................................... 31Grinding ....................................................................................... 96
Handling ................................................................................... 101Health and safety ............................................................... 123
300
Index
Heat input (def.)...................................................................... 24Heat-affected zone (def.)................................................... 24Helix (def.) .................................................................................. 26High-temperature steels.................................................... 78
Imperfections ........................................................................... 57Inspection..................................................................................... 57Interpass temperature (def.) ........................................... 24
Joint types (table) ................................................................... 84
Keyhole mode welding...................................................... 39
Laser hybrid welding.......................................................... 40Laser welding ........................................................................... 40Liquation cracking................................................................. 60
Martensitic stainless steels....................................... 14, 80Metal deposition rate (def.)............................................. 25MIG welding ............................................................................. 31MIG wire– product data sheets .......................................... 207 – 232MMA welding .......................................................................... 28
Overlay welding ..................................................................... 50
Packaging data...................................................................... 293Passivation .................................................................................. 99Penetration (def.) .................................................................... 25Penetration.................................................................................. 59Pickling.......................................................................................... 97Plasma arc welding............................................................... 39Plasma ............................................................................................ 39Porosity.......................................................................................... 62Post-weld cleaning............................................................... 95– BAT products...................................................................... 100– chemical methods .............................................................. 97– defects......................................................................................... 95– mechanical methods ........................................................ 96– procedures............................................................................... 96Post-weld heat treatment (def.).................................... 25Precipitation hardening stainless steels ......... 14, 80Product data sheets.............................................. 128 – 293– electrodes ................................................................. 128 – 184– finishing chemicals ........................................... 287 – 292– FCW............................................................................. 185 – 206– flux................................................................................ 283 – 286– MIG wire.................................................................. 207 – 232– SAW wire................................................................. 263 – 282– TIG wire.................................................................... 233 – 262Pulsed arc..................................................................................... 32
Quality assurance................................................................ 103
Radiation.................................................................................... 123Rapid Arc ..................................................................................... 33Rapid Melt................................................................................... 33Redrying .................................................................................... 101Remelt mode welding......................................................... 39Repair welding......................................................................... 55
Safety ............................................................................................ 123SAW wire– product data sheets .......................................... 263 – 282Shielding gases....................................................................... 89– components ............................................................................ 89– function ..................................................................................... 89– FCAW ......................................................................................... 93– laser and laser hybrid welding................................. 94– MIG welding ......................................................................... 91– PAW ............................................................................................. 93– TIG welding........................................................................... 92Silicon content (def.) ............................................................ 26Similar welding..................................................................... 117Slag inclusions.......................................................................... 63Slag islands ................................................................................. 67Solidification cracking ........................................................ 60Spatter.................................................................................. 64, 124Spray transfer............................................................................ 32Stainless steels ........................................................................... 7– austenitic .................................................................................. 15– austentic-ferritic .................................................................. 17– duplex......................................................................................... 17– fabrication, use (table) .................................................... 13– ferritic ............................................................................................ 7– martensitic............................................................................... 14– mechanical properties (tables) .................................. 10– physical properties (table) ........................................... 12– precipitation hardening ................................................. 14Standards .................................................................................. 103– EN ISO .................................................................................... 104– AWS........................................................................................... 108Steel grade table......................................................................... 9Storage ........................................................................................ 101Stray arcing................................................................................. 66Stringer beads ........................................................................... 45Strip welding............................................................................. 36Submerged arc welding..................................................... 35Super pulse ................................................................................. 32Surfacing....................................................................................... 50
Tack welding.............................................................................. 41Tandem .......................................................................................... 33
301
Index
Thermal conductivity.......................................................... 19Thermal expansion................................................................ 19TIG welding .............................................................................. 34TIG wire– product data sheets .......................................... 233 – 262Twin ................................................................................................. 33
Undercut....................................................................................... 65
Vertical-down welding....................................................... 45Vertical-up welding............................................................... 45
Weaving......................................................................................... 45Weld deposit data................................................................ 127Weld imperfections ............................................................... 57Welding methods .................................................................. 27– FCAW ......................................................................................... 37– laser.............................................................................................. 40– laser hybrid............................................................................. 40– MIG .............................................................................................. 31– MMA........................................................................................... 28– PAW ............................................................................................. 39– SAW ............................................................................................. 35– TIG................................................................................................ 34– terminology............................................................................ 27Welding positions (def.) .................................................... 23Welding practice .................................................................... 69– austenitic steels............................................................ 71, 72– duplex steels .......................................................................... 76– ferritic steels........................................................................... 80– high temperature steels ................................................. 78– martensitic steels ................................................................ 80– precipitation hardening steels................................... 80Welding sequence .................................................................. 43Welding techniques ............................................................ 41– backhand.................................................................................. 47– cladding .................................................................................... 50– dissimilar.................................................................................. 49– fit-up............................................................................................ 41– forehand.................................................................................... 47– overlay ....................................................................................... 50– repair ........................................................................................... 55– tack ............................................................................................... 41– vertical-down........................................................................ 45– vertical-up ............................................................................... 45Width............................................................................................... 47WRC diagram ........................................................................... 21
302
Covered electrodes
Designation Coating type EN ISO AWS PageAvesta Welding 1600/14172 A5.4M/A5.11M
248 SV Rutile – – 128308L/MVR-2D Rutile-acid E 19 9 L R E308L-17 129308L/MVR-3D Rutile-acid E 19 9 L R E308L-17 130308L/MVR-4D Rutile-acid E 19 9 L R E308L-17 131308L/MVR-PW Rutile-acid E 19 9 L R E308L-17 132308L/MVR-VDX Rutile-acid E 19 9 L R E308L-17 133308L/MVR basic Basic E 19 9 L B E308L-15 134308/308H AC/DC Rutile-acid E 19 9 R E308H-17 135308L-LF Rutile E 19 9 L R E308L-15 136347/MVNb-3D Rutile-acid E 19 9 Nb R E347-17 137347/MVNb basic Basic E 19 9 Nb B E347-15 138
316L/SKR-2D Rutile-acid E 19 12 3 L R E316L-17 139316L/SKR-3D Rutile-acid E 19 12 3 L R E316L-17 140316L/SKR-4D Rutile-acid E 19 12 3 L R E316L-17 141316L/SKR-PW Rutile-acid E 19 12 3 L R E316L-17 142316L/SKR-VDX Rutile-acid E 19 12 3 L R E316L-17 143316L/SKR basic Basic E 19 12 3 L B E316L-15 144316/316H AC/DC Rutile-acid E19 12 2 R E316H-17 145318/SKNb AC/DC Rutile-acid E19 12 3 Nb R E318-17 146317L/SNR AC/DC Rutile-acid – E317L-17 147SLR AC/DC Rutile-acid E 19 13 4 N L R – 148
LDX 2101-3D Rutile-acid – – 1492304-3D Rutile-acid – – 1502205-2D Rutile-acid E 22 9 3 N L R E2209-17 1512205-3D Rutile-acid E 22 9 3 N L R E2209-17 1522205-4D Rutile-acid E 22 9 3 N L R E2209-17 1532205-PW Rutile-acid E 22 9 3 N L R E2209-17 1542205 basic Basic E 22 9 3 N L B E2209-15 1552507/P100-4D Rutile-acid E 25 9 4 N L R E2594-17 1562507/P100 Rutile E 25 9 4 N L R E2594-17 157
254 SFER Rutile E 25 22 2 N L R – 158316L/SKR Cryo Rutile-acid – E316L-17 159904L AC/DC Rutile-acid E 20 25 5 Cu N L R E385-17 160904L-PW Rutile-acid E 20 25 5 Cu N L R – 161383 AC/DC Rutile-acid E 27 31 4 Cu L R E383-17 162P12-R Basic ENiCr21MoFeNb ENiCrMo-12 163P625 Basisk ENiCr22Mo9Nb ENiCrMo-3 164P16 Basisk ENiCr23Mo16 ENiCrMo-13 165P54 Basisk – – 166
307 AC/DC Rutile-acid E 18 9 Mn Mo R E307-17 167309L-3D Rutile-acid E 23 12 L R E309L-17 168309L-4D Rutile-acid E 23 12 L R E309L-17 169309L basic Basic E 23 12 L B E309L-15 170P5-2D Rutile-acid E 23 12 2 L R E309MoL-17 171P5-3D Rutile-acid E 23 12 2 L R E309MoL-17 172P5-4D Rutile-acid E 23 12 2 L R E309MoL-17 173P5-PW Rutile-acid E 23 12 2 L R E309MoL-17 174P5-VDX Rutile-acid E 23 12 2 L R E309MoL-17 175P5 basic Basic E 23 12 2 L B E309MoL-15 176P7 AC/DC Rutile-acid E 29 9 R (E312-17) 177P10 Basisk E Ni Cr 15 Fe 6 Mn ENiCrFe-3 178P690 Basisk E Ni Cr 30 Fe 9 Nb ENiCrFe-7 179
Index, product data sheets
Covered electrodes
Designation Coating type EN ISO AWS PageAvesta Welding 1600/14172 A5.4M/A5.11M
309 AC/DC Rutile-acid – E309-17 180310 AC/DC Rutile-acid E 25 20 R E310-17 181253 MA AC/DC Rutile-acid – – 182253 MA-NF Rutile-acid – – 183353 MA Basic – – 184
Index, product data sheets
Flux cored wire
Designation EN ISO AWS PageAvesta Welding 17633 A5.22M/A5.34M
FCW-2D 308L/MVR T 19 9 L R M/C 3 E308LT0-4/-1 185FCW-3D 308L/MVR T 19 9 L P M/C 2 E308LT1-4/-1 186FCW 308L/MVR-PW T 19 9 L P M/C 1 E308LT1-4/-1 187FCW-2D 308H – E308HT0-4/-1 188FCW-2D 347/MVNb T 19 9 Nb R M/C 3 E347T0-4/-1 189FCW 347/MVNb-PW T 19 9 Nb P M/C 1 E347T1-4/-1 190
FCW-2D 316L/SKR T 19 12 3 L R M/C 3 E316LT0-4/-1 191FCW-3D 316L/SKR T 19 12 3 L P M/C 2 E316LT1-4/-1 192FCW 316L/SKR-PW T 19 12 3 L P M/C 1 E316LT1-4/-1 193FCW-2D 317L/SNR – E317LT0-4/-1 194
FCW-2D LDX 2101 – – 195FCW-2D 2304 – – 196FCW-2D 2205 T 22 9 3 N L R M/C 3 E2209T0-4/-1 197FCW 2205-PW T 22 9 3 N L P M/C 1 E2209T1-4/-1 198
FCW-3D P12 – ENiCrMo3T1-4 199
FCW-2D 307 T 18 8 Mn R M/C 3 – 200FCW-2D 309L T 23 12 L R M/C 3 E309LT0-4/-1 201FCW-3D 309L T 23 12 L P M/C 2 E309LT1-4/-1 202FCW 309L-PW T 23 12 L P M/C 1 E309LT1-4/-1 203FCW-2D P5 T 23 12 2 L R M/C 3 E309LMoT0-4/-1 204FCW-3D P5 T 23 12 2 L P M/C 2 E309LMoT1-4/-1 205FCW P5-PW T 23 12 2 L P M/C 1 E309LMoT1-4/-1 206
303
304
Welding wire
Designation EN ISO AWS MIG TIG SAWAvesta Welding 14343/18274 A5.9M/A5.14M Page Page Page
248 SV – – 207 233 263
308L-Si/MVR-Si 19 9 L Si ER308LSi 208 234 –308L/MVR 19 9 L ER308L 209 235 264308H 19 9 H ER308H 210 236 265347-Si/MVNb-Si 19 9 Nb Si ER347Si 211 237 –347/MVNb 19 9 Nb ER347 – 238 266
316L-Si/SKR-Si 19 12 3 L Si ER316LSi 212 239 –316L/SKR 19 12 3 L ER316L 213 240 267318-Si/SKNb-Si 19 12 3 Nb Si – 214 241 –318/SKNb 19 12 3 Nb ER318 – 242 268317L/SNR 18 13 4 L ER317 215 243 269
LDX 2101 – – 216 244 2702304 – – 217 245 2712205 22 9 3 N L ER2209 218 246 2722507/P100 25 9 4 N L ER2594 219 247 273
254 SFER 25 22 2 N L – – 248 –904L 20 25 5 Cu L ER385 220 249 274P12 NiCr22Mo9Nb ERNiCrMo–3 221 250 275P12-0Nb NiCr22Mo9 ERNiCrMo-20 222 251 276P16 NiCr25Mo16 – 223 252 277P54 – – 224 253 –
307-Si 18 8 Mn – 225 254 –309L-Si 23 12 L Si ER309LSi 226 255 –309L 23 12 L ER309L – 256 278P5 23 12 2 L ER309LMo 227 257 279P7 29 9 ER312 228 258 280P10 NiCr20Mn3Nb ERNiCr–3 229 259 –
310 25 20 ER310 230 260 –253 MA – – 231 261 281353 MA – – 232 262 –
Index, product data sheets
Welding flux
Designation EN PageAvesta Welding 760
Flux 801 SA CS 2 Cr DC 283Flux 805 SA AF 2 Cr DC 284Flux 807 SA FB 2 64 285
Flux 301 SA Z 2 DC 286
Index, product data sheets
305
Finishing Chemicals
Product type Product number Page
Pickling paste, pickling gel 101, 122, 120, 130, 140 287
Spray pickle gel 204, 220, 230, 240 288
Pickling bath 302 289
Pickling related products 401, 420, 502, 601, 630, 910, 960 290 – 291
. . .
Avesta WeldingP.O. Box 501, KoppardalenSE-774 27 Avesta, Sweden
Tel: +46 (0)226 815 00Fax: +46 (0)226 815 75
The Avesta Welding ManualPractice and products for stainless steel welding
The A
vesta Weld
ing
Man
ual
100% Stainless
Recommended selling price: EUR 10 / USD 15
1180
EN-G
B:3
ISBN
91-
631-
5713
-6
Tekn
isk
info
rmat
ion
/Stil
bild
arna
/Edi
ta V
ästr
a A
ros
2007
Omslag2007.indd 1 07-12-18 08.13.36
Top Related